THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 | ||||
Pre‑Effective Amendment No. | ☐ | |||
Post-Effective Amendment No. 11 | ☒ |
Amendment No. 16 | ☒ |
Name and Address of Agent for Service of Process | With copies to: | |
Barbara J. Nelligan The Northern Trust Company 50 S. LaSalle Street Chicago, Illinois 60603 |
Jessica Reece Ropes & Gray LLP 800 Boylston Street Boston, Massachusetts 02199 |
☐ | Immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) |
☒ | On May 1, 2024 pursuant to paragraph (b) |
☐ | 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) |
☐ | On (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) |
☐ | 75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) |
☐ | On (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485. |
☐ | This post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment. |
Prospectus May 1, 2024 |
![]() |
BRANDES INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUND Class A – BIEAX Class C – BIECX Class I – BIIEX Class R6 – BIERX |
BRANDES INTERNATIONAL SMALL CAP EQUITY FUND Class A – BISAX Class C – BINCX Class I – BISMX Class R6 – BISRX | |
BRANDES GLOBAL EQUITY FUND Class A – BGEAX Class C – BGVCX Class I – BGVIX Class R6 – BGVRX* |
BRANDES SMALL CAP VALUE FUND Class A – BSCAX Class I – BSCMX Class R6 – BSCRX | |
BRANDES EMERGING MARKETS VALUE FUND Class A – BEMAX Class C – BEMCX Class I – BEMIX Class R6 – BEMRX |
* | Class R6 shares of this Fund are currently inactive. If interested in purchasing the R6 shares of this Fund, please contact 1-800 395-3807 for information. |
1 | ||||
1 | ||||
7 | ||||
14 | ||||
21 | ||||
28 | ||||
35 | ||||
35 | ||||
35 | ||||
38 | ||||
45 | ||||
45 | ||||
46 | ||||
47 | ||||
56 | ||||
56 | ||||
58 | ||||
60 | ||||
61 | ||||
62 | ||||
63 | ||||
63 | ||||
63 | ||||
63 | ||||
63 | ||||
64 | ||||
66 | ||||
66 | ||||
69 | ||||
70 | ||||
70 | ||||
72 | ||||
73 | ||||
82 | ||||
87 |
Class A | Class C | Class I | Class R6 | |||||||||||||
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of offering price) |
5.75 | % | None | None | None | |||||||||||
Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (Load) |
None | * | 1.00 | %** | None | None |
Class A | Class C | Class I | Class R6 | |||||||||||||
Management Fees |
0.75 | % | 0.75 | % | 0.75 | % | 0.75 | % | ||||||||
Distribution (12b-1) Fees |
0.25 | % | 0.75 | % | None | None | ||||||||||
Other Expenses |
||||||||||||||||
Shareholder Servicing Fees |
None | 0.25 | % | None | None | |||||||||||
Other Expenses(1) |
0.13 | % | 0.13 | % | 0.17 | % | 0.13 | % | ||||||||
Total Other Expenses(2) |
0.13 | % | 0.38 | % | 0.17 | % | 0.13 | % | ||||||||
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses |
1.13 | % | 1.88 | % | 0.92 | % | 0.88 | % | ||||||||
Less: Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement(3) |
0.00 | % | 0.00 | % | (0.07 | %) | (0.13 | %) | ||||||||
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement(3)(4) |
1.13 | %(3) | 1.88 | %(3) | 0.85 | % | 0.75 | % |
* | A contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) of 1.00% on amounts of less than $4 million, 0.50% on amounts of at least $4 million but less than $10 million and 0.25% on amounts of at least $10 million may apply to certain investments in Class A shares of $1 million or more that are redeemed within 12 months of the date of purchase. |
** | A charge of 1.00% will be imposed on Class C shares redeemed within one year of purchase by any investor. For additional information, please see the “Terms of the Conversion Feature” section of the Fund’s statutory prospectus. |
(1) | “Other Expenses” for Class I shares includes 0.05% of class-specific sub-transfer agency fees. |
(2) | “Other Expenses” have been adjusted from amounts incurred during the most recent fiscal year of the Fund’s predecessor to reflect estimated current expenses. The Brandes International Equity Fund, a series of Brandes Investment Trust, is the predecessor to the Fund (the “Predecessor Fund”). |
(3) | Brandes Investment Partners, L.P. (the “Adviser”) has contractually agreed to limit the International Equity Fund’s Class A, Class C, Class I and Class R6 annual operating expenses (exclusive of acquired fund feeds and expenses, taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, expenses incurred in connection with any merger or reorganization or extraordinary expenses such as litigation), including repayment of previous waivers, to 1.20% for Class A, 1.95% for Class C, 0.85% for |
Class I and 0.75% for Class R6, as percentages of the respective Fund classes’ average daily net assets through July 15, 2026 (the “Expense Caps”). The Expense Caps may be terminated at any time by the Board of Trustees upon 60 days’ written notice to the Adviser. The Adviser is permitted, with Board approval, to be reimbursed for fee reductions and/or expense payments made in the prior 36 months following the waiver or reimbursement with respect to any Class of the Fund. The Adviser may request reimbursement if the aggregate amount paid by the Fund toward operating expenses for the Class for such period (taking into account any reimbursement) does not exceed the lesser of the Expense Cap in effect at the time of waiver or at the time of reimbursement. |
(4) | Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement do not correlate to the ratios of net expenses to average net assets provided in the financial highlights, which reflect the effect of voluntary service provider fee reductions. |
1 Year | 3 Years | 5 Years | 10 Years | |||||||||||||
Class A |
$ | 684 | $ | 913 | $ | 1,161 | $ | 1,871 | ||||||||
Class C |
$ | 291 | $ | 591 | $ | 1,016 | $ | 2,005 | (1) | |||||||
Class I |
$ | 87 | $ | 286 | $ | 502 | $ | 1,125 | ||||||||
Class R6 |
$ | 77 | $ | 268 | $ | 475 | $ | 1,072 |
1 Year | 3 Years | 5 Years | 10 Years | |||||||||||||
Class C |
$ | 191 | $ | 591 | $ | 1,016 | $ | 2,005 | (1) |
(1) | Class C shares automatically convert to Class A shares if held for 8 years. The Class C shares’ 10-year cost examples assume that the Class C shares automatically convert to Class A shares on the first day of the ninth year. For additional information, please see the “Terms of the Conversion Feature” section of the Prospectus. |
Best Quarter |
4Q 2020 | 22.49 | % | |||||
Worst Quarter |
1Q 2020 | -31.03 | % |
1 Year | 5 Year | 10 Year | ||||||||||
Class A Shares – Return Before Taxes |
22.48 | % | 7.07 | % | 3.94 | % | ||||||
Class C Shares – Return Before Taxes |
27.93 | % | 7.60 | % | 3.96 | %(1) | ||||||
Class R6 Shares – Return Before Taxes |
30.43 | % | 8.76 | % | 4.91 | % | ||||||
Class I Shares – Return Before Taxes |
30.37 | % | 8.65 | % | 4.79 | % | ||||||
Return After Taxes on Distributions |
29.72 | % | 7.96 | % | 4.27 | % | ||||||
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares |
18.65 | % | 6.81 | % | 3.84 | % | ||||||
MSCI EAFE (Net Dividends) Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes) |
18.24 | % | 8.16 | % | 4.28 | % |
(1) | Class C shares automatically convert to Class A shares if held for 8 years. The Class C shares’ average annual total return for the 10-year period assumes that the Class C shares automatically converted to Class A shares 8 years after the start of the period. |
Portfolio Managers | Position with Adviser |
Managed this Fund Since*: | ||
Brent V. Woods, CFA | Executive Director and International Large Cap Investment Committee Voting Member | 2024 | ||
Amelia Maccoun Morris, CFA | Director, Investments Group and International Large Cap Investment Committee Voting Member | 2024 | ||
Jeffrey Germain, CFA | Director, Investments Group and International Large Cap Investment Committee Voting Member | 2024 | ||
Shingo Omura, CFA | Director, Investments Group and International Large Cap Investment Committee Voting Member | 2024 | ||
Luiz G. Sauerbronn | Director, Investments Group, International Large Cap Investment Committee Voting Member and Small Cap Investment Committee Voting Member | 2024 |
* | Each Portfolio Manager served as portfolio manager of the Predecessor Fund, which is expected to reorganize into the Trust no earlier than July 15, 2024. |
Class and Type of Account | Minimum Initial Investment |
Subsequent Minimum Investment |
||||||
Classes A and C |
||||||||
Regular Accounts |
$ | 2,500 | $ | 500 | ||||
Traditional and Roth IRA Accounts |
$ | 1,000 | $ | 500 | ||||
Automatic Investment Plans |
$ | 500 | $ | 500 | ||||
Class I |
$ | 100,000 | $ | 500 | ||||
Class R6 |
||||||||
Class R6 Eligible Plans(1) |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||
Other R6 Eligible Investors(2) |
$ | 1,000,000 | $ | 0 |
(1) | Class R6 shares are generally available to employer sponsored retirement plans, including profit sharing and money purchase pension plans, defined benefit plans and nonqualified deferred compensation plans, and plans described in Sections 401(k), 403(b) and 457 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”). Class R6 shares are generally available only if plan level or omnibus accounts are held on the books of the Fund. |
(2) | Certain other institutional or other investors, (e.g., endowments, foundations, states, counties, cities or their instrumentalities, insurance companies, trust companies, bank trust departments, etc.) may be eligible to purchase Class R6 shares. |
Class A | Class C | Class I | Class R6 | |||||||||||||
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of offering price) |
5.75 | % | None | None | None | |||||||||||
Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (Load) |
None | * | 1.00 | %** | None | None |
Class A | Class C | Class I | Class R6 | |||||||||||||
Management Fees |
|
0.80 |
% |
0.80 | % | 0.80 | % | 0.80 | % | |||||||
Distribution (12b-1) Fees |
0.25 | % | 0.75 | % | None | None | ||||||||||
Other Expenses |
||||||||||||||||
Shareholder Servicing Fees |
None | 0.25 | % | None | % | None | ||||||||||
Other Expenses(1) |
0.40 | % | 0.41 | % | 0.44 | % | 0.40 | % | ||||||||
Total Other Expenses(2),(3) |
0.40 | % | 0.66 | % | 0.44 | % | 0.40 | % | ||||||||
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses |
1.45 | % | 2.21 | % | 1.24 | % | 1.20 | % | ||||||||
Less: Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement |
(0.20 | %) | (0.21 | %) | (0.24 | %) | (0.38 | %) | ||||||||
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement(3)(4) |
1.25 | % | 2.00 | % | 1.00 | % | 0.82 | % |
* | A contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) of 1.00% on amounts of less than $4 million, 0.50% on amounts of at least $4 million but less than $10 million and 0.25% on amounts of at least $10 million may apply to certain investments in Class A shares of $1 million or more that are redeemed within 12 months of the date of purchase. |
** | A charge of 1.00% will be imposed on Class C shares redeemed within one year of purchase by any investor. For additional information, please see the “Terms of the Conversion Feature” section of the Fund’s statutory prospectus. |
(1) | “Other Expenses” for Class I shares includes 0.05% of class-specific sub-transfer agency fees. |
(2) | “Other Expenses” for the Class R6 shares are estimated based on current expenses of the Class A shares. |
(3) | “Other Expenses” have been adjusted from amounts incurred during the most recent fiscal year of the Fund’s predecessor to reflect estimated current expenses. The Brandes Global Equity Fund, a series of Brandes Investment Trust, is the predecessor to the Fund (the “Predecessor Fund”). |
(4) | Brandes Investment Partners, L.P. (the “Adviser”) has contractually agreed to limit the Global Equity Fund’s Class A, Class C, Class I and Class R6 annual operating expenses (exclusive of acquired fund feeds and expenses, taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, expenses incurred in connection with any merger or reorganization or extraordinary expenses such as litigation), including repayment of previous waivers, to 1.25% for Class A, 2.00% for Class C, 1.00% for Class I and 0.82% for Class R6, as percentages of the respective Fund classes’ average daily net assets through July 15, 2026 (the “Expense Caps”). The Expense Caps may be terminated at any time by the Board of Trustees upon 60 days’ written notice to the Adviser. The Adviser is permitted, with Board approval, to be reimbursed for fee reductions and/or expense payments made in the prior 36 months following the waiver or reimbursement with respect to any Class of the Fund. The Adviser may request reimbursement if the aggregate amount paid by the Fund toward operating expenses for the Class for such period (taking into account any reimbursement) does not exceed the lesser of the Expense Cap in effect at the time of waiver or at the time of reimbursement. |
1 Year | 3 Years | 5 Years | 10 Years | |||||||||||||
Class A |
$ | 695 | $ | 989 | $ | 1,304 | $ | 2,194 | ||||||||
Class C |
$ | 303 | $ | 671 | $ | 1,166 | $ | 2,335 | (1) | |||||||
Class I |
$ | 102 | $ | 370 | $ | 658 | $ | 1,479 | ||||||||
Class R6 |
$ | 84 | $ | 343 | $ | 623 | $ | 1,421 |
1 Year | 3 Years | 5 Years | 10 Years | |||||||||||||
Class C |
$ | 203 | $ | 671 | $ | 1,166 | $ | 2,335 | (1) |
(1) | Class C shares automatically convert to Class A shares if held for 8 years. The Class C shares’ 10-year cost examples assume that the Class C shares automatically convert to Class A shares on the first day of the ninth year. For additional information, please see the “Terms of the Conversion Feature” section of the Prospectus |
Best Quarter |
4Q 2020 | 22.65 | % | |||||
Worst Quarter |
1Q 2020 | -29.45 | % |
1 Year | 5 Year | 10 Year | ||||||||||
Class A Shares – Return Before Taxes |
14.40 | % | 9.11 | % | 5.42 | % | ||||||
Class C Shares – Return Before Taxes |
19.49 | % | 9.58 | % | 5.41 | %(1) | ||||||
Class I Shares – Return Before Taxes |
21.68 | % | 10.67 | % | 6.31 | % | ||||||
Return After Taxes on Distributions |
20.43 | % | 9.73 | % | 5.22 | % | ||||||
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares |
13.91 | % | 8.44 | % | 4.89 | % | ||||||
MSCI World (Net Dividends) Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes) |
23.79 | % | 12.80 | % | 8.60 | % |
(1) | Class C shares automatically convert to Class A shares if held for 8 years. The Class C shares’ average annual total return for the 10-year period assumes that the Class C shares automatically converted to Class A shares 8 years after the start of the period. For additional information, please see the “Terms of the Conversion Feature” section of the Prospectus |
Portfolio Managers | Position with Adviser |
Managed this Fund Since*: | ||
Brent Fredberg |
Director, Investments Group and Global Large Cap Investment Committee Voting Member | 2024 | ||
Ted Kim, CFA |
Director, Investments Group and Global Large Cap Investment Committee Voting Member | 2024 | ||
Kenneth Little, CFA |
Managing Director, Investments Group, All-Cap Investment Committee Voting Member and Global Large Cap Investment Committee Voting Member | 2024 | ||
Brian A. Matthews, CFA |
Director, Investments Group and Global Large Cap Investment Committee Voting Member | 2024 |
* | Each Portfolio Manager served as portfolio manager of the Predecessor Fund, which is expected to reorganize into the Trust no earlier than July 15, 2024. |
Class and Type of Account | Minimum Initial Investment |
Subsequent Minimum Investment |
||||||
Classes A and C |
||||||||
Regular Accounts |
$ | 2,500 | $ | 500 | ||||
Traditional and Roth IRA Accounts |
$ | 1,000 | $ | 500 | ||||
Automatic Investment Plans |
$ | 500 | $ | 500 | ||||
Class I |
$ | 100,000 | $ | 500 | ||||
Class R6 |
||||||||
Class R6 Eligible Plans(1) |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||
Other R6 Eligible Investors(2) |
$ | 1,000,000 | $ | 0 |
(1) | Class R6 shares will generally be available to employer sponsored retirement plans, including profit sharing and money purchase pension plans, defined benefit plans and nonqualified deferred compensation plans, and plans described in Sections 401(k), 403(b) and 457 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”). Class R6 shares are generally available only if plan level or omnibus accounts are held on the books of the Fund. |
(2) | Certain other institutional or other investors, (e.g., endowments, foundations, states, counties, cities or their instrumentalities, insurance companies, trust companies, bank trust departments, etc.) may be eligible to purchase Class R6 shares. |
Class A | Class C | Class I | Class R6 | |||||||||||||
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of offering price) |
5.75 | % | None | None | None | |||||||||||
Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (Load) |
None | * | 1.00 | %** | None | None |
Class A | Class C | Class I | Class R6 | |||||||||||||
Management Fees |
0.95 | % | 0.95 | % | 0.95 | % | 0.95 | % | ||||||||
Distribution (12b-1) Fees |
0.25 | % | 0.75 | % | None | None | ||||||||||
Other Expenses |
||||||||||||||||
Shareholder Servicing Fees |
None | 0.25 | % | None | None | |||||||||||
Other Expenses(1) |
0.13 | % | 0.14 | % | 0.18 | % | 0.14 | % | ||||||||
Total Other Expenses(2) |
0.13 | % | 0.39 | % | 0.18 | % | 0.14 | % | ||||||||
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses |
1.33 | % | 2.09 | % | 1.13 | % | 1.09 | % | ||||||||
Less: Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement |
0.00 | % | 0.00 | % | (0.01 | %) | (0.12 | %) | ||||||||
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement(3) |
1.33 | % | 2.09 | % | 1.12 | % | 0.97 | % |
* | A contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) of 1.00% on amounts of less than $4 million, 0.50% on amounts of at least $4 million but less than $10 million and 0.25% on amounts of at least $10 million may apply to certain investments in Class A shares of $1 million or more that are redeemed within 12 months of the date of purchase. |
** | A charge of 1.00% will be imposed on Class C shares redeemed within one year of purchase by any investor. For additional information, please see the “Terms of the Conversion Feature” section of the Fund’s statutory prospectus. |
(1) | “Other Expenses” for Class I shares includes 0.05% of class-specific sub-transfer agency fees. |
(2) | Other Expenses have been adjusted from amounts incurred during the most recent fiscal year of the Fund’s predecessor to reflect estimated current expenses. The Brandes Emerging Markets Value Fund, a series of Brandes Investment Trust, is the predecessor to the Fund (the “Predecessor Fund”). |
(3) | Brandes Investment Partners, L.P. (the “Adviser”) has contractually agreed to limit the Emerging Markets Value Fund’s Class A, Class C, Class I and Class R6 annual operating expenses (exclusive of acquired fund feeds and expenses, taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, expenses incurred in connection with any merger or reorganization or extraordinary expenses such as litigation), including repayment of previous waivers, to 1.37% for Class A, 2.12% for Class C, 1.12% for Class I and 0.97% for Class R6, as percentages of the respective Fund classes’ average daily net assets through July 15, 2026 (the “Expense Caps”). The Expense Caps may be terminated at any time by the Board of Trustees upon 60 days’ written notice to the Adviser. The Adviser is permitted, with Board approval, to be reimbursed for fee reductions and/or expense payments made in the prior 36 months following the waiver or reimbursement with respect to any Class of the Fund. The Adviser may request reimbursement if the aggregate amount paid by the Fund toward operating expenses for the Class for such period (taking into account any reimbursement) does not exceed the lesser of the Expense Cap in effect at the time of waiver or at the time of reimbursement. |
1 Year | 3 Years | 5 Years | 10 Years | |||||||||||||
Class A |
$ | 703 | $ | 972 | $ | 1,262 | $ | 2,084 | ||||||||
Class C |
$ | 312 | $ | 655 | $ | 1,124 | $ | 2,227 | (1) | |||||||
Class I |
$ | 114 | $ | 358 | $ | 621 | $ | 1,374 | ||||||||
Class R6 |
$ | 99 | $ | 335 | $ | 589 | $ | 1,318 |
1 Year | 3 Years | 5 Years | 10 Years | |||||||||||||
Class C |
$ | 212 | $ | 655 | $ | 1,124 | $ | 2,227 | (1) |
(1) | Class C shares automatically convert to Class A shares if held for 8 years. The Class C shares’ 10-year cost examples assume that the Class C shares automatically convert to Class A shares on the first day of the ninth year. For additional information, please see the “Terms of the Conversion Feature” section of the Prospectus |
Best Quarter |
4Q 2020 | 21.78 | % | |||||
Worst Quarter |
1Q 2020 | -34.10 | % |
1 Year | 5 Year | 10 Year | ||||||||||
Class A Shares – Return Before Taxes |
15.21 | % | 1.68 | % | 0.43 | % | ||||||
Class C Shares – Return Before Taxes |
20.38 | % | 2.23 | % | 0.48 | %(1) | ||||||
Class R6 Shares – Return Before Taxes |
22.71 | % | 3.25 | % | 1.39 | % | ||||||
Class I Shares – Return Before Taxes |
22.52 | % | 3.11 | % | 1.27 | % | ||||||
Return After Taxes on Distributions |
22.05 | % | 2.90 | % | 0.99 | % | ||||||
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares |
14.07 | % | 2.73 | % | 1.18 | % | ||||||
MSCI Emerging Markets (Net Dividends) Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes) |
9.83 | % | 3.68 | % | 2.66 | % |
(1) | Class C shares automatically convert to Class A shares if held for 8 years. The Class C shares’ average annual total return for the 10-year period assumes that the Class C shares automatically converted to Class A shares 8 years after the start of the period. |
Portfolio Managers | Position with Adviser |
Managed this Fund Since*: | ||
Gerardo Zamorano, CFA |
Director, Investments Group, All-Cap Investment Committee Voting Member and Emerging Markets Investment Committee Voting Member | 2024 | ||
Christopher J. Garrett, CFA |
Director, Institutional Group and Emerging Markets Investment Committee Voting Member | 2024 | ||
Louis Y. Lau, CFA |
Director, Investments Group and Emerging Markets Investment Committee Voting Member | 2024 | ||
Mauricio Abadia |
Director, Investments Group and Emerging Markets Investment Committee Voting Member | 2024 |
* | Each Portfolio Manager served as portfolio manager of the Predecessor Fund, which is expected to reorganize into the Trust no earlier than July 15, 2024. |
Class and Type of Account | Minimum Initial Investment |
Subsequent Minimum Investment |
||||||
Classes A and C |
||||||||
Regular Accounts |
$ | 2,500 | $ | 500 | ||||
Traditional and Roth IRA Accounts |
$ | 1,000 | $ | 500 | ||||
Automatic Investment Plans |
$ | 500 | $ | 500 | ||||
Class I |
$ | 100,000 | $ | 500 | ||||
Class R6 |
||||||||
Class R6 Eligible Plans(1) |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||
Other R6 Eligible Investors(2) |
$ | 1,000,000 | $ | 0 |
(1) | Class R6 shares are generally available to employer sponsored retirement plans, including profit sharing and money purchase pension plans, defined benefit plans and nonqualified deferred compensation plans, and plans described in Sections 401(k), 403(b) and 457 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”). Class R6 shares are generally available only if plan level or omnibus accounts are held on the books of the Fund. |
(2) | Certain other institutional or other investors, (e.g., endowments, foundations, states, counties, cities or their instrumentalities, insurance companies, trust companies, bank trust departments, etc.) may be eligible to purchase Class R6 shares. |
Class A | Class C | Class I | Class R6 | |||||||||||||
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of offering price) |
5.75 | % | None | None | None | |||||||||||
Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (Load) |
None | * | 1.00 | %** | None | None |
Class A | Class C | Class I | Class R6 | |||||||||||||
Management Fees |
0.95 | % | 0.95 | % | 0.95 | % | 0.95 | % | ||||||||
Distribution (12b-1) Fees |
0.25 | % | 0.75 | % | None | None | ||||||||||
Other Expenses |
||||||||||||||||
Shareholder Servicing Fees |
None | 0.25 | % | None | None | |||||||||||
Other Expenses(1) |
0.16 | % | 0.16 | % | 0.21 | % | 0.16 | % | ||||||||
Total Other Expenses(2) |
0.16 | % | 0.41 | % | 0.21 | % | 0.16 | % | ||||||||
Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses |
0.01 | % | 0.01 | % | 0.01 | % | 0.01 | % | ||||||||
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses |
1.37 | % | 2.12 | % | 1.17 | % | 1.12 | % | ||||||||
Less: Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement |
0.00 | % | 0.00 | % | (0.01 | %) | (0.11 | %) | ||||||||
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement(3) |
1.37 | % | 2.12 | % | 1.16 | % | 1.01 | % |
* | A contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) of 1.00% on amounts of less than $4 million, 0.50% on amounts of at least $4 million but less than $10 million and 0.25% on amounts of at least $10 million may apply to certain investments in Class A shares of $1 million or more that are redeemed within 12 months of the date of purchase. |
** | A charge of 1.00% will be imposed on Class C shares redeemed within one year of purchase by any investor. For additional information, please see the “Terms of the Conversion Feature” section of the Fund’s statutory prospectus. |
(1) | “Other Expenses” for Class I shares includes 0.05% of class-specific sub-transfer agency fees. |
(2) | “Other Expenses” have been adjusted from amounts incurred during the most recent fiscal year of the Fund’s predecessor to reflect estimated current expenses. The Brandes International Small Cap Equity Fund, a series of Brandes Investment Trust, is the predecessor to the Fund (the “Predecessor Fund”). |
(3) | Brandes Investment Partners, L.P. (the “Adviser”) has contractually agreed to limit the International Small Cap Equity Fund’s Class A, Class C, Class I and Class R6 annual operating expenses (exclusive of acquired fund feeds and expenses, taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, expenses incurred in connection with any merger or reorganization or extraordinary expenses such as litigation), including repayment of previous waivers, to 1.40% for Class A, 2.15% for Class C, 1.15% for Class I and 1.00% for Class R6, as percentages of the respective Fund classes’ average daily net assets through July 15, 2026 (the “Expense Caps”). The Expense Caps may be terminated at any time by the Board of Trustees upon 60 days’ written notice to the Adviser. The Adviser is permitted, with Board approval, to be reimbursed for fee reductions and/or expense payments made in the prior 36 months following the waiver or reimbursement with respect to any Class of the Fund. The Adviser may request reimbursement if the aggregate amount paid by the Fund toward operating expenses for the Class for such period (taking into account any reimbursement) does not exceed the lesser of the Expense Cap in effect at the time of waiver or at the time of reimbursement. |
1 Year | 3 Years | 5 Years | 10 Years | |||||||||||||
Class A |
$ | 706 | $ | 984 | $ | 1,282 | $ | 2,127 | ||||||||
Class C |
$ | 315 | $ | 664 | $ | 1,139 | $ | 2,261 | (1) | |||||||
Class I |
$ | 118 | $ | 371 | $ | 643 | $ | 1,419 | ||||||||
Class R6 |
$ | 103 | $ | 345 | $ | 606 | $ | 1,353 |
1 Year | 3 Years | 5 Years | 10 Years | |||||||||||||
Class C |
$ | 215 | $ | 664 | $ | 1,139 | $ | 2,261 | (1) |
(1) | Class C shares automatically convert to Class A shares if held for 8 years. The Class C shares’ 10-year cost examples assume that the Class C shares automatically convert to Class A shares on the first day of the ninth year. For additional information, please see the “Terms of the Conversion Feature” section of the Prospectus |
Best Quarter |
4Q 2020 | 22.80 | % | |||||
Worst Quarter |
1Q 2020 | -28.38 | % |
1 Year | 5 Year | 10 Year | ||||||||||
Class A Shares – Return Before Taxes |
31.03 | % | 9.62 | % | 4.78 | % | ||||||
Class C Shares – Return Before Taxes |
36.97 | % | 10.24 | % | 4.84 | %(1) | ||||||
Class R6 Shares – Return Before Taxes |
39.47 | % | 11.31 | % | 5.73 | % | ||||||
Class I Shares – Return Before Taxes |
39.26 | % | 11.18 | % | 5.63 | % | ||||||
Return After Taxes on Distributions |
38.26 | % | 10.61 | % | 4.65 | % | ||||||
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares |
23.88 | % | 8.86 | % | 4.22 | % | ||||||
MSCI ACWI ex USA Small Cap Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)(2) |
15.66 | % | 7.89 | % | 4.88 | % | ||||||
S&P Developed ex-U.S. Small Cap (Net Dividends) Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes) |
13.47 | % | 6.46 | % | 4.40 | % |
(1) | Class C shares automatically convert to Class A shares if held for 8 years. The Class C shares’ average annual total return for the 10-year period assumes that the Class C shares automatically converted to Class A shares 8 years after the start of the period. |
(2) | Effective January 28, 2024, the benchmark for the Predecessor Fund changed from the S&P Developed ex-U.S. Small Cap (Net Dividends) Index to the MSCI ACWI ex USA Small Cap Index to better align the Predecessor Fund’s benchmark with the Fund’s current portfolio objectives and composition. |
Portfolio Managers |
Position with Adviser |
Managed this Fund Since*: | ||
Luiz G. Sauerbronn |
Director, Investments Group, Small Cap Investment Committee Voting Member and International Large Cap Investment Committee Voting Member | 2024 | ||
Yingbin Chen, CFA |
Director, Investments Group, All Cap Investment Committee Voting Member and Small Cap Investment Committee Voting Member | 2024 | ||
Mark Costa, CFA |
Director, Investments Group and Small Cap Investment Committee Voting Member | 2024 | ||
Bryan Barrett, CFA |
Director, Investments Group and Small Cap Investment Committee Voting Member | 2024 |
* | Each Portfolio Manager served as portfolio manager of the Predecessor Fund, which is expected to reorganize into the Trust no earlier than July 15, 2024. |
Class and Type of Account | Minimum Initial Investment |
Subsequent Minimum Investment |
||||||
Classes A and C |
||||||||
Regular Accounts |
$ | 2,500 | $ | 500 | ||||
Traditional and Roth IRA Accounts |
$ | 1,000 | $ | 500 | ||||
Automatic Investment Plans |
$ | 500 | $ | 500 | ||||
Class I |
$ | 100,000 | $ | 500 | ||||
Class R6 |
||||||||
Class R6 Eligible Plans(1) |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||
Other R6 Eligible Investors(2) |
$ | 1,000,000 | $ | 0 |
(1) | Class R6 shares are generally available to employer sponsored retirement plans, including profit sharing and money purchase pension plans, defined benefit plans and nonqualified deferred compensation plans, and plans described in Sections 401(k), 403(b) and 457 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”). Class R6 shares are generally available only if plan level or omnibus accounts are held on the books of the Fund. |
(2) | Certain other institutional or other investors, (e.g., endowments, foundations, states, counties, cities or their instrumentalities, insurance companies, trust companies, bank trust departments, etc.) may be eligible to purchase Class R6 shares. |
Class A | Class I | Class R6 | ||||||||||
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of offering price) |
5.75 | % | None | None | ||||||||
Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (Load) |
None | * | None | None |
Class A | Class I | Class R6 | ||||||||||
Management Fees |
0.70 | % | 0.70 | % | 0.70 | % | ||||||
Distribution (12b-1) Fees |
0.25 | % | None | None | ||||||||
Other Expenses(1),(2) |
2.03 | % | 2.09 | % | 2.14 | % | ||||||
Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses |
0.02 | % | 0.02 | % | 0.02 | % | ||||||
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses(3) |
3.00 | % | 2.81 | % | 2.86 | % | ||||||
Less: Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement |
(1.83 | %) | (1.89 | %) | (2.12 | %) | ||||||
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement(3),(4) |
1.17 | % | 0.92 | % | 0.74 | % |
* | A contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) of 1.00% on amounts of less than $4 million, 0.50% on amounts of at least $4 million but less than $10 million and 0.25% on amounts of at least $10 million may apply to certain investments in Class A shares of $1 million or more that are redeemed within 12 months of the date of purchase. |
(1) | “Other Expenses” for Class I shares includes 0.05% of class-specific sub-transfer agency fees. |
(2) | Other Expenses have been adjusted from amounts incurred during the most recent fiscal year of the Fund’s predecessor to reflect estimated current expenses. The Brandes Small Cap Value Fund, a series of Brandes Investment Trust, is the predecessor to the Fund (the “Predecessor Fund”). |
(3) | Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses and Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement do not correlate to the ratios of expenses (and net expenses) to average net assets provided in the financial highlights, which reflect only the operating expenses of the Fund and do not include acquired fund fees and expenses. |
(4) | Brandes Investment Partners, L.P. (the “Adviser”) has contractually agreed to limit the Small Cap Value Fund’s Class A, Class I and Class R6 annual operating expenses (exclusive of acquired fund feeds and expenses, taxes, interest, |
brokerage commissions, expenses incurred in connection with any merger or reorganization or extraordinary expenses such as litigation), including repayment of previous waivers, to 1.15% for Class A, 0.90% for Class I and 0.72% for Class R6, as percentages of the respective Fund classes’ average daily net assets through July 15, 2026 (the “Expense Caps”). The Expense Caps may be terminated at any time by the Board of Trustees upon 60 days’ written notice to the Adviser. The Adviser is permitted, with Board approval, to be reimbursed for fee reductions and/or expense payments made in the prior 36 months following the waiver or reimbursement with respect to any Class of the Fund. The Adviser may request reimbursement if the aggregate amount paid by the Fund toward operating expenses for the Class for such period (taking into account any reimbursement) does not exceed the lesser of the Expense Cap in effect at the time of waiver or at the time of reimbursement. |
1 Year | 3 Years | 5 Years | 10 Years | |||||||||||||
Class A |
$ | 687 | $ | 1,286 | $ | 1,910 | $ | 3,580 | ||||||||
Class I |
$ | 94 | $ | 692 | $ | 1,316 | $ | 3,000 | ||||||||
Class R6 |
$ | 76 | $ | 685 | $ | 1,320 | $ | 3,032 |
Best Quarter |
4Q 2020 | 27.10 | % | |||||
Worst Quarter |
1Q 2020 | -23.30 | % |
1 Year | 5 Year | 10 Year | ||||||||||
Class A Shares – Return Before Taxes |
15.39 | % | 12.73 | % | 9.15 | % | ||||||
Class R6 Shares – Return Before Taxes |
22.91 | % | 13.02 | % | 9.48 | % | ||||||
Class I Shares – Return Before Taxes |
22.75 | % | 14.40 | % | 10.08 | % | ||||||
Return After Taxes on Distributions |
21.62 | % | 13.51 | % | 9.35 | % | ||||||
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares |
14.07 | % | 11.33 | % | 8.03 | % | ||||||
Russell 2000 Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes) |
16.93 | % | 9.97 | % | 7.16 | % | ||||||
Russell 2000 Value Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes) |
14.65 | % | 10.00 | % | 6.76 | % |
Portfolio Managers | Position with Adviser |
Managed this Fund Since*: | ||
Luiz G. Sauerbronn | Director, Investments Group, Small Cap Investment Committee Voting Member and International Large Cap Investment Committee Voting Member | 2024 | ||
Yingbin Chen, CFA | Director, Investments Group, All Cap Investment Committee Voting Member and Small Cap Investment Committee Voting Member | 2024 | ||
Mark Costa, CFA | Director, Investments Group and Small Cap Investment Committee Voting Member | 2024 | ||
Bryan Barrett, CFA | Director, Investments Group and Small Cap Investment Committee Voting Member | 2024 |
* | Each Portfolio Manager served as portfolio manager of the Predecessor Fund, which is expected to reorganize into the Trust no earlier than July 15, 2024. |
Class and Type of Account | Minimum Initial Investment |
Subsequent Minimum Investment |
||||||
Class A |
||||||||
Regular Accounts |
$ | 2,500 | $ | 500 | ||||
Traditional and Roth IRA Accounts |
$ | 1,000 | $ | 500 | ||||
Automatic Investment Plans |
$ | 500 | $ | 500 | ||||
Class I |
$ | 100,000 | $ | 500 | ||||
Class R6 |
||||||||
Class R6 Eligible Plans(1) |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||
Other R6 Eligible Investors(2) |
$ | 1,000,000 | $ | 0 |
(1) | Class R6 shares are generally available to employer sponsored retirement plans, including profit sharing and money purchase pension plans, defined benefit plans and nonqualified deferred compensation plans, and plans described in Sections 401(k), 403(b) and 457 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”). Class R6 shares are generally available only if plan level or omnibus accounts are held on the books of the Fund. |
(2) | Certain other institutional or other investors, (e.g., endowments, foundations, states, counties, cities or their instrumentalities, insurance companies, trust companies, bank trust departments, etc.) may be eligible to purchase Class R6 shares. |
• | Less social, political and economic stability; |
• | Unpredictable changes in national policies on foreign investment, including restrictions on investment in issuers or industries deemed sensitive to national interests; |
• | Less transparent and established taxation policies; |
• | Less developed regulatory or legal structures governing private and foreign investments, and limited rights and legal remedies available to foreign investors; |
• | Less familiarity with a capital market structure or market-oriented economy, and risk of market manipulation, corruption and fraud; |
• | Inadequate, limited and untimely financial reporting, as issuers may not be subject to regulatory accounting, auditing, and financial reporting and recordkeeping standards comparable to those to which issuers in developed markets are subject (e.g., the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, which regulates auditors of U.S. public companies, may be unable to inspect audit work and practices in certain countries); |
• | Less financial sophistication, creditworthiness, and/or resources possessed by, and less government regulation of, the financial institutions and issuers with which the Funds transact; |
• | Insolvency of local banking systems due to concentrated debtor risk, imprudent lending, the effect of inefficiency and fraud in bank transfers and other systemic risks; |
• | Less developed local banking infrastructure and limited reliable access to capital; |
• | Risk of government seizure of assets; |
• | Less government supervision and regulation of business and industry practices, stock exchanges, brokers and listed companies than in the U.S.; |
• | Greater concentration in a few industries resulting in greater vulnerability to regional and global trade conditions; |
• | Higher rates of inflation and more rapid and extreme fluctuations in inflation rates; |
• | Greater sensitivity to interest rate changes; |
• | Smaller securities markets with low or nonexistent trading volume and greater illiquidity and price volatility; |
• | Increased volatility in currency exchange rates and potential for currency devaluations and/or currency controls; |
• | Greater debt burdens relative to the size of the economy; |
• | More delays in settling portfolio transactions and heightened risk of loss from shareholder registration and custody practices; |
• | Less assurance that favorable economic developments will not be slowed or reversed by unanticipated economic, political or social events in such countries; and |
• | Trade embargoes, sanctions and other restrictions, which may, from time to time, be imposed by international bodies (for example, the United Nations) or sovereign states (for example, the United States) or their agencies on investments held or to be held by the Fund resulting in an investment or cash flows relating to an investment being frozen or otherwise suspended or restricted. |
Fund | Annual Management Fee | |
International Equity Fund |
0.75% on average daily net assets up to $2.5 billion; 0.70% between $2.5 billion and $5.0 billion; 0.67% on average daily net assets greater than $5.0 billion. | |
Global Equity Fund |
0.80% | |
Emerging Markets Value Fund |
0.95% on average daily net assets up to $2.5 billion; 0.90% on average daily net assets from $2.5 billion to $5.0 billion; and 0.85% on average daily net assets greater than $5.0 billion. | |
International Small Cap Fund |
0.95% on average daily net assets up to $1 billion; and 0.90% on average daily net assets greater than $1 billion. | |
Small Cap Value Fund |
0.70% |
Expense Caps | Class A | Class C | Class I | Class R6 | ||||||||||||
International Equity Fund |
1.20 | % | 1.95 | % | 0.85 | % | 0.75 | % | ||||||||
Global Equity Fund |
1.25 | % | 2.00 | % | 1.00 | % | 0.82 | % | ||||||||
Emerging Markets Value Fund |
1.37 | % | 2.12 | % | 1.12 | % | 0.97 | % | ||||||||
International Small Cap Fund |
1.40 | % | 2.15 | % | 1.15 | % | 1.00 | % | ||||||||
Small Cap Value Fund |
1.15 | % | N/A | 0.90 | % | 0.72 | % |
Fund Name | Date of Expiration | Amount | ||||
Brandes International Equity Fund |
September 30, 2026 | $ | 471,697 | |||
September 30, 2025 | $ | 440,163 | ||||
September 30, 2024 | $ | 311,474 | ||||
Brandes Global Equity Fund |
September 30, 2026 | $ | 89,159 | |||
September 30, 2025 | $ | 96,460 | ||||
September 30, 2024 | $ | 78,902 | ||||
Brandes Emerging Markets Value Fund |
September 30, 2026 | $ | 138,307 | |||
September 30, 2025 | $ | 141,383 | ||||
September 30, 2024 | $ | 56,334 | ||||
Brandes International Small Cap Equity Fund |
September 30, 2026 | $ | 23,094 | |||
September 30, 2025 | $ | 16,211 | ||||
September 30, 2024 | $ | 8,859 | ||||
Brandes Small Cap Value Fund |
September 30, 2026 | $ | 111,993 | |||
September 30, 2025 | $ | 132,842 | ||||
September 30, 2024 | $ | 100,743 |
Portfolio Manager | Length of Service with the Fund |
Business Experience During the Past Five Years | ||
Brent V. Woods, CFA | International Equity Fund Since 2024 International Equity Fund Since 2024 |
Brent V. Woods, CFA | ||
Executive Director | ||||
Experience | ||||
• Current Responsibilities | ||||
• Member of the International Large‑Cap Investment Committee | ||||
• Member of the Investment Oversight Committee, which monitors the processes and activities of the Adviser’s investment committees | ||||
• Officer of the Adviser’s general partner | ||||
• Experience began in 1995 | ||||
• Joined Brandes Investment Partners in 1995 | ||||
• Limited partner of the Adviser’s parent company | ||||
• Prior Career Highlights | ||||
• Chief Executive Officer | ||||
• Managing Director, Investments Group with Brandes Investment Partners, responsible for the Adviser’s securities research efforts and oversight of the product investment committees | ||||
• Education and Skills | ||||
• JD (cum laude) from Harvard Law School | ||||
• Master’s in international studies from St. John’s College at Cambridge University, England | ||||
• AB (Phi Beta Kappa) from Princeton University | ||||
Amelia Maccoun Morris, CFA |
Amelia Maccoun Morris, CFA | |||
Director, Investments Group | ||||
Experience | ||||
• Current Responsibilities | ||||
• Analyst and Team Leader responsibilities on the Consumer Products Research Team | ||||
• Member of the International Large-Cap Investment Committee | ||||
• Experience began in 1986 | ||||
• Joined Brandes Investment Partners in 1998 | ||||
• Limited partner of the Adviser’s parent company | ||||
• Prior Career Highlights | ||||
• Member of the Emerging Markets Investment Committee with Brandes Investment Partners | ||||
• Member of the Investment Oversight Committee with Brandes Investment Partners | ||||
• Member of the Brandes Institute Advisory Board | ||||
• Education and Skills | ||||
• MBA from the University of Chicago Booth School of Business | ||||
• AB in economics (Phi Beta Kappa and cum laude) from the University of California, Davis |
Portfolio Manager | Length of Service with the Fund |
Business Experience During the Past Five Years | ||
Jeffrey Germain, CFA |
International Equity Fund Since 2024 |
Jeffrey Germain, CFA | ||
Director, Investments Group | ||||
Experience | ||||
• Current Responsibilities | ||||
• Analyst responsibilities on the Basic Materials Research Team | ||||
• Member of the International Large-Cap Investment Committee | ||||
• Experience began in 2001 | ||||
• Joined Brandes Investment Partners in 2001 | ||||
• Limited partner of the Adviser’s parent company | ||||
• Prior Career Highlights | ||||
• Financial Analyst with Harcourt | ||||
• CFO of Golf Destinations | ||||
• Education and Skills | ||||
• BS in business administration with a concentration in finance from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill | ||||
Shingo Omura, CFA |
International Equity Fund Since 2024 |
Shingo Omura, CFA | ||
Director, Investments Group | ||||
Experience | ||||
• Current Responsibilities | ||||
• Analyst and Team Leader responsibilities on the Health Care Research Team | ||||
• Member of the International Large-Cap Investment Committee | ||||
• Primary Product Coordinator for the Japan Equity strategy | ||||
• Member of the ESG Oversight Committee | ||||
• Experience began in 2001 | ||||
• Joined Brandes Investment Partners in 2005 | ||||
• Limited partner of the Adviser’s parent company | ||||
• Prior Career Highlights | ||||
• Sell-Side Research Analyst (covering basic materials and utilities companies) in Japan | ||||
• Education and Skills | ||||
• MBA from the Haas School of Business at the University of California, Berkeley | ||||
• BA in economics from Keio University in Tokyo, Japan | ||||
Luiz G. Sauerbronn |
International Equity Fund Since 2024 |
Luiz G. Sauerbronn | ||
Director, Investments Group | ||||
Experience | ||||
• Current Responsibilities | ||||
• Analyst responsibilities on the Industrials Research Team | ||||
• Member of the International Large-Cap and Small-Cap Investment Committees | ||||
• Member of the ESG Oversight Committee | ||||
• Experience began in 1995 | ||||
• Joined Brandes Investment Partners in 2001 | ||||
• Limited partner of the Adviser’s parent company | ||||
• Prior Career Highlights | ||||
• Summer Associate with J.P. Morgan | ||||
• Manager of Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory Team with Banco Brascan (part of Brookfield Asset Management) in Brazil | ||||
• Trainee with Royal Dutch Shell | ||||
• Education and Skills | ||||
• MBA from the Haas School of Business at the University of California, Berkeley | ||||
• BS in economics from the Federal University of Rio de Janeiro |
Portfolio Manager | Length of Service with the Funds |
Business Experience During the Past Five Years | ||
Brent Fredberg |
Global Equity Fund Since 2024 |
Brent Fredberg | ||
Director, Investments Group | ||||
Experience | ||||
• Current Responsibilities | ||||
• Analyst and Team Leader responsibilities on the Technology Research Team | ||||
• Member of the Global Large-Cap Investment Committee | ||||
• Experience began in 1994 | ||||
• Joined Brandes Investment Partners in 1999 | ||||
• Limited partner of the Adviser’s parent company | ||||
• Prior Career Highlights | ||||
• Financial Analyst and Controller with Raytheon/Amana Appliances | ||||
• Education and Skills | ||||
• MBA (with distinction) from Northwestern University’s Kellogg Graduate School of Management | ||||
• BS in finance (with distinction) from the University of Iowa | ||||
• Certified Management Accountant (inactive) | ||||
Ted Kim, CFA |
Global Equity Fund Since 2024 |
Ted Kim, CFA | ||
Director, Investments Group | ||||
Experience | ||||
• Current Responsibilities | ||||
• Analyst and Team Leader responsibilities on the Industrials Research Team | ||||
• Member of the Global Large-Cap Investment Committee | ||||
• Experience began in 2000 | ||||
• Joined Brandes Investment Partners in 2000 | ||||
• Limited partner of the Adviser’s parent company | ||||
• Prior Career Highlights | ||||
• Product and Manufacturing Engineer with Ford Motor Company | ||||
• Education and Skills | ||||
• MBA from the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University | ||||
• MS in system design and management from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology | ||||
• BS in mechanical engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology |
Portfolio Manager | Length of Service with the Funds |
Business Experience During the Past Five Years | ||
Kenneth Little, CFA |
Global Equity Fund Since 2024 |
Kenneth Little, CFA | ||
Managing Director, Investments Group | ||||
Experience | ||||
• Current Responsibilities | ||||
• Managing Director, Investments Group, leading the Adviser’s overall research efforts and overseeing the product investment committees | ||||
• Member of the Global Large-Cap and All-Cap Investment Committees | ||||
• Analyst and Team Leader responsibilities on the Basic Materials and Utilities Research Teams | ||||
• Member of the Senior Management Team, which is responsible for the Adviser’s day-to-day operations and long-term strategic direction | ||||
• Member of the ESG Oversight Committee | ||||
• Experience began in 1996 | ||||
• Joined Brandes Investment Partners in 1996 | ||||
• Limited partner of the Adviser’s parent company | ||||
• Prior Career Highlights | ||||
• Senior Accountant with KPMG | ||||
• Education and Skills | ||||
• MBA from the Fuqua School of Business at Duke University | ||||
• BS in accounting from the University of La Verne | ||||
• Certified Public Accountant (inactive) | ||||
Brian A. Matthews, CFA |
Global Equity Fund Since 2024 |
Brian A. Matthews, CFA | ||
Director, Investments Group | ||||
Experience | ||||
• Current Responsibilities | ||||
• Analyst responsibilities on the Communication Services Research Team | ||||
• Member of the Global Large-Cap Investment Committee | ||||
• Experience began in 2000 | ||||
• Joined Brandes Investment Partners in 2002 | ||||
• Limited partner of the Adviser’s parent company | ||||
• Prior Career Highlights | ||||
• Member of the Small-Cap Investment Committee with Brandes Investment Partners | ||||
• Investment Banking Analyst with Merrill Lynch | ||||
• Education and Skills | ||||
• BS with concentrations in finance and management (summa cum laude) from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania |
Portfolio Manager | Length of Service with the Fund |
Business Experience During the Past Five Years | ||
Mauricio Abadia |
Emerging Markets Value Fund Since 2024 |
Mauricio Abadia | ||
Director, Investments Group | ||||
Experience | ||||
• Current Responsibilities | ||||
• Analyst responsibilities on the Basic Materials, Consumers, and Utilities Research Teams | ||||
• Member of the Emerging Markets Investment Committee | ||||
• Experience began in 2006 | ||||
• Joined Brandes Investment Partners in 2010 | ||||
• Prior Career Highlights | ||||
• Senior Consultant with Deloitte | ||||
• Education and Skills | ||||
• MBA (with honors) from the Haas School of Business at the University of California, Berkeley | ||||
• BS in systems engineering (with distinction) from the University of Virginia | ||||
• Fluent in Spanish | ||||
Christopher J. Garrett, CFA |
Emerging Markets Value Fund Since 2024 |
Christopher J. Garrett, CFA | ||
Director, Institutional Group | ||||
Experience | ||||
• Current Responsibilities | ||||
• Member of the Emerging Markets Investment Committee | ||||
• Develop and service relationships with institutional consultants and clients | ||||
• Non-Executive Director of Brandes Investment Partners (Asia) Pte. Ltd. (“Brandes Asia”), which is headquartered in Singapore and is an affiliate of Brandes Investment Partners, L.P. | ||||
• Experience began in 1990 | ||||
• Joined Brandes Investment Partners in 2000 | ||||
• Limited partners of the Adviser’s parent company | ||||
• Prior Career Highlights | ||||
• Chief Executive Officer and Institutional Portfolio Manager for Brandes Asia | ||||
• Portfolio Manager/Analyst with Dupont Capital Management | ||||
• Corporate Loan Officer with City National Bank | ||||
• Corporate Loan Officer with First Interstate Bank of California | ||||
• Education and Skills | ||||
• MBA from Columbia University’s Columbia Business School | ||||
• BS in finance from Arizona State University | ||||
Louis Y. Lau, CFA |
Emerging Markets Value Fund Since 2024 |
Louis Y. Lau, CFA | ||
Director, Investments Group | ||||
Experience | ||||
• Current Responsibilities | ||||
• Analyst responsibilities on the Financial Institutions Research Team | ||||
• Member of the Emerging Markets Investment Committee | ||||
• Product Coordinator for the Emerging Markets Portfolio | ||||
• Experience began in 1998 | ||||
• Joined Brandes Investment Partners in 2004 | ||||
• Limited partner of the Adviser’s parent company | ||||
• Prior Career Highlights | ||||
• Analyst with Goldman Sachs, in investment banking and equity capital markets |
Portfolio Manager | Length of Service with the Fund |
Business Experience During the Past Five Years | ||
• Education and Skills | ||||
• MBA in finance and accounting (with honors) from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania | ||||
• Director of Research and Portfolio Manager of the Wharton Investment Management Fund, a student-run, U.S. small-cap value fund | ||||
• BBA in finance (with merit) from the National University of Singapore | ||||
• Studied at the University of Michigan (Ann Arbor) and New York University | ||||
• Fluent in Chinese | ||||
Gerardo Zamorano, CFA |
Emerging Markets Value Fund Since 2024 |
Gerardo Zamorano, CFA | ||
Director, Investments Group | ||||
Experience | ||||
• Current Responsibilities | ||||
• Analyst and Team Leader responsibilities on the Communication Services Research Team | ||||
• Member of the Emerging Markets and All-Cap Investment Committees | ||||
• Experience began in 1995 | ||||
• Joined Brandes Investment Partners in 1999 | ||||
• Limited partner of the Adviser’s parent company | ||||
• Prior Career Highlights | ||||
• Assistant Investment Officer in the Latin America Department with the International Finance Corporation (part of the World Bank Group) | ||||
• Education and Skills | ||||
• MBA from the Kellogg Graduate School of Management of Northwestern University | ||||
• BSE (magna cum laude) from the Wharton School of Business of the University of Pennsylvania | ||||
• Fluent in Spanish and Portuguese |
Portfolio Manager | Length of Service with the Funds |
Business Experience During the Past Five Years | ||
Luiz G. Sauerbronn | International Small Cap Fund Since 2024 Small Cap Value Fund Since 2024 |
Luiz G. Sauerbronn Director, Investments Group Experience | ||
• Current Responsibilities | ||||
• Analyst responsibilities on the Industrials Research Team | ||||
• Member of the International Large-Cap and Small-Cap Investment Committees | ||||
• Member of the ESG Oversight Committee | ||||
• Experience began in 1995 | ||||
• Joined Brandes Investment Partners in 2001 |
Portfolio Manager | Length of Service with the Funds |
Business Experience During the Past Five Years | ||
• Limited partner of the Adviser’s parent company | ||||
• Prior Career Highlights | ||||
• Summer Associate with J.P. Morgan | ||||
• Manager of Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory Team with Banco Brascan (part of Brookfield Asset Management) in Brazil | ||||
• Trainee with Royal Dutch Shell | ||||
• Education and Skills | ||||
• MBA from the Haas School of Business at the University of California, Berkeley | ||||
• BS in economics from the Federal University of Rio de Janeiro | ||||
Yingbin Chen, CFA | International Small Cap Fund Since 2024 Small Cap Value Fund Since 2024 |
Yingbin Chen, CFA Director, Investments Group Experience | ||
• Current Responsibilities | ||||
• Analyst responsibilities on the Technology Research Team | ||||
• Member of the Small-Cap and All-Cap Investment Committees | ||||
• Experience began in 2001 | ||||
• Joined Brandes Investment Partners in 2001 | ||||
• Limited partner of the Adviser’s parent company | ||||
• Prior Career Highlights | ||||
• Technology Officer with Citicorp | ||||
• Technology Consultant with Hewlett Packard | ||||
• Education and Skills | ||||
• International MBA (with high honors) from the University of Chicago Booth School of Business | ||||
• MS in electrical engineering from Johns Hopkins University | ||||
• Fluent in Chinese | ||||
Mark Costa, CFA | International Small Cap Fund Since 2024 Small Cap Value Fund Since 2024 |
Mark Costa, CFA Director, Investments Group Experience | ||
• Current Responsibilities | ||||
• Analyst responsibilities on the Industrials Research Team | ||||
• Member of the Small-Cap Investment Committee | ||||
• Product Coordinator for the Small-Cap Investment Committee | ||||
• Experience began in 2000 | ||||
• Joined Brandes Investment Partners in 2000 | ||||
• Limited partner of the Adviser’s parent company | ||||
• Education and Skills | ||||
• BS in finance with distinction from San Diego State University |
Portfolio Manager | Length of Service with the Funds |
Business Experience During the Past Five Years | ||
Bryan Barrett, CFA | International Small Cap Fund Since 2024 Small Cap Value Fund since 2024 |
Bryan Barrett, CFA Director, Investments Group Experience | ||
• Current Responsibilities | ||||
• Analyst responsibilities on the Industrials and Financial Institutions Research Teams Member of the Brandes Institute Advisory Board | ||||
• Member of the Small-Cap Investment Committee | ||||
• Member of the ESG Oversight Committee | ||||
• Experience began in 2008 | ||||
• Joined Brandes Investment Partners in 2008 | ||||
• Limited partner of the Adviser’s parent company | ||||
• Prior Career Highlights | ||||
• Senior Research Associate with Brandes Investment Partners | ||||
• Education and Skills | ||||
• BA in philosophy (with honors) / BA in economics from the University of Southern California |
* | Class R6 shares of the Global Equity Fund are currently inactive. |
Class A |
Class C |
Class I |
Class R6 | |||||
Eligible Shareholders | Retail (available only through financial intermediaries) | Retail (available only through financial intermediaries) | Proprietary accounts of institutional investors such as • financial institutions, • pension plans, • retirement accounts, • qualified plans, and • certain corporations, trusts, estates, religious and charitable organizations. |
• 401(k) Plans • 403(b) Plans • 457 Plans • Nonqualified deferred compensation plans • Certain voluntary employee benefit association and post-retirement plans • Endowments • Foundations • States, counties, cities or their instrumentalities • Insurance companies • Trust companies • Bank trust departments | ||||
Minimum Initial Investment |
Regular Accounts $2,500 Traditional and Roth IRA Accounts $1,000 Automatic Investment Plans $500 | Regular Accounts $2,500 Traditional and Roth IRA Accounts $1,000 Automatic Investment Plans $500 | $100,000 | $0—Class R6 Eligible Plans $1 million—Other R6 Eligible Investors (as defined below) | ||||
Subsequent Minimum Investment | $500 | $500 | $500 | $0 | ||||
Waiver/ Reduction of Investment Minimum | None | None | The Adviser may waive the minimum investment for financial intermediaries and other institutions making continuing investments in the Funds on behalf of underlying investors and from time to time for other investors, including current and Former Trustees of the Trust; officers of the Trust; directors and employees of the Trust; retirement plans; and, employees of the Adviser. | None |
Class A |
Class C |
Class I |
Class R6 | |||||
Initial Sales Charge | 5.75% | None | None | None | ||||
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge | None* | 1.00%* | None | None | ||||
Redemption Fee | None | None | None | None | ||||
Ongoing Distribution (12b-1) Fees | 0.25% | 0.75% | None | None | ||||
Ongoing Shareholder Service Fees | None | 0.25% | None | None | ||||
Conversion Feature | Subject to the Adviser’s approval, if investors currently holding Class A or Class C shares meet the criteria for eligible investors and would like to convert to Class I shares, such conversion is not expected to be a taxable event for federal income tax purposes. To inquire about converting your Class A or Class C shares to Class I shares, please call 1-800-395-3807. | Class C shares automatically convert to Class A shares if held for 8 years, such conversion is not expected to be a taxable event for federal income tax purposes. Subject to the Adviser’s approval, if investors currently holding Class A or Class C shares meet the criteria for eligible investors and would like to convert to Class I shares, such conversion is not expected to be a taxable event for federal income tax purposes. To inquire about converting your Class A or Class C shares to Class I shares, please call 1-800-395-3807. |
Investors who hold Class I shares of a Fund through a fee-based program at a financial intermediary but who subsequently become ineligible to participate in the program, withdraw from the program, or change to a non-fee based program, may be subject to conversion of their Class I shares by their financial intermediary to another class of shares of a Fund having expenses (including Rule 12b-1 fees) that may be higher than the expenses of the Class I shares. Investors should contact their program provider to obtain information about their eligibility for the provider’s program and the class of shares they would receive upon such a conversion. Such conversion is not expected to be a taxable event for federal income tax purposes and investors are not charged a redemption/exchange fee by a Fund. | Subject to the Adviser’s approval, if investors currently holding Class I shares meet the criteria for eligible investors and would like to convert to Class R6 shares, such conversion is not expected to be a taxable event for federal income tax purposes. To inquire about converting your Class I shares to Class R6 shares, please call 1-800-395-3807. |
* | A charge of up to 1.00% may be imposed on Class A shares redeemed within one year of purchase by certain investors who did not pay any initial sales charge. A contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) of 1.00% on amounts of less than $4 million, 0.50% on amounts of at least $4 million but less than $10 million and 0.25% on amounts of at least $10 million may apply to certain investments in Class A shares of $1 million or more that are redeemed within 12 months of the date of purchase. A charge of 1.00% will be imposed on Class C shares redeemed within one year of purchase by any investor. |
Amount of Purchase | Front End Sales Charge as a percentage of Offering Price* |
Front End Sales Charge as a percentage of the Amount Invested |
Dealer Commission as a percentage of Offering Price |
|||||||||
Less than $25,000 |
5.75 | % | 6.10 | % | 5.75 | % | ||||||
$25,000 or more but less than $50,000 |
5.00 | % | 5.26 | % | 5.00 | % | ||||||
$50,000 or more but less than $100,000 |
4.50 | % | 4.71 | % | 4.50 | % | ||||||
$100,000 or more but less than $250,000 |
3.50 | % | 3.63 | % | 3.50 | % | ||||||
$250,000 or more but less than $500,000 |
2.50 | % | 2.56 | % | 2.50 | % | ||||||
$500,000 or more but less than $750,000 |
2.00 | % | 2.04 | % | 2.00 | % | ||||||
$750,000 or more but less than $1,000,000 |
1.50 | % | 1.52 | % | 1.50 | % | ||||||
$1 million or more and certain other investments described below |
None | * | None | * | See below |
* | Each Fund may assess a contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) of 1.00% on amounts of less than $4 million, 0.50% on amounts of at least $4 million but less than $10 million and 0.25% on amounts of at least $10 million to certain investments in Class A shares of $1 million or more that are redeemed within 12 months of the date of purchase. |
• | Retirement plans offered through financial intermediaries or other service providers that have entered into arrangements with the Fund for such purchases. |
• | Customers of bank trust departments, companies with trust powers, investment broker dealers and investment advisers who charge fees for services, including investment broker dealers who use wrap fee or similar arrangements and have entered into special arrangements with the Fund specifically for such purchases. |
• | Customers participating in fee-based programs offered through selected registered investment advisers, broker-dealers, and other financial intermediaries. |
• | Investors purchasing through financial intermediaries that offer Class A Shares uniformly on a “no load” basis to all similarly situated customers in accordance with the intermediary’s prescribed fee schedule for purchases of fund shares. |
• | Customers purchasing through self-directed investment brokerage accounts that may or may not charge a transaction fee to customers, where the broker-dealer has entered into arrangements with the Fund for such purchases. |
• | Insurance companies and/or their separate accounts to fund variable insurance contracts, provided that the insurance company provides recordkeeping and related administrative services to the contract owners and has entered into arrangements with the Fund for such purchases. |
• | Endowments or foundations that have entered into arrangements with the Fund for such purchases. |
• | Investors making rollover investments from retirement plans to IRAs. |
• | Certain other investors and members of their immediate families, such as employees of investment dealers and registered investment advisers authorized to sell the Funds. |
• | An officer of the Adviser, Trustee of the Trust, Director or employee of the Adviser, the Fund’s Custodian Bank or Transfer Agent and members of his or her family. |
• | Aggregation – You may be able to aggregate your purchases of Fund shares with those made by members of your family for purposes of relying on the sales charge breakpoints set forth above. This right may only be available with respect to certain types of accounts. For example, investments made through employer-sponsored retirement plan accounts may not be aggregated with investments made through individual-type accounts. |
• | Concurrent Purchases – You may be able to combine your purchases of Fund shares with those made simultaneously by members of your family for purposes of relying on the sales charge breakpoints set forth above. |
• | Rights of Accumulation – You may take into account your accumulated holdings and those of your family members in any of the Brandes International Equity Fund, Brandes Global Equity Fund, Brandes Emerging Markets Value Fund, Brandes International Small Cap Equity Fund, Brandes Small Cap Value Fund, and Brandes Core Plus Fixed Income Fund (the “Brandes Funds”) Class A shares for purposes of relying on the sales charge breakpoints set forth above. The applicable sales charge for the new purchase is based on the total of your current purchase and the current value based on public offering price of all other shares you and your family own. You may need to retain appropriate account records to verify the amounts actually invested in order to rely on the ability to receive a breakpoint based on the amounts actually invested in the Brandes Funds. |
• | Letter of Intent – By signing a Letter of Intent (“LOI”) you can reduce your Class A sales charge. Your individual purchases will be made at the applicable sales charge based on the amount you intend to invest over a 13-month period. The LOI will apply to all purchases of Class A shares of Brandes Funds. Any shares purchased within 90 days of the date you sign the letter of intent may be used as credit toward completion, but the reduced sales charge will only apply to new purchases made on or after that date. Purchases resulting from the reinvestment of dividends and capital gains do not apply toward fulfillment of the LOI. Shares equal to 5.75% of the amount of the LOI will be held in escrow during the 13-month period. If, at the end of that time the total amount of purchases made is less than the amount intended, you will be required to pay the difference between the reduced sales charge and the sales charge applicable to the individual purchases had the LOI not been in effect. This amount will be obtained from redemption of the escrow shares. Any |
remaining escrow shares will be released to you. If you establish an LOI with Brandes Funds, you can aggregate your accounts as well as the accounts of your immediate family members. You will need to provide written instruction with respect to the other accounts whose purchases should be considered in fulfillment of the LOI. Employer-sponsored retirement plans may be restricted from establishing letters of intent. |
• | Reinstatement Privileges – You may reinvest proceeds from a redemption, dividend payment or capital gain distribution from the Fund without the assessment of a front end sales charge, provided that the reinvestment occurs within 90 days after the date of the redemption, dividend payment or distribution and is made to the same account from which the shares were redeemed or that received the dividend payment/distribution. If the account has been closed, you can reinvest without a sales charge if the new receiving account has the same registration as the closed account. Any contingent deferred sales charge on such redemption will be credited to your account. Any future redemptions may be subject to a CDSC based on the original investment date. |
• | Tax-free returns of excess contributions to IRAs. |
• | Redemptions due to death or post purchase disability of the shareholder (this generally excludes accounts registered in the names of trusts and other entities). |
• | Redemptions due to the complete termination of a trust upon the death of the trustor/grantor or beneficiary, but only if such termination is specifically provided for in the trust document. |
• | Redemptions due to receiving required minimum distributions from retirement accounts upon reaching age 70 1/2 (required minimum distributions that continue to be taken by the beneficiary(ies) after the account owner is deceased also qualify for a waiver). |
• | If you have established an automatic withdrawal plan, redemptions through such a plan (including any dividends and/or capital gain distributions taken in cash). |
• | Endowments and foundations; |
• | States, counties or cities or their instrumentalities; |
• | Insurance companies, trust companies and bank trust departments; |
• | Bank or trust companies acting as fiduciary exercising investment discretion; and |
• | Certain other institutional investors. |
• | Individual investors and/or retail accounts including accounts purchased through brokerage and/or advisory wrap programs; |
• | IRAs and Coverdells |
• | SEPs, SIMPLEs and SARSEPs; and |
• | Individual 401(k) and 403(b) plans. |
• | If ownership is being changed on your account; |
• | When redemption proceeds are payable or sent to any person, address or bank account not on record; |
• | When a redemption request is received by the Transfer Agent and the account address has changed within the last 30 calendar days; |
• | For all redemptions in excess of $100,000 from any shareholder account. |
Net asset value, beginning of period |
Net investment income(1) |
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments |
Total from investment operations |
Dividends from net investment income |
Net asset value, end of period |
|||||||||||||||||||
Brandes International Equity Fund |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Class A |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
9/30/2023 |
$ | 12.97 | 0.46 | 5.14 | 5.60 | (0.42 | ) | $ | 18.15 | |||||||||||||||
9/30/2022 |
$ | 18.12 | 0.60 | (5.02 | ) | (4.42 | ) | (0.73 | ) | $ | 12.97 | |||||||||||||
9/30/2021 |
$ | 13.51 | 0.53 | 4.54 | 5.07 | (0.46 | ) | $ | 18.12 | |||||||||||||||
9/30/2020 |
$ | 16.02 | 0.26 | (2.40 | ) | (2.14 | ) | (0.37 | ) | $ | 13.51 | |||||||||||||
9/30/2019 |
$ | 17.71 | 0.53 | (1.59 | ) | (1.06 | ) | (0.63 | ) | $ | 16.02 | |||||||||||||
Class C |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
9/30/2023 |
$ | 12.72 | 0.30 | 5.07 | 5.37 | (0.30 | ) | $ | 17.79 | |||||||||||||||
9/30/2022 |
$ | 17.78 | 0.43 | (4.89 | ) | (4.46 | ) | (0.60 | ) | $ | 12.72 | |||||||||||||
9/30/2021 |
$ | 13.27 | 0.43 | 4.47 | 4.90 | (0.39 | ) | $ | 17.78 | |||||||||||||||
9/30/2020 |
$ | 15.76 | 0.13 | (2.33 | ) | (2.20 | ) | (0.29 | ) | $ | 13.27 | |||||||||||||
9/30/2019 |
$ | 17.47 | 0.40 | (1.58 | ) | (1.18 | ) | (0.53 | ) | $ | 15.76 | |||||||||||||
Class I |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
9/30/2023 |
$ | 13.08 | 0.51 | 5.19 | 5.70 | (0.46 | ) | $ | 18.32 | |||||||||||||||
9/30/2022 |
$ | 18.21 | 0.62 | (5.03 | ) | (4.41 | ) | (0.72 | ) | $ | 13.08 | |||||||||||||
9/30/2021 |
$ | 13.57 | 0.57 | 4.57 | 5.14 | (0.50 | ) | $ | 18.21 | |||||||||||||||
9/30/2020 |
$ | 16.07 | 0.27 | (2.37 | ) | (2.10 | ) | (0.40 | ) | $ | 13.57 | |||||||||||||
9/30/2019 |
$ | 17.76 | 0.56 | (1.60 | ) | (1.04 | ) | (0.65 | ) | $ | 16.07 | |||||||||||||
Class R6 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
9/30/2023 |
$ | 13.18 | 0.52 | 5.23 | 5.75 | (0.46 | ) | $ | 18.47 | |||||||||||||||
9/30/2022 |
$ | 18.32 | 0.63 | (5.06 | ) | (4.43 | ) | (0.71 | ) | $ | 13.18 | |||||||||||||
9/30/2021 |
$ | 13.64 | 0.57 | 4.62 | 5.19 | (0.51 | ) | $ | 18.32 | |||||||||||||||
9/30/2020 |
$ | 16.15 | 0.36 | (2.47 | ) | (2.11 | ) | (0.40 | ) | $ | 13.64 | |||||||||||||
9/30/2019 |
$ | 17.83 | 0.59 | (1.61 | ) | (1.02 | ) | (0.66 | ) | $ | 16.15 |
(1) | Net investment income per share has been calculated based on average shares outstanding during the period. |
(2) | The total return calculation does not reflect the sales loads that may be imposed on Class A or C shares (see Note 7 of the Notes to Financial Statements). |
(3) | After fees waived and expenses absorbed or recouped by the Advisor, where applicable. |
(4) | As of June 30, 2019, the expense cap for the class changed from 1.00% to 0.85%. |
(5) | As of June 30, 2019, the expense cap for the class changed from 0.82% to 0.75%. |
Total return(2) |
Net assets, end of period (millions) |
Ratio of net expenses to average net assets(3) |
Ratio of net investment income to average net assets(3) |
Ratio of expenses (prior to reimburse- ments) to average net assets |
Ratio of net investment income (prior to reimburse- ments) to average net assets |
Portfolio turnover rate |
||||||||||||||||||
43.29% |
$ | 43.9 | 1.13 | % | 2.69 | % | 1.13 | % | 2.69 | % | 21.81 | % | ||||||||||||
(25.05)% |
$ | 27.9 | 1.12 | % | 3.57 | % | 1.13 | % | 3.56 | % | 28.67 | % | ||||||||||||
37.55% |
$ | 38.2 | 1.10 | % | 3.03 | % | 1.11 | % | 3.02 | % | 30.41 | % | ||||||||||||
(13.42)% |
$ | 22.1 | 1.13 | % | 1.80 | % | 1.14 | % | 1.79 | % | 23.20 | % | ||||||||||||
(5.98)% |
$ | 32.0 | 1.16 | % | 3.21 | % | 1.16 | % | 3.21 | % | 14.43 | % | ||||||||||||
42.25% |
$ | 7.3 | 1.89 | % | 1.81 | % | 1.89 | % | 1.81 | % | 21.81 | % | ||||||||||||
(25.64)% |
$ | 5.9 | 1.87 | % | 2.58 | % | 1.88 | % | 2.57 | % | 28.67 | % | ||||||||||||
36.90% |
$ | 8.8 | 1.54 | % | 2.51 | % | 1.56 | % | 2.49 | % | 30.41 | % | ||||||||||||
(14.06)% |
$ | 7.6 | 1.88 | % | 1.01 | % | 1.89 | % | 1.00 | % | 23.20 | % | ||||||||||||
(6.73)% |
$ | 13.1 | 1.91 | % | 2.46 | % | 1.91 | % | 2.46 | % | 14.43 | % | ||||||||||||
43.66% |
$ | 553.0 | 0.85 | % | 2.94 | % | 0.93 | % | 2.86 | % | 21.81 | % | ||||||||||||
(24.83)% |
$ | 387.4 | 0.85 | % | 3.66 | % | 0.93 | % | 3.58 | % | 28.67 | % | ||||||||||||
37.87% |
$ | 552.2 | 0.85 | % | 3.25 | % | 0.91 | % | 3.19 | % | 30.41 | % | ||||||||||||
(13.13)% |
$ | 401.7 | 0.85 | % | 2.03 | % | 0.94 | % | 1.94 | % | 23.20 | % | ||||||||||||
(5.82)% |
$ | 622.4 | 0.94 | %(4) | 3.43 | % | 0.96 | %(4) | 3.41 | % | 14.43 | % | ||||||||||||
43.76% |
$ | 54.1 | 0.75 | % | 2.99 | % | 0.88 | % | 2.86 | % | 21.81 | % | ||||||||||||
(24.76)% |
$ | 40.1 | 0.75 | % | 3.69 | % | 0.88 | % | 3.56 | % | 28.67 | % | ||||||||||||
38.03% |
$ | 58.8 | 0.75 | % | 3.28 | % | 0.86 | % | 3.17 | % | 30.41 | % | ||||||||||||
(13.08)% |
$ | 47.8 | 0.75 | % | 2.35 | % | 0.89 | % | 2.21 | % | 23.20 | % | ||||||||||||
(5.69)% |
$ | 35.9 | 0.80 | %(5) | 3.57 | % | 0.91 | %(5) | 3.46 | % | 14.43 | % |
Net asset value, beginning of period |
Net investment income(1) |
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments |
Total from investment operations |
Dividends from net investment income |
Dividends from net realized gains |
|||||||||||||||||||
Brandes Global Equity Fund |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Class A |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
9/30/2023 |
$ | 20.42 | 0.48 | 5.67 | 6.15 | (0.44 | ) | (0.33 | ) | |||||||||||||||
9/30/2022 |
$ | 26.53 | 0.49 | (5.09 | ) | (4.60 | ) | (0.61 | ) | (0.90 | ) | |||||||||||||
9/30/2021 |
$ | 19.30 | 0.55 | 7.54 | 8.09 | (0.56 | ) | (0.30 | ) | |||||||||||||||
9/30/2020 |
$ | 21.75 | 0.28 | (2.33 | ) | (2.05 | ) | (0.40 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||
9/30/2019 |
$ | 24.61 | 0.47 | (1.80 | ) | (1.33 | ) | (0.48 | ) | (1.05 | ) | |||||||||||||
Class C |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
9/30/2023 |
$ | 20.17 | 0.28 | 5.61 | 5.89 | (0.25 | ) | (0.33 | ) | |||||||||||||||
9/30/2022 |
$ | 26.25 | 0.29 | (5.01 | ) | (4.72 | ) | (0.46 | ) | (0.90 | ) | |||||||||||||
9/30/2021 |
$ | 19.16 | 0.37 | 7.47 | 7.84 | (0.45 | ) | (0.30 | ) | |||||||||||||||
9/30/2020 |
$ | 21.60 | 0.17 | (2.35 | ) | (2.18 | ) | (0.26 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||
9/30/2019 |
$ | 24.45 | 0.30 | (1.78 | ) | (1.48 | ) | (0.32 | ) | (1.05 | ) | |||||||||||||
Class I |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
9/30/2023 |
$ | 20.66 | 0.54 | 5.75 | 6.29 | (0.49 | ) | (0.33 | ) | |||||||||||||||
9/30/2022 |
$ | 26.78 | 0.55 | (5.14 | ) | (4.59 | ) | (0.63 | ) | (0.90 | ) | |||||||||||||
9/30/2021 |
$ | 19.46 | 0.64 | 7.59 | 8.23 | (0.61 | ) | (0.30 | ) | |||||||||||||||
9/30/2020 |
$ | 21.91 | 0.38 | (2.39 | ) | (2.01 | ) | (0.44 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||
9/30/2019 |
$ | 24.77 | 0.53 | (1.81 | ) | (1.28 | ) | (0.53 | ) | (1.05 | ) |
(1) | Net investment income per share has been calculated based on average shares outstanding during the period. |
(2) | The total return calculation does not reflect the sales loads that may be imposed on Class A or C shares (see Note 7 of the Notes to Financial Statements). |
(3) | After fees waived and expenses absorbed or recouped by the Advisor, where applicable. |
Net asset value, end of period |
Total return(2) |
Net assets, end of period (millions) |
Ratio of net expenses to average net assets(3) |
Ratio of net investment income to average net assets(3) |
Ratio of expenses (prior to reimburse- ments) to average net assets |
Ratio of net investment income (prior to reimburse- ments) to average net assets |
Portfolio turnover rate |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
$ | 25.80 | 30.29 | % | $ | 1.1 | 1.25 | % | 1.88 | % | 1.43 | % | 1.70 | % | 17.28 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 20.42 | (18.30 | )% | $ | 0.8 | 1.25 | % | 1.95 | % | 1.42 | % | 1.78 | % | 14.57 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 26.53 | 42.30 | % | $ | 0.8 | 1.25 | % | 2.21 | % | 1.41 | % | 2.05 | % | 20.46 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 19.30 | (9.41 | )% | $ | 0.9 | 1.25 | % | 1.56 | % | 1.58 | % | 1.23 | % | 17.16 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 21.75 | (5.22 | )% | $ | 1.5 | 1.25 | % | 2.11 | % | 1.56 | % | 1.81 | % | 12.11 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 25.48 | 29.35 | % | $ | 0.3 | 2.00 | % | 1.14 | % | 2.18 | % | 0.96 | % | 17.28 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 20.17 | (18.91 | )% | $ | 0.6 | 2.00 | % | 1.17 | % | 2.17 | % | 1.00 | % | 14.57 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 26.25 | 41.21 | % | $ | 0.9 | 2.00 | % | 1.50 | % | 1.78 | % | 1.72 | % | 20.46 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 19.16 | (10.08 | )% | $ | 0.7 | 2.00 | % | 0.84 | % | 2.32 | % | 0.52 | % | 17.16 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 21.60 | (5.91 | )% | $ | 1.2 | 2.00 | % | 1.37 | % | 2.32 | % | 1.05 | % | 12.11 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 26.13 | 30.60 | % | $ | 40.6 | 1.00 | % | 2.11 | % | 1.21 | % | 1.90 | % | 17.28 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 20.66 | (18.08 | )% | $ | 35.2 | 1.00 | % | 2.18 | % | 1.22 | % | 1.96 | % | 14.57 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 26.78 | 42.67 | % | $ | 45.5 | 1.00 | % | 2.52 | % | 1.20 | % | 2.32 | % | 20.46 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 19.46 | (9.18 | )% | $ | 28.6 | 1.00 | % | 1.83 | % | 1.36 | % | 1.47 | % | 17.16 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 21.91 | (4.98 | )% | $ | 33.4 | 1.00 | % | 2.37 | % | 1.36 | % | 2.00 | % | 12.11 | % |
Net asset value, beginning of period |
Net investment income(1) |
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments |
Total from investment operations |
Dividends from net investment income |
Return of capital | |||||||||||||||||||
Brandes Emerging Markets Value Fund |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Class A |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
9/30/2023 |
$ | 5.92 | 0.16 | 1.79 | 1.95 | (0.11 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||||
9/30/2022 |
$ | 8.66 | 0.28 | (2.75 | ) | (2.47 | ) | (0.27 | ) | — | (4) | |||||||||||||
9/30/2021 |
$ | 7.04 | 0.18 | 1.54 | 1.72 | (0.10 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||||
9/30/2020 |
$ | 8.57 | 0.13 | (1.49 | ) | (1.36 | ) | (0.17 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||
9/30/2019 |
$ | 8.46 | 0.19 | 0.07 | 0.26 | (0.15 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||||
Class C |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
9/30/2023 |
$ | 5.86 | 0.09 | 1.79 | 1.88 | (0.05 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||||
9/30/2022 |
$ | 8.59 | 0.22 | (2.72 | ) | (2.50 | ) | (0.23 | ) | — | (4) | |||||||||||||
9/30/2021 |
$ | 7.01 | 0.14 | 1.55 | 1.69 | (0.11 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||||
9/30/2020 |
$ | 8.53 | 0.07 | (1.48 | ) | (1.41 | ) | (0.11 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||
9/30/2019 |
$ | 8.44 | 0.13 | 0.06 | 0.19 | (0.10 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||||
Class I |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
9/30/2023 |
$ | 5.96 | 0.18 | 1.80 | 1.98 | (0.13 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||||
9/30/2022 |
$ | 8.71 | 0.24 | (2.70 | ) | (2.46 | ) | (0.28 | ) | (0.01 | ) | |||||||||||||
9/30/2021 |
$ | 7.07 | 0.20 | 1.55 | 1.75 | (0.11 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||||
9/30/2020 |
$ | 8.62 | 0.14 | (1.50 | ) | (1.36 | ) | (0.19 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||
9/30/2019 |
$ | 8.50 | 0.21 | 0.08 | 0.29 | (0.17 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||||
Class R6 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
9/30/2023 |
$ | 6.00 | 0.15 | 1.85 | 2.00 | (0.13 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||||
9/30/2022 |
$ | 8.76 | 0.28 | (2.75 | ) | (2.47 | ) | (0.28 | ) | (0.01 | ) | |||||||||||||
9/30/2021 |
$ | 7.11 | 0.20 | 1.56 | 1.76 | (0.11 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||||
9/30/2020 |
$ | 8.65 | 0.16 | (1.51 | ) | (1.35 | ) | (0.19 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||
9/30/2019 |
$ | 8.53 | 0.23 | 0.07 | 0.30 | (0.18 | ) | — |
(1) | Net investment income per share has been calculated based on average shares outstanding during the period. |
(2) | The total return calculation does not reflect the sales loads that may be imposed on Class A or C shares (see Note 7 of the Notes to Financial Statements). |
(3) | After fees waived and expenses absorbed or recouped by the Advisor, where applicable. |
(4) | Amount is less than $0.01 per share. |
Net asset value, end of period |
Total return(2) |
Net assets, end of period (millions) |
Ratio of net expenses to average net assets(3) |
Ratio of net investment income to average net assets(3) |
Ratio of expenses (prior to reimburse- ments) to average net assets |
Ratio of net investment income (prior to reimburse- ments) to average net assets |
Portfolio turnover rate |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
$ | 7.76 | 33.00 | % | $ | 141.6 | 1.35 | % | 2.16 | % | 1.35 | % | 2.16 | % | 19.23 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 5.92 | (28.99 | )% | $ | 137.5 | 1.33 | % | 2.90 | % | 1.33 | % | 2.90 | % | 23.04 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 8.66 | 24.41 | % | $ | 216.2 | 1.30 | % | 2.02 | % | 1.31 | % | 2.01 | % | 34.97 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 7.04 | (16.10 | )% | $ | 174.2 | 1.33 | % | 1.75 | % | 1.34 | % | 1.74 | % | 34.39 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 8.57 | 3.10 | % | $ | 235.9 | 1.35 | % | 2.23 | % | 1.35 | % | 2.23 | % | 22.09 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 7.69 | 32.05 | % | $ | 4.4 | 2.10 | % | 1.29 | % | 2.10 | % | 1.29 | % | 19.23 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 5.86 | (29.54 | )% | $ | 5.1 | 2.08 | % | 2.14 | % | 2.08 | % | 2.14 | % | 23.04 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 8.59 | 24.01 | % | $ | 10.3 | 1.59 | % | 1.66 | % | 1.60 | % | 1.65 | % | 34.97 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 7.01 | (16.63 | )% | $ | 11.1 | 2.08 | % | 0.90 | % | 2.09 | % | 0.89 | % | 34.39 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 8.53 | 2.27 | % | $ | 18.0 | 2.10 | % | 1.48 | % | 2.10 | % | 1.48 | % | 22.09 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 7.81 | 33.37 | % | $ | 520.8 | 1.12 | % | 2.40 | % | 1.14 | % | 2.38 | % | 19.23 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 5.96 | (28.79 | )% | $ | 457.0 | 1.12 | % | 3.10 | % | 1.14 | % | 3.08 | % | 23.04 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 8.71 | 24.71 | % | $ | 1,003.8 | 1.12 | % | 2.24 | % | 1.11 | % | 2.25 | % | 34.97 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 7.07 | (15.96 | )% | $ | 834.8 | 1.12 | % | 1.88 | % | 1.14 | % | 1.86 | % | 34.39 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 8.62 | 3.41 | % | $ | 1,117.7 | 1.12 | % | 2.46 | % | 1.15 | % | 2.43 | % | 22.09 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 7.87 | 33.54 | % | $ | 8.7 | 0.97 | % | 2.05 | % | 1.10 | % | 1.92 | % | 19.23 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 6.00 | (28.75 | )% | $ | 21.0 | 0.97 | % | 2.95 | % | 1.08 | % | 2.84 | % | 23.04 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 8.76 | 24.74 | % | $ | 68.1 | 0.97 | % | 2.32 | % | 1.06 | % | 2.23 | % | 34.97 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 7.11 | (15.74 | )% | $ | 39.1 | 0.97 | % | 2.07 | % | 1.09 | % | 1.95 | % | 34.39 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 8.65 | 3.45 | % | $ | 47.6 | 0.97 | % | 2.61 | % | 1.10 | % | 2.48 | % | 22.09 | % |
Net asset value, beginning of period |
Net investment income (loss)(1) |
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments |
Total from investment operations |
Dividends from net investment income |
Dividends from net realized gains |
|||||||||||||||||||
Brandes International Small Cap Equity Fund |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Class A |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
9/30/2023 |
$ | 9.45 | 0.25 | 4.41 | 4.66 | (0.22 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||||
9/30/2022 |
$ | 14.01 | 0.45 | (4.27 | ) | (3.82 | ) | (0.74 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||
9/30/2021 |
$ | 9.33 | 0.14 | 4.69 | 4.83 | (0.15 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||||
9/30/2020 |
$ | 10.22 | 0.07 | (0.88 | ) | (0.81 | ) | (0.08 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||
9/30/2019 |
$ | 12.10 | 0.15 | (1.60 | ) | (1.45 | ) | (0.30 | ) | (0.13 | ) | |||||||||||||
Class C |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
9/30/2023 |
$ | 9.09 | 0.13 | 4.27 | 4.40 | (0.13 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||||
9/30/2022 |
$ | 13.49 | 0.33 | (4.08 | ) | (3.75 | ) | (0.65 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||
9/30/2021 |
$ | 9.03 | 0.10 | 4.54 | 4.64 | (0.18 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||||
9/30/2020 |
$ | 9.94 | (0.01 | ) | (0.85 | ) | (0.86 | ) | (0.05 | ) | — | |||||||||||||
9/30/2019 |
$ | 11.81 | 0.06 | (1.55 | ) | (1.49 | ) | (0.25 | ) | (0.13 | ) | |||||||||||||
Class I |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
9/30/2023 |
$ | 9.50 | 0.28 | 4.43 | 4.71 | (0.24 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||||
9/30/2022 |
$ | 14.09 | 0.47 | (4.29 | ) | (3.82 | ) | (0.77 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||
9/30/2021 |
$ | 9.37 | 0.15 | 4.73 | 4.88 | (0.16 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||||
9/30/2020 |
$ | 10.25 | 0.09 | (0.88 | ) | (0.79 | ) | (0.09 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||
9/30/2019 |
$ | 12.14 | 0.17 | (1.61 | ) | (1.44 | ) | (0.32 | ) | (0.13 | ) | |||||||||||||
Class R6 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
9/30/2023 |
$ | 9.54 | 0.32 | 4.44 | 4.76 | (0.25 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||||
9/30/2022 |
$ | 14.14 | 0.59 | (4.40 | ) | (3.81 | ) | (0.79 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||
9/30/2021 |
$ | 9.39 | 0.17 | 4.74 | 4.91 | (0.16 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||||
9/30/2020 |
$ | 10.27 | 0.07 | (0.86 | ) | (0.79 | ) | (0.09 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||
9/30/2019 |
$ | 12.15 | 0.18 | (1.61 | ) | (1.43 | ) | (0.32 | ) | (0.13 | ) |
(1) | Net investment income per share has been calculated based on average shares outstanding during the period. |
(2) | The total return calculation does not reflect the sales loads that may be imposed on Class A or C shares (see Note 7 of the Notes to Financial Statements). |
(3) | After fees waived and expenses absorbed or recouped by the Advisor, where applicable. |
Net asset value, end of period |
Total return(2) |
Net assets, end of period (millions) |
Ratio of net expenses to average net assets(3) |
Ratio of net investment income to average net assets(3) |
Ratio of expenses (prior to reimburse- ments) to average net assets |
Ratio of net investment income (prior to reimburse- ments) to average net assets |
Portfolio turnover rate |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
$ | 13.89 | 49.42 | % | $ | 48.9 | 1.36 | % | 1.99 | % | 1.36 | % | 1.99 | % | 32.77 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 9.45 | (28.26 | )% | $ | 37.8 | 1.36 | % | 3.73 | % | 1.36 | % | 3.73 | % | 38.17 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 14.01 | 51.91 | % | $ | 68.0 | 1.32 | % | 1.10 | % | 1.33 | % | 1.09 | % | 26.16 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 9.33 | (7.95 | )% | $ | 35.8 | 1.35 | % | 0.77 | % | 1.36 | % | 0.76 | % | 39.28 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 10.22 | (12.04 | )% | $ | 43.5 | 1.35 | % | 1.34 | % | 1.35 | % | 1.34 | % | 22.52 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 13.36 | 48.26 | % | $ | 3.0 | 2.11 | % | 1.05 | % | 2.11 | % | 1.05 | % | 32.77 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 9.09 | (28.71 | )% | $ | 3.2 | 2.11 | % | 2.88 | % | 2.11 | % | 2.88 | % | 38.17 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 13.49 | 51.52 | % | $ | 5.3 | 1.49 | % | 0.86 | % | 1.50 | % | 0.85 | % | 26.16 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 9.03 | (8.64 | )% | $ | 4.5 | 2.11 | % | (0.06 | )% | 2.12 | % | (0.07 | )% | 39.28 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 9.94 | (12.69 | )% | $ | 6.9 | 2.10 | % | 0.59 | % | 2.10 | % | 0.59 | % | 22.52 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 13.97 | 49.62 | % | $ | 272.9 | 1.15 | % | 2.24 | % | 1.16 | % | 2.23 | % | 32.77 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 9.50 | (28.04 | )% | $ | 196.2 | 1.15 | % | 3.85 | % | 1.16 | % | 3.84 | % | 38.17 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 14.09 | 52.15 | % | $ | 318.0 | 1.12 | % | 1.23 | % | 1.13 | % | 1.22 | % | 26.16 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 9.37 | (7.69 | )% | $ | 260.8 | 1.15 | % | 0.93 | % | 1.16 | % | 0.92 | % | 39.28 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 10.25 | (11.93 | )% | $ | 414.8 | 1.15 | % | 1.54 | % | 1.15 | % | 1.54 | % | 22.52 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 14.05 | 50.05 | % | $ | 0.5 | 1.00 | % | 2.51 | % | 1.11 | % | 2.40 | % | 32.77 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 9.54 | (28.00 | )% | $ | 0.3 | 1.00 | % | 4.53 | % | 1.10 | % | 4.43 | % | 38.17 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 14.14 | 52.39 | % | $ | 13.5 | 1.00 | % | 1.37 | % | 1.08 | % | 1.29 | % | 26.16 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 9.39 | (7.72 | )% | $ | 10.5 | 1.00 | % | 0.83 | % | 1.12 | % | 0.71 | % | 39.28 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 10.27 | (11.80 | )% | $ | 20.4 | 1.00 | % | 1.69 | % | 1.10 | % | 1.59 | % | 22.52 | % |
Net asset value, beginning of period |
Net investment income(1) |
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments |
Total from investment operations |
Dividends from net investment income |
Dividends from net realized gains |
|||||||||||||||||||
Brandes Small Cap Value Fund |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Class A |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
9/30/2023 |
$ | 10.40 | 0.12 | 2.88 | 3.00 | (0.27 | ) | (0.01 | ) | |||||||||||||||
9/30/2022 |
$ | 13.22 | 0.20 | (2.30 | ) | (2.10 | ) | (0.21 | ) | (0.51 | ) | |||||||||||||
9/30/2021 |
$ | 8.52 | 0.02 | 4.51 | 4.53 | 0.17 | — | |||||||||||||||||
9/30/2020 |
$ | 8.58 | 0.15 | (0.16 | ) | (0.01 | ) | (0.05 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||
9/30/2019 |
$ | 10.27 | 0.05 | (0.95 | ) | (0.90 | ) | (0.10 | ) | (0.69 | ) | |||||||||||||
Class I |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
9/30/2023 |
$ | 10.52 | 0.17 | 2.89 | 3.06 | (0.27 | ) | (0.01 | ) | |||||||||||||||
9/30/2022 |
$ | 13.34 | 0.19 | (2.28 | ) | (2.09 | ) | (0.22 | ) | (0.51 | ) | |||||||||||||
9/30/2021 |
$ | 8.58 | 0.09 | 4.50 | 4.59 | 0.17 | — | |||||||||||||||||
9/30/2020 |
$ | 8.62 | 0.14 | (0.13 | ) | 0.01 | (0.05 | ) | — | |||||||||||||||
9/30/2019 |
$ | 10.27 | 0.07 | (0.92 | ) | (0.85 | ) | (0.11 | ) | (0.69 | ) | |||||||||||||
Class R6 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
9/30/2023 |
$ | 9.88 | 0.19 | 2.70 | 2.89 | (0.27 | ) | (0.01 | ) | |||||||||||||||
9/30/2022 |
$ | 12.53 | 0.20 | (2.13 | ) | (1.93 | ) | (0.21 | ) | (0.51 | ) | |||||||||||||
9/30/2021 |
$ | 8.00 | 0.18 | 4.18 | 4.36 | 0.17 | — | |||||||||||||||||
9/30/2020 |
$ | 7.97 | 0.26 | (0.18 | ) | 0.08 | (0.05 | ) | — | |||||||||||||||
9/30/2019 |
$ | 10.32 | 0.09 | (1.63 | ) | (1.54 | ) | (0.12 | ) | (0.69 | ) |
(1) | Net investment income per share has been calculated based on average shares outstanding during the period. |
(2) | The total return calculation does not reflect the sales loads that may be imposed on Class A shares (see Note 7 of the Notes to Financial Statements). |
(3) | After fees waived and expenses absorbed or recouped by the Advisor, where applicable. |
(4) | Amount is less than $50,000. |
Net asset value, end of period |
Total return(2) |
Net assets, end of period (millions) |
Ratio of net expenses to average net assets(3) |
Ratio of net investment income to average net assets(3) |
Ratio of expenses (prior to reimburse- ments) to average net assets |
Ratio of net investment income (prior to reimburse- ments) to average net assets |
Portfolio turnover rate |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
$ | 13.12 | 29.02 | % | $ | 2.3 | 1.15 | % | 0.96 | % | 2.70 | % | (0.59 | )% | 30.99 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 10.40 | (16.84 | )% | $ | 0.7 | 1.15 | % | 1.64 | % | 4.66 | % | (1.87 | )% | 160.46 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 13.22 | 57.55 | % | $ | 0.5 | 1.15 | % | 0.19 | % | 5.78 | % | (4.44 | )% | 90.71 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 8.52 | (0.02 | )% | $ | — | (4) | 1.15 | % | 1.06 | % | 27.37 | % | (25.16 | )% | 80.65 | % | ||||||||||||||
$ | 8.58 | (8.53 | )% | $ | — | (4) | 1.15 | % | 0.55 | % | 7.18 | % | (5.48 | )% | 54.30 | % | ||||||||||||||
$ | 13.30 | 29.33 | % | $ | 9.4 | 0.90 | % | 1.36 | % | 2.50 | % | (0.24 | )% | 30.99 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 10.52 | (16.66 | )% | $ | 3.1 | 0.90 | % | 1.50 | % | 4.25 | % | (1.85 | )% | 160.46 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 13.34 | 58.09 | % | $ | 1.6 | 0.90 | % | 0.70 | % | 6.66 | % | (5.06 | )% | 90.71 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 8.58 | 0.10 | % | $ | 0.5 | 0.90 | % | 1.65 | % | 30.12 | % | (27.57 | )% | 80.65 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 8.62 | (8.13 | )% | $ | 0.5 | 0.90 | % | 0.81 | % | 4.18 | % | (2.47 | )% | 54.30 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 12.49 | 29.66 | % | $ | 0.1 | 0.72 | % | 1.63 | % | 2.45 | % | (0.10 | )% | 30.99 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 9.88 | (16.50 | )% | $ | 0.1 | 0.72 | % | 1.86 | % | 3.58 | % | (1.00 | )% | 160.46 | % | |||||||||||||||
$ | 12.53 | 59.25 | % | $ | — | (4) | 0.72 | % | 0.86 | % | 6.62 | % | (5.04 | )% | 90.71 | % | ||||||||||||||
$ | 8.00 | 1.11 | % | $ | — | (4) | 0.72 | % | 0.87 | % | 29.17 | % | (27.58 | )% | 80.65 | % | ||||||||||||||
$ | 7.97 | (15.36 | )% | $ | — | (4) | 0.72 | % | 0.98 | % | 3.16 | % | (1.46 | )% | 54.30 | % |
• | Employer-sponsored retirement plans (e.g., 401(k) plans, 457 plans, employer-sponsored 403(b) plans, profit sharing and money purchase pension plans and defined benefit plans). For purposes of this provision, employer-sponsored retirement plans do not include SEP IRAs, Simple IRAs, SAR-SEPs or Keogh plans |
• | Morgan Stanley employee and employee-related accounts according to Morgan Stanley’s account linking rules |
• | Shares purchased through reinvestment of dividends and capital gains distributions when purchasing shares of the same fund |
• | Shares purchased through a Morgan Stanley self-directed brokerage account |
• | Class C (i.e., level-load) shares that are no longer subject to a contingent deferred sales charge and are converted to Class A shares of the same fund pursuant to Morgan Stanley Wealth Management’s share class conversion program |
• | Shares purchased from the proceeds of redemptions within the same fund family, provided (i) the repurchase occurs within 90 days following the redemption, (ii) the redemption and purchase occur in the same account, and (iii) redeemed shares were subject to a front-end or deferred sales charge. |
• | Employer-sponsored retirement, deferred compensation and employee benefit plans (including health savings accounts) and trusts used to fund those plans, provided that the shares are not held in a commission-based brokerage account and shares are held for the benefit of the plan |
• | Shares purchased by or through a 529 Plan |
• | Shares purchased through an OPCO affiliated investment advisory program |
• | Shares purchased through reinvestment of capital gains distributions and dividend reinvestment when purchasing shares of the same fund (but not any other fund within the fund family) |
• | Shares purchased from the proceeds of redemptions within the same fund family, provided (l) the repurchase occurs within 90 days following the redemption, (2) the redemption and purchase occur in the same amount, and (3) redeemed shares were subject to a front-end or deferred sales load (known as Rights of Restatement). |
• | A shareholder in the Fund’s Class C shares will have their shares converted at net asset value to Class A shares (or the appropriate share class) of the Fund if the shares are no longer subject to a CDSC and the conversion is in line with the policies and procedures of OPCO |
• | Employees and registered representatives of OPCO or its affiliates and their family members |
• | Death or disability of the shareholder |
• | Shares sold as part of a systematic withdrawal plan as described in the Fund’s prospectus |
• | Return of excess contributions from an IRA Account |
• | Shares sold as part of a required minimum distribution for IRA and retirement accounts due to the shareholder reaching age 70 1/2 as described in the prospectus |
• | Shares sold to pay OPCO fees but only if the transaction is initiated by OPCO |
• | Shares acquired through a right of reinstatement |
• | Breakpoints as described in this prospectus. |
• | Rights of Accumulation (ROA) which entitle shareholders to breakpoint discounts will be automatically calculated based on the aggregated holdings of fund family assets held by accounts within the purchaser’s household at OPCO. Eligible fund family assets not held at OPCO may be included in the ROA calculation only if the shareholder notifies his or her financial adviser about such assets |
• | Shares purchased in an investment advisory program. |
• | Shares purchased within the same fund family through a systematic reinvestment of capital gains distributions and dividend reinvestment when purchasing shares of the same fund (but not any other fund within the fund family). |
• | Employees and registered representatives of Raymond James or its affiliates and their family members as designated by Raymond James. |
• | Shares purchased from the proceeds of redemptions within the same fund family, provided (1) the repurchase occurs within 90 days following the redemption, (2) the redemption and purchase occur in the same account, and (3) redeemed shares were subject to a front-end or deferred sales load (known as Rights of Reinstatement). |
• | A shareholder in the Fund’s Class C shares will have their shares converted at net asset value to Class A shares (or the appropriate share class) of the Fund if the shares are no longer subject to a CDSC and the conversion is in line with the policies and procedures of Raymond James. |
• | Death or disability of the shareholder. |
• | Shares sold as part of a systematic withdrawal plan as described in the fund’s prospectus. |
• | Return of excess contributions from an IRA Account. |
• | Shares sold as part of a required minimum distribution for IRA and retirement accounts due to the shareholder reaching the qualified age based on applicable IRS regulations as described in the fund’s prospectus. |
• | Shares sold to pay Raymond James fees but only if the transaction is initiated by Raymond James. |
• | Shares acquired through a right of reinstatement. |
• | Breakpoints as described in this prospectus. |
• | Rights of accumulation which entitle shareholders to breakpoint discounts will be automatically calculated based on the aggregated holding of fund family assets held by accounts within the purchaser’s household at Raymond James. Eligible fund family assets not held at Raymond James may be included in the rights of accumulation calculation only if the shareholder notifies his or her financial adviser about such assets. |
• | Letters of intent which allow for breakpoint discounts based on anticipated purchases within a fund family, over a 13-month time period. Eligible fund family assets not held at Raymond James may be included in the calculation of letters of intent only if the shareholder notifies his or her financial adviser about such assets. |
• | Shares purchased through reinvestment of capital gains distributions and dividend reinvestment when purchasing shares of the same fund (but not any other fund within the fund family). |
• | Shares purchased by employees and registered representatives of Janney or its affiliates and their family members as designated by Janney. |
• | Shares purchased from the proceeds of redemptions within the same fund family, provided (1) the repurchase occurs within ninety (90) days following the redemption, (2) the redemption and purchase occur in the same account, and (3) redeemed shares were subject to a front-end or deferred sales load (i.e., right of reinstatement). |
• | Employer-sponsored retirement plans (e.g., 401(k) plans, 457 plans, employer-sponsored 403(b) plans, profit sharing and money purchase pension plans and defined benefit plans). For purposes of this provision, employer-sponsored retirement plans do not include SEP IRAs, Simple IRAs, SAR-SEPs or Keogh plans. |
• | Shares acquired through a right of reinstatement. |
• | Class C shares that are no longer subject to a contingent deferred sales charge and are converted to Class A shares of the same fund pursuant to Janney’s policies and procedures. |
• | Shares sold upon the death or disability of the shareholder. |
• | Shares sold as part of a systematic withdrawal plan as described in the fund’s Prospectus. |
• | Shares purchased in connection with a return of excess contributions from an IRA account. |
• | Shares sold as part of a required minimum distribution for IRA and other retirement accounts due to the shareholder reaching the qualified age based on applicable IRS regulations as described in the fund’s prospectus. |
• | Shares sold to pay Janney fees but only if the transaction is initiated by Janney. |
• | Shares acquired through a right of reinstatement. |
• | Shares exchanged into the same share class of a different fund. |
• | Breakpoints as described in the fund’s Prospectus. |
• | Rights of accumulation (“ROA”), which entitle shareholders to breakpoint discounts, will be automatically calculated based on the aggregated holding of fund family assets held by accounts within the purchaser’s household at Janney. Eligible fund family assets not held at Janney may be included in the ROA calculation only if the shareholder notifies his or her financial adviser about such assets. |
• | Letters of intent which allow for breakpoint discounts based on anticipated purchases within a fund family, over a 13-month time period. Eligible fund family assets not held at Janney Montgomery Scott may be included in the calculation of letters of intent only if the shareholder notifies his or her financial adviser about such assets. |
* | Also referred to as an “initial sales charge.” |
• | Shares purchased through reinvestment of capital gains distributions and dividend reinvestment when purchasing shares of the same fund |
• | Shares purchase by employees and registers representatives of Baird or its affiliate and their family members as designated by Baird |
• | Shares purchased using the proceeds of redemptions from a Brandes Fund, provided (1) the repurchase occurs within 90 days following the redemption, (2) the redemption and purchase occur in the same accounts, and (3) redeemed shares were subject to a front-end or deferred sales charge (known as rights of reinstatement) |
• | A shareholder in the Funds Investor C Shares will have their share converted at net asset value to Investor A shares of the same fund if the shares are no longer subject to CDSC and the conversion is in line with the policies and procedures of Baird |
• | Employer-sponsored retirement plans or charitable accounts in a transactional brokerage account at Baird, including 401(k) plans, 457 plans, employer-sponsored 403(b) plans, profit sharing and money purchase pension plans and defined benefit plans. For purposes of this provision, employer-sponsored retirement plans do not include SEP IRAs, Simple IRAs or SAR-SEPs |
• | Shares sold due to death or disability of the shareholder |
• | Shares sold as part of a systematic withdrawal plan as described in the Fund’s Prospectus |
• | Shares bought due to returns of excess contributions from an IRA Account |
• | Shares sold as part of a required minimum distribution for IRA and retirement accounts due to the shareholder reaching the qualified age based on applicable Internal Revenue Service regulations as described in the Fund’s prospectus |
• | Shares sold to pay Baird fees but only if the transaction is initiated by Baird |
• | Shares acquired through a right of reinstatement |
• | Breakpoints as described in this prospectus |
• | Rights of accumulations which entitles shareholders to breakpoint discounts will be automatically calculated based on the aggregated holding of Brandes assets held by accounts within the purchaser’s household at Baird. Eligible Brandes assets not held at Baird may be included in the rights of accumulations calculation only if the shareholder notifies his or her financial adviser about such assets |
• | Letters of Intent (LOI) allow for breakpoint discounts based on anticipated purchases of Brandes through Baird, over a 13-month period of time |
• | Information we receive from you on applications or other forms (e.g. your name, address, date of birth, social security number and investment information); about a customer’s investment goals and risk tolerance; |
• | Information about your transactions and experiences with us and our affiliates (e.g. your account balance, transaction history and investment selections); and |
• | Information we obtain from third parties regarding their brokerage, investment advisory, custodial or other relationship with you (e.g. your account number, account balance and transaction history. |
Prospectus May 1, 2024 |
![]() |
1 | ||||
1 | ||||
8 | ||||
8 | ||||
8 | ||||
9 | ||||
13 | ||||
14 | ||||
14 | ||||
15 | ||||
18 | ||||
18 | ||||
19 | ||||
22 | ||||
22 | ||||
23 | ||||
23 | ||||
23 | ||||
24 | ||||
24 | ||||
26 | ||||
27 | ||||
29 | ||||
30 | ||||
30 | ||||
32 | ||||
33 | ||||
35 | ||||
39 |
Class A | Class I | Class R6 | ||||||||||
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of offering price) |
3.75 | % | None | None | ||||||||
Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (Load) |
None | * | None | None |
Class A | Class I | Class R6 | ||||||||||
Management Fees |
0.35 | % | 0.35 | % | 0.35 | % | ||||||
Distribution (12b-1) Fees |
0.25 | % | None | None | ||||||||
Other Expenses(1)(2) |
0.30 | % | 0.33 | % | 0.30 | % | ||||||
Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses |
0.01 | % | 0.01 | % | 0.01 | % | ||||||
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses |
0.91 | % | 0.69 | % | 0.66 | % | ||||||
Less: Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement(3) |
(0.40 | %) | (0.38 | %) | (0.35 | %) | ||||||
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement(2)(4) |
0.51 | % | 0.31 | % | 0.31 | % |
* | A contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) of 1.00% on amounts of less than $4 million, 0.50% on amounts of at least $4 million but less than $10 million and 0.25% on amounts of at least $10 million may apply to certain investments in Class A shares of $1 million or more that are redeemed within 12 months of the date of purchase. |
(1) | “Other Expenses” for Class I shares includes 0.05% of class-specific sub-transfer agency fees. |
(2) | “Other Expenses” have been adjusted from amounts incurred during the most recent fiscal year of the Fund’s predecessor to reflect estimated current expenses. The Brandes Core Plus Fixed Income Fund, a series of Brandes Investment Trust, is the predecessor to the Fund (the “Predecessor Fund”). |
(3) | Brandes Investment Partners, L.P. (the “Adviser”) has contractually agreed to limit the Management Fee of each share class of the Core Plus Fund to 0.30% pursuant to an Investment Advisory Fee Waiver Agreement in effect until July 15, 2026. |
(4) | The Adviser has contractually agreed to limit the Core Plus Fund’s Class A, Class I and Class R6 annual operating expenses (exclusive of acquired fund fees and expenses, taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, expenses incurred in connection with any merger or reorganization or extraordinary expenses such as litigation), including repayment of previous waivers, to the following percentages of the Fund’s average daily net assets attributable to the specific classes through July 15, 2026: 0.50%, 0.30% and 0.30%, respectively (the “Expense Caps”). The Expense Caps may be terminated at any time by the Board of Trustees upon 60 days’ notice to the Adviser. The Adviser is permitted, with Board approval, to be reimbursed for fee reductions and/or expense payments made in the prior 36 months following the waiver or reimbursement with respect to any Class of the Fund. The Adviser may request reimbursement if the aggregate amount paid by the Fund toward operating expenses for the Class for such period (taking into account any reimbursement) does not exceed the lesser of the Expense Cap in effect at the time of waiver or at the time of reimbursement. |
1 Year | 3 Years | 5 Years | 10 Years | |||||||||||||
Class A |
$ | 425 | $ | 616 | $ | 822 | $ | 1,417 | ||||||||
Class I |
$ | 32 | $ | 182 | $ | 347 | $ | 823 | ||||||||
Class R6 |
$ | 32 | $ | 176 | $ | 333 | $ | 789 |
Best Quarter |
4Q 2023 | 6.65 | % | |||||
Worst Quarter |
1Q 2022 | -4.99 | % |
1 Year | 5 Year | 10 Year | ||||||||||
Class A Shares – Return Before Taxes |
3.22 | % | 0.85 | % | 1.32 | % | ||||||
Class R6 Shares – Return Before Taxes |
7.48 | % | 2.63 | % | 2.51 | % | ||||||
Class I Shares – Return Before Taxes |
7.37 | % | 1.83 | % | 1.98 | % | ||||||
Return After Taxes on Distributions |
5.80 | % | 0.66 | % | 0.81 | % | ||||||
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares |
4.33 | % | 0.91 | % | 1.02 | % | ||||||
Bloomberg U.S. Aggregate Bond Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes) |
5.53 | % | 1.10 | % | 1.81 | % |
Portfolio Managers | Position with Adviser |
Managed the Fund Since*: | ||
Charles S. Gramling, CFA | Director, Fixed Income and Fixed Income Investment Committee Member | 2024 | ||
David J. Gilson, CFA | Senior Fixed Income Analyst and Fixed Income Investment Committee Member | 2024 | ||
Timothy M. Doyle, CFA | Fixed Income Portfolio Manager and Fixed Income Investment Committee Member | 2024 |
* | Each Portfolio Manager served as portfolio manager of the Predecessor Fund, which is expected to reorganize into the Trust no earlier than July 15, 2024. |
Class and Type of Account | Minimum Initial Investment |
Subsequent Minimum Investment |
||||||
Classes A |
||||||||
Regular Accounts |
$ | 2,500 | $ | 500 | ||||
Traditional and Roth IRA Accounts |
$ | 1,000 | $ | 500 | ||||
Automatic Investment Plans |
$ | 500 | $ | 500 | ||||
Class I |
$ | 100,000 | $ | 500 | ||||
Class R6 |
||||||||
Class R6 Eligible Plans(1) |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||
Other R6 Eligible Investors(2) |
$ | 1,000,000 | $ | 0 |
(1) | Class R6 shares are generally available to employer sponsored retirement plans, including profit sharing and money purchase pension plans, defined benefit plans and nonqualified deferred compensation plans, and plans described in Sections 401(k), 403(b) and 457 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”). Class R6 shares are generally available only if plan level or omnibus accounts are held on the books of the Fund. |
(2) | Certain other institutional or other investors, (e.g., endowments, foundations, states, counties, cities or their instrumentalities, insurance companies, trust companies, bank trust departments, etc.) may be eligible to purchase Class R6 shares. |
• | Less social, political and economic stability; |
• | Unpredictable changes in national policies on foreign investment, including restrictions on investment in issuers or industries deemed sensitive to national interests; |
• | Less transparent and established taxation policies; |
• | Less developed regulatory or legal structures governing private and foreign investments, and limited rights and legal remedies available to foreign investors; |
• | Less familiarity with a capital market structure or market-oriented economy, and risk of market manipulation, corruption and fraud; |
• | Inadequate, limited and untimely financial reporting, as issuers may not be subject to regulatory accounting, auditing, and financial reporting and recordkeeping standards comparable to those to which issuers in developed markets are subject (e.g., the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, which regulates auditors of U.S. public companies, may be unable to inspect audit work and practices in certain countries); |
• | Less financial sophistication, creditworthiness, and/or resources possessed by, and less government regulation of, the financial institutions and issuers with which the Fund transacts; |
• | Insolvency of local banking systems due to concentrated debtor risk, imprudent lending, the effect of inefficiency and fraud in bank transfers and other systemic risks; |
• | Less developed local banking infrastructure and limited reliable access to capital; |
• | Risk of government seizure of assets; |
• | Less government supervision and regulation of business and industry practices, stock exchanges, brokers and listed companies than in the U.S.; |
• | Greater concentration in a few industries resulting in greater vulnerability to regional and global trade conditions; |
• | Higher rates of inflation and more rapid and extreme fluctuations in inflation rates; |
• | Greater sensitivity to interest rate changes; |
• | Smaller securities markets with low or nonexistent trading volume and greater illiquidity and price volatility; |
• | Increased volatility in currency exchange rates and potential for currency devaluations and/or currency controls; |
• | Greater debt burdens relative to the size of the economy; |
• | More delays in settling portfolio transactions and heightened risk of loss from shareholder registration and custody practices; |
• | Less assurance that favorable economic developments will not be slowed or reversed by unanticipated economic, political or social events in such countries; and |
• | Trade embargoes, sanctions and other restrictions, which may, from time to time, be imposed by international bodies (for example, the United Nations) or sovereign states (for example, the United States) or their agencies on investments held or to be held by the Fund resulting in an investment or cash flows relating to an investment being frozen or otherwise suspended or restricted. |
Fund | Annual Management Fee |
|||
Core Plus Fund |
0.35 | % |
Expense Caps | Class A | Class I | Class R6 | |||||||||
Core Plus Fund |
0.50 | % | 0.30 | % | 0.30 | % |
Fund Name | Date of Expiration | Amount | ||||||
Brandes Core Plus Fixed Income Fund |
September 30, 2026 | $ | 192,628 | |||||
September 30, 2025 | $ | 211,363 | ||||||
September 30, 2024 | $ | 216,372 |
Portfolio Manager | Length of Service with the Fund |
Business Experience During the Past Five Years | ||
Charles Gramling, CFA | Core Plus Fund Since 2024 |
Charles Gramling, CFA | ||
Director, Fixed Income | ||||
Experience | ||||
• Current Responsibilities | ||||
• Fixed Income Director for the Brandes Fixed Income Group, leading the group in all areas, including strategy development, portfolio management and trading | ||||
• Member of the Fixed Income Investment Committee | ||||
• Experience began in 1993 | ||||
• Joined Brandes Investment Partners in 1999 | ||||
• Prior Career Highlights | ||||
• Senior Vice President and Portfolio Manager with Scudder Kemper Investments (which later became Deutsche Asset Management), | ||||
• Provided accounting and financial management services to the portfolio companies of the Polaris Group, a mezzanine finance company | ||||
• Auditor with Arthur Young | ||||
Education and Skills | ||||
• BS in accounting from Marquette University | ||||
David Gilson, CFA | Core Plus Fund Since 2024 |
David Gilson, CFA | ||
Senior Fixed Income Analyst | ||||
Experience | ||||
• Current Responsibilities | ||||
• Associate Portfolio Manager and Analyst for the Brandes Fixed Income Group, involved in corporate bond research, strategy development, portfolio management and trading | ||||
• Member of the Fixed Income Investment Committee | ||||
• Experience began in 1988 | ||||
• Joined Brandes Investment Partners in 2002 | ||||
• Prior Career Highlights | ||||
• President of VALUE Restoration (consulting to corporations in turnaround situations) |
Portfolio Manager | Length of Service with the Fund |
Business Experience During the Past Five Years | ||
• CFO of James Page Brewing | ||||
• Bond Analyst with Fleet Securities and BancAmerica Robertson Stephens, covering high-yield media and telecommunications credits | ||||
• Associate Fund Manager and Senior Analyst with American Express Financial Advisors, responsible for high-yield funds and an equity hedge fund | ||||
• Education and Skills | ||||
• BBA from Baylor University |
Portfolio Manager | Length of Service with the Fund |
Business Experience During the Past Five Years | ||
Timothy M. Doyle, CFA | Core Plus Fund Since 2024 |
Timothy M. Doyle, CFA | ||
Fixed Income Portfolio Manager | ||||
Experience | ||||
• Current Responsibilities | ||||
• Fixed Income Portfolio Manager and Analyst, involved in strategy development, portfolio management and trading | ||||
• Member of the Fixed Income Investment Committee | ||||
• Experience began in 1995 | ||||
• Joined Brandes Investment Partners in 2000 | ||||
• Prior Career Highlights | ||||
• Assistant Vice President and Portfolio Manager with Scudder Kemper Investments (which later became Deutsche Asset Management) | ||||
• U.S. Government/U.S. Agency Sector Team Leader | ||||
• Investment Policy Committee member | ||||
• Education and Skills | ||||
• MBA in finance and economics from Loyola University | ||||
• BS in finance from Marquette University |
Class A |
Class I |
Class R6 | ||||
Eligible Shareholders | Retail (available only through financial intermediaries) |
Proprietary accounts of institutional investors such as • financial institutions, • pension plans, • retirement accounts, • qualified plans and • certain corporations, trusts, estates, religious and charitable organizations. |
• 401(k) Plans • 403(b) Plans • 457 Plans • Nonqualified deferred compensation plans • Certain voluntary employee benefit association and post-retirement plans • Endowments • Foundations • States, counties, cities or their instrumentalities • Insurance companies • Trust companies • Bank trust departments | |||
Minimum Initial Investment |
Regular Accounts $2,500 Traditional and Roth IRA Accounts $1,000 Automatic Investment Plans $500 | $100,000 | $0—Class R6 Eligible Plans $1 million—Other R6 Eligible Investors (as defined below) | |||
Subsequent Minimum Investment | $500 | $500 | $0 | |||
Waiver/ Reduction of Investment Minimum | None | The Adviser may waive the minimum investment for financial intermediaries and other institutions making continuing investments in the Fund on behalf of underlying investors and from time to time for other investors, including current and former Trustees of the Trust; officers of the Trust; directors and employees of the Trust; retirement plans; and, employees of the Adviser. | None | |||
Initial Sales Charge | 3.75% | None | None |
Class A |
Class I |
Class R6 | ||||
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge | None* | None | None | |||
Redemption Fee | None | None | None | |||
Ongoing Distribution (12b-1) Fees | 0.25% | None | None | |||
Ongoing Shareholder Service Fees | None | None | None | |||
Class A |
Class I |
Class R6 | ||||
Conversion Feature | Subject to the Adviser’s approval, if investors currently holding Class A shares meet the criteria for eligible investors and would like to convert to Class I shares, such conversion is not expected to be a taxable event for federal income tax purposes. To inquire about converting your Class A shares to Class I shares, please call 1-800-395-3807. | Investors who hold Class I shares of the Fund through a fee-based program at a financial intermediary but who subsequently become ineligible to participate in the program, withdraw from the program, or change to a non-fee based program, may be subject to conversion of their Class I shares by their financial intermediary to another class of shares of the Fund having expenses (including Rule 12b-1 fees) that may be higher than the expenses of the Class I shares. Investors should contact their program provider to obtain information about their eligibility for the provider’s program and the class of shares they would receive upon such a conversion. Such conversion is not expected to be a taxable event for federal income tax purposes and investors are not charged a redemption/exchange fee by the Fund. | Subject to the Adviser’s approval, if investors currently holding Class I shares meet the criteria for eligible investors and would like to convert to Class R6 shares, such conversion is not expected to be a taxable event for federal income tax purposes. To inquire about converting your Class I shares to Class R6 shares, please call 1-800-395-3807. |
* | A contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) of 1.00% on amounts of less than $4 million, 0.50% on amounts of at least $4 million but less than $10 million and 0.25% on amounts of at least $10 million may apply to certain investments in Class A shares of $1 million or more that are redeemed within 12 months of the date of purchase. |
Amount of Purchase | Front End Sales Charge as a percentage of Offering Price* |
Front End Sales Charge as a percentage of the Amount Invested |
Dealer Commission as a percentage of Offering Price |
|||||||||
Less than $100,000 |
3.75 | % | 3.90 | % | 3.75 | % | ||||||
$100,000 or more but less than $250,000 |
3.25 | % | 3.36 | % | 3.25 | % | ||||||
$250,000 or more but less than $500,000 |
2.25 | % | 2.30 | % | 2.25 | % | ||||||
$500,000 or more but less than $750,000 |
1.75 | % | 1.78 | % | 1.75 | % | ||||||
$750,000 or more but less than $1,000,000 |
1.50 | % | 1.52 | % | 1.50 | % | ||||||
$1 million or more and certain other investments described below |
None | * | None | * | See below |
* | The Fund may assess a contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) of 1.00% on amounts of less than $4 million, 0.50% on amounts of at least $4 million but less than $10 million and 0.25% on amounts of at least $10 million to certain investments in Class A shares of $1 million or more that are redeemed within 12 months of the date of purchase. |
• | Retirement plans offered through financial intermediaries or other service providers that have entered into arrangements with the Fund for such purchases. |
• | Customers of bank trust departments, companies with trust powers, investment broker dealers and investment advisers who charge fees for services, including investment broker dealers who use wrap fee or similar arrangements and have entered into special arrangements with the Fund specifically for such purchases. |
• | Customers participating in fee-based programs offered through selected registered investment advisers, broker-dealers, and other financial intermediaries. |
• | Investors purchasing through financial intermediaries that offer Class A Shares uniformly on a “no load” basis to all similarly situated customers in accordance with the intermediary’s prescribed fee schedule for purchases of fund shares. |
• | Customers purchasing through self-directed investment brokerage accounts that may or may not charge a transaction fee to customers, where the broker-dealer has entered into arrangements with the Fund for such purchases. |
• | Insurance companies and/or their separate accounts to fund variable insurance contracts, provided that the insurance company provides recordkeeping and related administrative services to the contract owners and has entered into arrangements with the Fund for such purchases. |
• | Endowments or foundations that have entered into arrangements with the Fund for such purchases. |
• | Investors making rollover investments from retirement plans to IRAs. |
• | Certain other investors and members of their immediate families, such as employees of investment dealers and registered investment advisers authorized to sell the Fund. |
• | An officer of the Adviser, Trustee of the Trust, Director or employee of the Adviser, the Fund’s Custodian Bank or Transfer Agent and members of his or her family. |
• | Aggregation – You may be able to aggregate your purchases of Fund shares with those made by members of your family for purposes of relying on the sales charge breakpoints set forth above. This right may only be available with respect to certain types of accounts. For example, investments made through employer-sponsored retirement plan accounts may not be aggregated with investments made through individual-type accounts. |
• | Concurrent Purchases – You may be able to combine your purchases of Fund shares with those made simultaneously by members of your family for purposes of relying on the sales charge breakpoints set forth above. |
• | Rights of Accumulation – You may take into account your accumulated holdings and those of your family members in any of the Brandes International Equity Fund, Brandes Global Equity Fund, Brandes Emerging Markets Value Fund, Brandes International Small Cap Equity Fund, Brandes Small Cap Value Fund, and Brandes Core Plus Fixed Income Fund (the “Brandes Funds”) Class A shares for purposes of relying on the sales charge breakpoints set forth above. The applicable sales charge for the new purchase is based on the total of your current purchase and the current value based on public offering price of all other shares you and your family own. You may need to retain appropriate account records to verify the amounts actually invested in order to rely on the ability to receive a breakpoint based on the amounts actually invested in the Brandes Funds. |
• | Letter of Intent – By signing a Letter of Intent (“LOI”) you can reduce your Class A sales charge. Your individual purchases will be made at the applicable sales charge based on the amount you intend to invest over a 13-month period. The LOI will apply to all purchases of Brandes Funds’ Class A shares. Any shares purchased within 90 days of the date you sign the letter of intent may be used as credit towards completion, but the reduced sales charge will only apply to new purchases made on or after that date. Purchases resulting from the reinvestment of dividends and capital gains do not apply toward fulfillment of the LOI. Shares equal to 3.75% of the amount of the LOI will be held in escrow during the 13-month period. If, at the end of that time the total amount of purchases made is less than the amount intended, you will be required to pay the difference between the reduced sales charge and the sales charge applicable to the individual purchases had the LOI not been in effect. This amount will be obtained from redemption of the escrow shares. Any remaining escrow shares will be released to you. If you establish an LOI with Brandes Funds, you can aggregate your accounts as well as the accounts of your immediate family members. You will need to provide written instruction with respect to the other accounts whose purchases should be considered in fulfillment of the LOI. |
• | Employer-sponsored retirement plans may be restricted from establishing letters of intent |
• | Reinstatement Privileges – You may reinvest proceeds from a redemption, dividend payment or capital gain distribution from the Fund without the assessment of a front end sales charge, provided that the reinvestment occurs within 90 days after the date of the redemption, dividend payment or distribution and is made to the same account from which the shares were redeemed or that received the dividend payment/distribution. If the account has been closed, you can reinvest without a sales charge if the new receiving account has the same registration as the closed account. Any contingent deferred sales charge on such redemption will be credited to your account. Any future redemptions may be subject to a CDSC based on the original investment date. |
• | Tax-free returns of excess contributions to IRAs. |
• | Redemptions due to death or post purchase disability of the shareholder (this generally excludes accounts registered in the names of trusts and other entities). |
• | Redemptions due to the complete termination of a trust upon the death of the trustor/grantor or beneficiary, but only if such termination is specifically provided for in the trust document. |
• | Redemptions due to receiving required minimum distributions from retirement accounts upon reaching age 70 1⁄2 (required minimum distributions that continue to be taken by the beneficiary(ies) after the account owner is deceased also qualify for a waiver). |
• | If you have established an automatic withdrawal plan, redemptions through such a plan (including any dividends and/or capital gain distributions taken in cash). |
• | Endowments and foundations; |
• | States, counties or cities or their instrumentalities; |
• | Insurance companies, trust companies and bank trust departments; and |
• | Certain other institutional investors. |
• | Individual investors and/or retail accounts including accounts purchased through wrap programs; |
• | IRAs and Coverdells |
• | SEPs, SIMPLEs and SARSEPs; and |
• | Individual 401(k) and 403(b) plans. |
• | If ownership is being changed on your account; |
• | When redemption proceeds are payable or sent to any person, address or bank account not on record; |
• | When a redemption request is received by the Transfer Agent and the account address has changed within the last 30 calendar days; or |
• | For all redemptions in excess of $100,000 from any shareholder account. |
Net asset value, beginning of period |
Net investment income(1) |
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments |
Total from investment operations |
Dividends from net investment income |
Net asset value, end of period |
Total return(2) |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Brandes Core Plus Fixed Income Fund |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Class A |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
9/30/2023 |
$ | 7.98 | 0.27 | (0.08 | ) | 0.19 | (0.27 | ) | $ | 7.90 | 2.33 | % | ||||||||||||||||
9/30/2022 |
$ | 9.35 | 0.20 | (1.36 | ) | (1.16 | ) | (0.21 | ) | $ | 7.98 | (12.55 | )% | |||||||||||||||
9/30/2021 |
$ | 9.52 | 0.18 | (0.12 | ) | 0.06 | (0.23 | ) | $ | 9.35 | 0.67 | % | ||||||||||||||||
9/30/2020 |
$ | 9.18 | 0.19 | 0.34 | 0.53 | (0.19 | ) | $ | 9.52 | 5.89 | % | |||||||||||||||||
9/30/2019 |
$ | 8.85 | 0.24 | 0.33 | 0.57 | (0.24 | ) | $ | 9.18 | 6.56 | % | |||||||||||||||||
Class I |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
9/30/2023 |
$ | 8.06 | 0.29 | (0.08 | ) | 0.21 | (0.29 | ) | $ | 7.98 | 2.55 | % | ||||||||||||||||
9/30/2022 |
$ | 9.43 | 0.23 | (1.37 | ) | (1.14 | ) | (0.23 | ) | $ | 8.06 | (12.25 | )% | |||||||||||||||
9/30/2021 |
$ | 9.60 | 0.21 | (0.13 | ) | 0.08 | (0.25 | ) | $ | 9.43 | 0.89 | % | ||||||||||||||||
9/30/2020 |
$ | 9.26 | 0.22 | 0.33 | 0.55 | (0.21 | ) | $ | 9.60 | 6.07 | % | |||||||||||||||||
9/30/2019 |
$ | 8.92 | 0.26 | 0.34 | 0.60 | (0.26 | ) | $ | 9.26 | 6.85 | % | |||||||||||||||||
Class R6 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
9/30/2023 |
$ | 8.06 | 0.29 | (0.06 | ) | 0.23 | (0.31 | ) | $ | 7.98 | 2.79 | % | ||||||||||||||||
9/30/2022 |
$ | 9.43 | 0.33 | (1.37 | ) | (1.04 | ) | (0.33 | ) | $ | 8.06 | (11.26 | )% | |||||||||||||||
9/30/2021 |
$ | 9.60 | 0.34 | (0.13 | ) | 0.21 | (0.38 | ) | $ | 9.43 | 2.23 | % | ||||||||||||||||
9/30/2020 |
$ | 9.26 | 0.29 | 0.34 | 0.63 | (0.29 | ) | $ | 9.60 | 6.89 | % | |||||||||||||||||
9/30/2019 |
$ | 8.93 | 0.09 | 0.56 | 0.65 | (0.32 | ) | $ | 9.26 | 7.40 | % |
(1) | Net investment income per share has been calculated based on average shares outstanding during the period. |
(2) | The total return calculation does not reflect the sales loads that may be imposed on Class A shares (see Note 7 of the Notes to Financial Statements). |
(3) | After fees waived and expenses absorbed or recouped by the Advisor, where applicable. |
(4) | As of August 13, 2020, the expense cap for the class changed from 0.70% to 0.50%. |
(5) | As of August 13, 2020, the expense cap for the class changed from 0.50% to 0.30%. |
(6) | Amount is less than $50,000. |
(7) | As of August 13, 2020, the expense cap for the class changed from 0.35% to 0.30%. |
Net assets, end of period (millions) |
Ratio of net expenses to average net assets(3) |
Ratio of net investment income to average net assets(3) |
Ratio of expenses (prior to reimbursements) to average net assets |
Ratio of net investment income (prior to reimbursements) to average net assets |
Portfolio turnover rate |
|||||||||||||||||
$ 1.3 | 0.50 | % | 3.34 | % | 0.88 | % | 2.96 | % | 15.72 | % | ||||||||||||
$ 0.8 | 0.50 | % | 2.30 | % | 0.86 | % | 1.94 | % | 25.44 | % | ||||||||||||
$ 1.0 | 0.50 | % | 1.95 | % | 0.83 | % | 1.62 | % | 27.13 | % | ||||||||||||
$ 1.2 | 0.68 | %(4) | 2.30 | % | 0.86 | % | 2.12 | % | 20.59 | % | ||||||||||||
$ 3.2 | 0.70 | % | 2.72 | % | 0.93 | % | 2.49 | % | 18.54 | % | ||||||||||||
$ 65.4 | 0.30 | % | 3.53 | % | 0.66 | % | 3.17 | % | 15.72 | % | ||||||||||||
$ 60.0 | 0.30 | % | 2.59 | % | 0.66 | % | 2.23 | % | 25.44 | % | ||||||||||||
$ 78.1 | 0.30 | % | 2.23 | % | 0.63 | % | 1.90 | % | 27.13 | % | ||||||||||||
$ 85.6 | 0.48 | %(5) | 2.41 | % | 0.65 | % | 2.24 | % | 20.59 | % | ||||||||||||
$ 83.4 | 0.50 | % | 2.91 | % | 0.73 | % | 2.68 | % | 18.54 | % | ||||||||||||
$ — | (6) | 0.30 | % | 3.55 | % | 0.64 | % | 3.21 | % | 15.72 | % | |||||||||||
$ — | (6) | 0.30 | % | 3.73 | % | 0.30 | % | 3.73 | % | 25.44 | % | |||||||||||
$ — | (6) | 0.30 | % | 3.54 | % | 0.30 | % | 3.54 | % | 27.13 | % | |||||||||||
$ — | (6) | 0.30 | %(7) | 3.19 | % | 0.30 | % | 3.19 | % | 20.59 | % | |||||||||||
$ — | (6) | 0.35 | % | 0.97 | % | 0.35 | % | 0.97 | % | 18.54 | % |
• | Employer-sponsored retirement plans (e.g., 401(k) plans, 457 plans, employer-sponsored 403(b) plans, profit sharing and money purchase pension plans and defined benefit plans). For purposes of this provision, employer-sponsored retirement plans do not include SEP IRAs, Simple IRAs, SAR-SEPs or Keogh plans |
• | Morgan Stanley employee and employee-related accounts according to Morgan Stanley’s account linking rules |
• | Shares purchased through reinvestment of dividends and capital gains distributions when purchasing shares of the same fund |
• | Shares purchased through a Morgan Stanley self-directed brokerage account |
• | Class C (i.e., level-load) shares that are no longer subject to a contingent deferred sales charge and are converted to Class A shares of the same fund pursuant to Morgan Stanley Wealth Management’s share class conversion program |
• | Shares purchased from the proceeds of redemptions within the same fund family, provided (i) the repurchase occurs within 90 days following the redemption, (ii) the redemption and purchase occur in the same account, and (iii) redeemed shares were subject to a front-end or deferred sales charge. |
• | Employer-sponsored retirement, deferred compensation and employee benefit plans (including health savings accounts) and trusts used to fund those plans, provided that the shares are not held in a commission-based brokerage account and shares are held for the benefit of the plan |
• | Shares purchased by or through a 529 Plan |
• | Shares purchased through a OPCO affiliated investment advisory program |
• | Shares purchased through reinvestment of capital gains distributions and dividend reinvestment when purchasing shares of the same fund (but not any other fund within the fund family) |
• | Shares purchased from the proceeds of redemptions within the same fund family, provided (l) the repurchase occurs within 90 days following the redemption, (2) the redemption and purchase occur in the same amount, and (3) redeemed shares were subject to a front-end or deferred sales load (known as Rights of Restatement). |
• | A shareholder in the Fund’s Class C shares will have their shares converted at net asset value to Class A shares (or the appropriate share class) of the Fund if the shares are no longer subject to a CDSC and the conversion is in line with the policies and procedures of OPCO |
• | Employees and registered representatives of OPCO or its affiliates and their family members |
• | Death or disability of the shareholder |
• | Shares sold as part of a systematic withdrawal plan as described in the Fund’s prospectus |
• | Return of excess contributions from an IRA Account |
• | Shares sold as part of a required minimum distribution for IRA and retirement accounts due to the shareholder reaching age 70 1/2 as described in the prospectus |
• | Shares sold to pay OPCO fees but only if the transaction is initiated by OPCO |
• | Shares acquired through a right of reinstatement |
• | Breakpoints as described in this prospectus. |
• | Rights of Accumulation (ROA) which entitle shareholders to breakpoint discounts will be automatically calculated based on the aggregated holdings of fund family assets held by accounts within the purchaser’s household at OPCO. Eligible fund family assets not held at OPCO may be included in the ROA calculation only if the shareholder notifies his or her financial adviser about such assets |
• | Shares purchased in an investment advisory program. |
• | Shares purchased within the same fund family through a systematic reinvestment of capital gains distributions and dividend reinvestment when purchasing shares of the same fund (but not any other fund within the fund family). |
• | Employees and registered representatives of Raymond James or its affiliates and their family members as designated by Raymond James. |
• | Shares purchased from the proceeds of redemptions within the same fund family, provided (1) the repurchase occurs within 90 days following the redemption, (2) the redemption and purchase occur in the same account, and (3) redeemed shares were subject to a front-end or deferred sales load (known as Rights of Reinstatement). |
• | A shareholder in the Fund’s Class C shares will have their shares converted at net asset value to Class A shares (or the appropriate share class) of the Fund if the shares are no longer subject to a CDSC and the conversion is in line with the policies and procedures of Raymond James. |
• | Death or disability of the shareholder. |
• | Shares sold as part of a systematic withdrawal plan as described in the fund’s prospectus. |
• | Return of excess contributions from an IRA Account. |
• | Shares sold as part of a required minimum distribution for IRA and retirement accounts due to the shareholder reaching the qualified age based on applicable IRS regulations as described in the fund’s prospectus. |
• | Shares sold to pay Raymond James fees but only if the transaction is initiated by Raymond James. |
• | Shares acquired through a right of reinstatement. |
• | Breakpoints as described in this prospectus. |
• | Rights of accumulation which entitle shareholders to breakpoint discounts will be automatically calculated based on the aggregated holding of fund family assets held by accounts within the purchaser’s household at Raymond James. Eligible fund family assets not held at Raymond James may be included in the rights of accumulation calculation only if the shareholder notifies his or her financial adviser about such assets. |
• | Letters of intent which allow for breakpoint discounts based on anticipated purchases within a fund family, over a 13-month time period. Eligible fund family assets not held at Raymond James may be included in the calculation of letters of intent only if the shareholder notifies his or her financial adviser about such assets. |
• | Shares purchased through reinvestment of capital gains distributions and dividend reinvestment when purchasing shares of the same fund (but not any other fund within the fund family). |
• | Shares purchased by employees and registered representatives of Janney or its affiliates and their family members as designated by Janney. |
• | Shares purchased from the proceeds of redemptions within the same fund family, provided (1) the repurchase occurs within ninety (90) days following the redemption, (2) the redemption and purchase occur in the same account, and (3) redeemed shares were subject to a front-end or deferred sales load (i.e., right of reinstatement). |
• | Employer-sponsored retirement plans (e.g., 401(k) plans, 457 plans, employer-sponsored 403(b) plans, profit sharing and money purchase pension plans and defined benefit plans). For purposes of this provision, employer-sponsored retirement plans do not include SEP IRAs, Simple IRAs, SAR-SEPs or Keogh plans. |
• | Shares acquired through a right of reinstatement. |
• | Class C shares that are no longer subject to a contingent deferred sales charge and are converted to Class A shares of the same fund pursuant to Janney’s policies and procedures. |
• | Shares sold upon the death or disability of the shareholder. |
• | Shares sold as part of a systematic withdrawal plan as described in the fund’s Prospectus. |
• | Shares purchased in connection with a return of excess contributions from an IRA account. |
• | Shares sold as part of a required minimum distribution for IRA and other retirement accounts due to the shareholder reaching 70 1⁄2 as described in the fund’s prospectus. |
• | Shares sold to pay Janney fees but only if the transaction is initiated by Janney. |
• | Shares acquired through a right of reinstatement. |
• | Shares exchanged into the same share class of a different fund. |
• | Breakpoints as described in the fund’s Prospectus. |
• | Rights of accumulation (“ROA”), which entitle shareholders to breakpoint discounts, will be automatically calculated based on the aggregated holding of fund family assets held by accounts within the purchaser’s household at Janney. Eligible fund family assets not held at Janney may be included in the ROA calculation only if the shareholder notifies his or her financial adviser about such assets. |
• | Letters of intent which allow for breakpoint discounts based on anticipated purchases within a fund family, over a 13-month time period. Eligible fund family assets not held at Janney Montgomery Scott may be included in the calculation of letters of intent only if the shareholder notifies his or her financial adviser about such assets. |
* | Also referred to as an “initial sales charge.” |
• | Shares purchased through reinvestment of capital gains distributions and dividend reinvestment when purchasing shares of the same fund |
• | Shares purchase by employees and registers representatives of Baird or its affiliate and their family members as designated by Baird |
• | Shares purchased using the proceeds of redemptions from a Brandes Fund, provided (1) the repurchase occurs within 90 days following the redemption, (2) the redemption and purchase occur in the same accounts, and (3) redeemed shares were subject to a front-end or deferred sales charge (known as rights of reinstatement) |
• | A shareholder in the Funds Investor C Shares will have their share converted at net asset value to Investor A shares of the same fund if the shares are no longer subject to CDSC and the conversion is in line with the policies and procedures of Baird |
• | Employer-sponsored retirement plans or charitable accounts in a transactional brokerage account at Baird, including 401(k) plans, 457 plans, employer-sponsored 403(b) plans, profit sharing and money purchase pension plans and defined benefit plans. For purposes of this provision, employer-sponsored retirement plans do not include SEP IRAs, Simple IRAs or SAR-SEPs |
• | Shares sold due to death or disability of the shareholder |
• | Shares sold as part of a systematic withdrawal plan as described in the Fund’s Prospectus |
• | Shares bought due to returns of excess contributions from an IRA Account |
• | Shares sold as part of a required minimum distribution for IRA and retirement accounts due to the shareholder reaching the qualified age based on applicable Internal Revenue Service regulations as described in the Fund’s prospectus |
• | Shares sold to pay Baird fees but only if the transaction is initiated by Baird |
• | Shares acquired through a right of reinstatement |
• | Breakpoints as described in this prospectus |
• | Rights of accumulations which entitles shareholders to breakpoint discounts will be automatically calculated based on the aggregated holding of Brandes assets held by accounts within the purchaser’s household at Baird. Eligible Brandes assets not held at Baird may be included in the rights of accumulations calculation only if the shareholder notifies his or her financial adviser about such assets |
• | Letters of Intent (LOI) allow for breakpoint discounts based on anticipated purchases of Brandes through Baird, over a 13-month period of time |
• | Information we receive from you on applications or other forms (e.g. your name, address, date of birth, social security number and investment information); about a customer’s investment goals and risk tolerance; |
• | Information about your transactions and experiences with us and our affiliates (e.g. your account balance, transaction history and investment selections); and |
• | Information we obtain from third parties regarding their brokerage, investment advisory, custodial or other relationship with you (e.g. your account number, account balance and transaction history. |
Prospectus May 1, 2024 |
![]() |
1 | ||||
1 | ||||
6 | ||||
6 | ||||
6 | ||||
7 | ||||
10 | ||||
11 | ||||
11 | ||||
11 | ||||
13 | ||||
13 | ||||
13 | ||||
13 | ||||
14 | ||||
14 | ||||
15 | ||||
15 | ||||
15 | ||||
17 | ||||
18 | ||||
PN‑1 |
Management Fees (1),(2) |
0.00 | % | ||
Other Expenses (2),(3),(4) |
0.00 | % | ||
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses(2), (4) |
0.00 | % |
(1) | Investors pay any management fees, advisory fees or expenses at the wrap account level. The Fund does not pay any management fees, advisory fees or expenses to the Brandes Investment Partners, L.P. (the “Adviser”) or affiliates of the Adviser. |
(2) | Investors in the Fund must be clients of “wrap account” programs sponsored by broker-dealers which have agreements with the Adviser, or certain other persons or entities. Investors pay management fees and other expenses at the wrap account level. See “Shareholder Information.” |
(3) | Investors pay any ordinary expenses at the wrap account level. The Fund does not pay any ordinary expenses. |
(4) | Other Expenses have been adjusted from amounts incurred during the most recent fiscal year of the Fund’s predecessor to reflect estimated current expenses. The Brandes Separately Managed Account Reserve Trust, a series of Brandes Investment Trust, is the predecessor to the Fund (the “Predecessor Fund”). |
1 Year | 3 Years | 5 Years | 10 Years | |||||||||
$ 0 |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 |
Best Quarter |
4Q 2023 | 7.65 | % | |||||
Worst Quarter |
2Q 2022 | -6.86 | % |
Brandes Separately Managed Account Reserve Trust | 1 Year | 5 Year | 10 Year | |||||||||
Return Before Taxes |
10.64 | % | 2.76 | % | 3.09 | % | ||||||
Return After Taxes on Distributions |
8.51 | % | 1.12 | % | 1.25 | % | ||||||
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares |
6.23 | % | 1.41 | % | 1.55 | % | ||||||
Bloomberg U.S. Aggregate Bond Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes) |
5.53 | % | 1.10 | % | 1.81 | % | ||||||
Bloomberg U.S. Intermediate Credit Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes) |
6.94 | % | 2.44 | % | 2.46 | % |
Portfolio Managers | Position with Adviser |
Managed the Fund Since*: |
||||
Charles S. Gramling, CFA |
Director, Fixed Income and Fixed Income Investment Committee Member | 2024 | ||||
David J. Gilson, CFA |
Senior Fixed Income Analyst and Fixed Income Investment Committee Member | 2024 | ||||
Timothy M. Doyle, CFA |
Fixed Income Portfolio Manager and Fixed Income Investment Committee Member | 2024 |
* | Each Portfolio Manager served as a portfolio manager of the Predecessor Fund, which is expected to reorganize into the Trust no earlier than July 15, 2024. |
Portfolio Managers | Length of Service with the Fund* |
Business Experience During the Past Five Years | ||
Charles Gramling, CFA | Since 2024 | Charles S. Gramling, CFA | ||
Director, Fixed Income | ||||
Experience | ||||
• Current Responsibilities | ||||
• Fixed Income Director for the Brandes Fixed Income Group, leading the group in all areas, including strategy development, portfolio management and trading | ||||
• Member of the Fixed Income Investment Committee | ||||
• Experience began in 1993 | ||||
• Joined Brandes Investment Partners in 1999 | ||||
• Prior Career Highlights | ||||
• Senior Vice President and Portfolio Manager with Scudder Kemper Investments (which later became Deutsche Asset Management), | ||||
• Provided accounting and financial management services to the portfolio companies of the Polaris Group, a mezzanine finance company | ||||
• Auditor with Arthur Young |
Portfolio Managers | Length of Service with the Fund* |
Business Experience During the Past Five Years | ||
Education and Skills | ||||
• BS in accounting from Marquette University | ||||
David Gilson, CFA | Since 2024 | David J. Gilson, CFA | ||
Senior Fixed Income Analyst | ||||
Experience | ||||
• Current Responsibilities | ||||
• Associate Portfolio Manager and Analyst for the Brandes Fixed Income Group, involved in corporate bond research, strategy development, portfolio management and trading | ||||
• Member of the Fixed Income Investment Committee | ||||
• Experience began in 1988 | ||||
• Joined Brandes Investment Partners in 2002 | ||||
• Prior Career Highlights | ||||
• President of VALUE Restoration (consulting to corporations in turnaround situations) | ||||
• CFO of James Page Brewing | ||||
• Bond Analyst with Fleet Securities and BancAmerica Robertson Stephens, covering high-yield media and telecommunications credits | ||||
• Associate Fund Manager and Senior Analyst with American Express Financial Advisors, responsible for high-yield funds and an equity hedge fund | ||||
• Education and Skills | ||||
• BBA from Baylor University | ||||
Timothy M. Doyle, CFA | Since 2024 | Timothy M. Doyle, CFA | ||
Fixed Income Portfolio Manager | ||||
Experience | ||||
• Current Responsibilities | ||||
• Fixed Income Portfolio Manager and Analyst, involved in strategy development, portfolio management and trading | ||||
• Member of the Fixed Income Investment Committee | ||||
• Experience began in 1995 | ||||
• Joined Brandes Investment Partners in 2000 | ||||
• Prior Career Highlights | ||||
• Assistant Vice President and Portfolio Manager with Scudder Kemper Investments (which later became Deutsche Asset Management) | ||||
• U.S. Government/U.S. Agency Sector Team Leader | ||||
• Investment Policy Committee member | ||||
• Education and Skills | ||||
• MBA in finance and economics from Loyola University | ||||
• BS in finance from Marquette University |
Year Ended September 30, |
||||||||||||||||||||
2023 | 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||||||||||||
Net asset value, beginning of period |
$ | 7.38 | $ | 8.83 | $ | 8.94 | $ | 8.73 | $ | 8.65 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total from investment operations: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Net investment income(1) |
0.36 | 0.30 | 0.27 | 0.31 | 0.36 | |||||||||||||||
Net realized and unrealized gain/(loss) on investments |
0.04 | (1.45 | ) | (0.07 | ) | 0.21 | 0.08 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total from investment operations |
0.40 | (1.15 | ) | 0.20 | 0.52 | 0.44 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Less dividends and distributions: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Dividends from net investment income |
(0.36 | ) | (0.30 | ) | (0.31 | ) | (0.31 | ) | (0.36 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total dividends and distributions |
(0.36 | ) | (0.30 | ) | (0.31 | ) | (0.31 | ) | (0.36 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net asset value, end of period |
$ | 7.42 | $ | 7.38 | $ | 8.83 | $ | 8.94 | $ | 8.73 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total return |
5.39 | % | (13.30 | %) | 2.33 | % | 6.05 | % | 5.29 | % | ||||||||||
Net assets, end of period (millions) |
$ | 150.9 | $ | 149.8 | $ | 186.5 | $ | 181.2 | $ | 177.0 | ||||||||||
Ratio of expenses to average net assets(2) |
0.00 | % | 0.00 | % | 0.00 | % | 0.00 | % | 0.00 | % | ||||||||||
Ratio of net investment income to average net assets(2) |
4.74 | % | 3.63 | % | 3.04 | % | 3.52 | % | 4.27 | % | ||||||||||
Portfolio turnover rate |
23.24 | % | 28.94 | % | 36.89 | % | 32.24 | % | 35.99 | % |
(1) | Net investment income per share has been calculated based on average shares outstanding during the period. |
(2) | Reflects the fact that no fees or expenses are incurred by the Fund. The Fund is an integral part of “wrap‑fee” programs sponsored by investment advisors and/or broker-dealers unaffiliated with the Fund or the Advisor. Participants in these programs pay a “wrap” fee to the sponsor of the program. |
• | Information we receive from you on applications or other forms (e.g. your name, address, date of birth, social security number and investment information); about a customer’s investment goals and risk tolerance; |
• | Information about your transactions and experiences with us and our affiliates (e.g. your account balance, transaction history and investment selections); and |
• | Information we obtain from third parties regarding their brokerage, investment advisory, custodial or other relationship with you (e.g. your account number, account balance and transaction history. |
Statement of Additional Information
BRANDES INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUND Class A (Ticker: BIEAX) Class C (Ticker: BIECX) Class I (Ticker: BIIEX) Class R6 (Ticker: BIERX)
BRANDES GLOBAL EQUITY FUND Class A (Ticker: BGEAX) Class C (Ticker: BGVCX) Class I (Ticker: BGVIX) Class R6 (Ticker: BGVRX)*
BRANDES EMERGING MARKETS VALUE FUND Class A (Ticker: BEMAX) Class C (Ticker: BEMCX) Class I (Ticker: BEMIX) Class R6 (Ticker: BEMRX)
BRANDES INTERNATIONAL SMALL CAP EQUITY FUND Class A (Ticker: BISAX) Class C (Ticker: BINCX) Class I (Ticker: BISMX) Class R6 (Ticker: BISRX) |
BRANDES SMALL CAP VALUE FUND Class A (Ticker: BSCAX) Class I (Ticker: BSCMX) Class R6 (Ticker: BSCRX)
BRANDES CORE PLUS FIXED INCOME FUND Class A (Ticker: BCPAX) Class I (Ticker: BCPIX) Class R6 (Ticker: BCPRX)
BRANDES SEPARATELY MANAGED ACCOUNT RESERVE TRUST (Ticker: SMARX) |
Datum One Series Trust (the “Trust”) is an open-end, management investment company. This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) contains additional information about the series of the Trust referred to above (each, a “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”). The Funds may be referred to throughout this SAI as follows: Brandes International Equity Fund (“International Equity Fund”); Brandes Global Equity Fund (“Global Equity Fund”); Brandes Emerging Markets Value Fund (“Emerging Markets Value Fund”); Brandes International Small Cap Equity Fund (“International Small Cap Fund”); Brandes Small Cap Value Fund (“Small Cap Value Fund”); Brandes Core Plus Fixed Income Fund (“Core Plus Fund”); and Brandes Separately Managed Account Reserve Trust (“SMART Fund”). The Core Plus Fund and SMART Fund, together, are referred to as the “Fixed Income Funds.” Brandes Investment Partners, L.P. (the “Adviser”) is the investment adviser to the Funds. The Funds offer certain classes of shares as indicated in the chart below. This SAI relates to all such classes.
* | Class R6 shares of this Fund are currently inactive. If interested in purchasing the R6 shares of this Fund, please contact 1-800 395-3807 for information. |
This SAI is not a prospectus, and it should be read in conjunction with the Funds’ prospectuses (each a “Prospectus” and collectively, the “Prospectuses”) dated May 1, 2024 as amended or supplemented from time to time. The Funds are newly organized and have been created for the purpose of acquiring the assets and liabilities of certain predecessor funds (as defined below). The predecessor funds’ financial statements are incorporated into this SAI by reference to the predecessor funds’ most recent Annual Report to shareholders.
Investors may obtain free copies of the Funds’ Prospectus or the predecessor funds’ Annual Report free of charge by visiting the Funds’ website at www.brandesfunds.com, by writing to the Funds’ transfer agent, The Northern Trust Company, P.O. Box 4766, Chicago, Illinois 60680-4766, or by calling 1-800-395-3807 (toll free). This SAI contains information that may be useful to investors but which is not included in the Prospectus.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 | ||||
1 | ||||
1 | ||||
32 | ||||
33 | ||||
34 | ||||
39 | ||||
47 | ||||
60 | ||||
62 | ||||
64 | ||||
64 | ||||
65 | ||||
67 | ||||
67 | ||||
72 | ||||
73 | ||||
73 | ||||
73 | ||||
73 | ||||
73 | ||||
76 | ||||
76 | ||||
TRUST HISTORY
This SAI describes the Funds, which are series of Datum One Series Trust (the “Trust”). The Trust is a Massachusetts business trust organized under the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts on February 28, 2020. The Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, as amended (the “Declaration of Trust”), which is governed by Massachusetts law, is on file with the Secretary of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts. Brandes Investment Partners L.P. (the “Adviser”) serves as investment adviser to the Funds. Each of the Funds is expected to assume all of the assets and liabilities of its corresponding predecessor fund, each a series of Brandes Investment Trust bearing the same name as the Funds: the Brandes International Equity Fund; Brandes Global Equity Fund; Brandes Emerging Markets Value Fund; Brandes International Small Cap Equity Fund; Brandes Small Cap Value Fund; Brandes Core Plus Fixed Income Fund; and Brandes Separately Managed Account Reserve Trust (each a “Predecessor Fund” collectively the “Predecessor Funds”) in a reorganization expected to close no earlier than July 15, 2024 (the “Reorganization”). The Adviser also served as investment adviser to the Predecessor Funds. Any historical information provided in this SAI for each of the Funds is that of its corresponding Predecessor Fund.
The Trust may, from time to time, create additional series offered through new, revised or supplemented prospectuses or private placement memoranda and statements of additional information.
FUND CLASSIFICITION
Each Fund is an open-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). Each Fund is a “diversified” investment company under the 1940 Act.
For information concerning the purchase and redemption of shares of the Funds, see “How to Purchase Shares” and “How to Redeem Shares” in the Prospectuses. For a description of the methods used to determine the share price and value of the Funds’ assets, see “Pricing Your Shares” in the Prospectus and “Determination of Share Price” in this Statement of Additional Information.
INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RISKS
The following information supplements the discussion of each of the Funds’ principal investment strategies as set forth in each Fund’s respective Prospectus. The Funds may invest in the following types of investments, each of which is subject to certain risks, as discussed below.
Average Maturity and Duration Calculations
Average Maturity. The portfolio average maturity of a Fund’s fixed income portfolio will be computed by weighting the maturity of each security in the Fund’s portfolio by the market value of that security. For securities which have put dates, reset dates, or trade based on average life, the put date, reset date or average life will be used instead of the final maturity date for the average maturity calculation. Average life is normally used when trading mortgage backed securities and asset-backed securities.
Duration. One common measure of the price volatility of a fixed income security is modified duration. Modified duration is derived from weighted term-to-maturity and can vary from zero to the time-to-maturity of the security. Duration is a complex formula that utilizes cash flow and the market yield of the security. Bonds of the same maturity can have different durations if they have different coupon rates or yields.
For securities which pay periodic coupons and have a relatively short maturity, duration tends to approximate the term to maturity. As the maturity of the security extends, the duration also extends but at a slower rate. For example, the duration of a 2-year security can be about 1.8 years; the duration of a 30-year bond will be roughly 10 to 11 years. However, the duration of any security that pays interest only at maturity is the term to maturity. Thus a 30-year zero coupon bond has a duration of 30 years.
Asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities require a more complex duration calculation. These securities are generally collateralized with loans issued to individuals or businesses and often allow the borrower the discretion to repay the loan prior to maturity. Loan prepayments typically occur when interest rates have fallen sufficiently to allow the borrower to refinance the loan at a lower interest rate. Given that the cash flows for these types of securities are not known with certainty, the standard duration calculation is not accurate. An effective duration is calculated instead, using a process in which cash flows are estimated and duration is computed for a variety of interest rate scenarios. The effective duration of the security is the average of these durations weighted by the probability of each interest rate scenario.
1
The effective duration of the portfolio can be determined by weighting the effective duration of each bond by its market value. Effective duration is a much better indicator of price volatility than term to maturity. For example, the term to maturity for both a 30-year bond and a 30-year zero coupon security is 30 years. A portfolio manager using average maturity to judge price volatility would expect to see no difference in portfolio impact from these two securities (given equal yield). However, the 30-year zero coupon bond will experience a percentage price change roughly three times greater than that of the 30-year bond.
Borrowing
Each Fund may borrow for temporary, extraordinary or emergency purposes, or for the clearance of transactions, and then only in amounts not exceeding 10% of its total assets valued at market (for this purpose, reverse repurchase agreements and delayed delivery transactions covered by segregated accounts are not considered to be borrowings). The 1940 Act requires the Fund to maintain continuous asset coverage (that is, total assets including borrowings, less liabilities exclusive of borrowings) of 300% of the amount borrowed. If the 300% asset coverage should decline as a result of market fluctuations or other reasons, the Fund may be required to sell some of its portfolio holdings within three days to reduce the debt and restore the 300% asset coverage, even though it may be disadvantageous from an investment standpoint to sell securities at that time. To avoid the potential leveraging effects of the Fund’s borrowings, additional investments will not be made while borrowings are in excess of 5% of the Fund’s total assets. Money borrowed will be subject to interest costs which may or may not be recovered by appreciation of the securities purchased. The Fund also may be required to maintain minimum average balances in connection with any such borrowings or to pay a commitment or other fee to maintain a line of credit, either of which would increase the cost of borrowing over the stated interest rate.
Borrowing involves special risk considerations. Interest costs on borrowings may fluctuate with changing market rates of interest and may partially offset or exceed the return earned on borrowed funds. To the extent the Fund is leveraged, the value of its assets will tend to increase more when its portfolio securities increase in value, and to decrease more when its portfolio securities decrease in value, than if its assets were not leveraged. The rights of any lender to the Fund to receive payments of interest or repayments of principal will be senior to those of the investors in the Fund. Consequently, the Fund might have to sell portfolio securities to meet interest or principal payments at a time when fundamental investment considerations would not favor such sales. Also, the terms of any borrowings may contain provisions that limit certain activities of the Fund, including the ability to make distributions.
Collateralized Debt Obligations
The Fixed Income Funds may invest in collateralized debt obligations, which are a category of asset-backed securities that include collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”), collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”) and other similar structures.
A CBO is a trust or other special purpose entity (“SPE”) which is typically backed by a diversified pool of fixed income securities (which may include high risk, below investment grade securities). A CLO is a trust or other SPE that is typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and non-U.S. senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans, and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans. Although certain CDOs may receive credit enhancement in the form of a senior-subordinate structure, over-collateralization or bond insurance, such enhancement may not always be present and may fail to protect the Fund against the risk of loss on default of the collateral. Certain CDOs may use derivatives contracts to create “synthetic” exposure to assets rather than holding such assets directly, which entails the risks of derivative instruments described elsewhere in this SAI. CDOs may charge management fees and administrative expenses, which are in addition to fees and expenses of the Fund.
As with other asset-backed securities, CDOs typically issue multiple classes of securities which participate in varying degrees in the gains and losses associated with the assets held by the trust. CDO securities can experience substantial losses due to defaults or market anticipation of increased levels of default in the underlying collateral. Holders of some CDO securities may have a greater risk of loss than would a holder of the underlying collateral. The risks of an investment in a CDO depend largely on the type of the collateral securities and the class of the CDO in which the Fund invests. Normally, CDOs are privately offered and sold and are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in CDOs may be characterized by the Fund as illiquid securities. To the extent any of the CDOs in which the Funds invest are registered under Section 3(c)(1) or Section 3(c)(7), the investment in the securities will be within the limits permitted by Section 12(d)(1).
Convertible Securities
The Funds may invest in convertible securities. A convertible security is a bond which may be converted at a stated price or stated rate within a specified period of time into a certain quantity of the common stock of the same or a different issuer. Convertible securities are senior to common stocks in an issuer’s capital structure, but are usually subordinated to similar non-convertible securities. While providing a fixed income stream (generally higher in yield than the income derivable from common stock but lower than that afforded by a similar non-convertible security), a convertible security also affords an investor the opportunity, through its conversion feature, to participate in the capital appreciation attendant upon a market price advance in the convertible security’s underlying common stock.
2
The value of a convertible security is a function of its “investment value” (determined by its yield in comparison with the yields of other securities of comparable maturity and quality that do not have a conversion privilege) and its “conversion value” (the security’s worth, at market value, if converted into the underlying common stock.) The credit standing of the issuer and other factors may also affect the investment value of a convertible security. The conversion value of a convertible security is determined by the market price of the underlying common stock. If the conversion value is low relative to the investment value, the price of the convertible security is governed principally by its investment value. To the extent the market price of the underlying common stock approaches or exceeds the conversion price, the price of the convertible security is increasingly influenced by its conversion value.
Like other debt securities, the market value of convertible debt securities tends to vary inversely with the level of interest rates. The value of the security declines as interest rates increase and increases as interest rates decline. Although under normal market conditions longer term securities have greater yields than do shorter term securities of similar quality, they are subject to greater price fluctuations. A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the insurer at a price established in the instrument governing the convertible security. If a convertible security held by the Fund is called for redemption, the Fund will be required to permit the issuer to redeem the security, convert it into the underlying common stock or sell it to a third party.
Corporate Debt Obligations
The Funds, to the extent permitted by the Prospectus, may invest in corporate debt obligations. Corporate debt obligations include corporate bonds, debentures, notes, commercial paper and other similar corporate debt instruments. These instruments are used by companies to borrow money from investors. The issuer pays the investor a fixed or variable rate of interest and must repay the amount borrowed at maturity. Commercial paper (short-term unsecured promissory notes) is issued by companies to finance their current obligations and normally has a maturity of less than 9 months.
Credit Ratings
Credit ratings evaluate the safety of principal and interest payments of securities, not their market value. The rating of an issuer is also heavily weighted by past developments and does not necessarily reflect probable future conditions. There is frequently a lag between the time a rating is assigned and the time it is updated. As credit rating agencies may fail to timely change credit ratings of securities to reflect subsequent events, the Adviser will also monitor issuers of such securities. A summary of credit ratings is set forth in the appendix.
In general, the ratings of NRSROs represent the opinions of these agencies as to the quality of securities that they rate. Such ratings, however, are relative and subjective, are not absolute standards of quality and do not evaluate the market value risk of the securities. These ratings will be used by the Funds as initial criteria for the selection of portfolio securities, but the Funds also will rely upon the independent advice of the Adviser to evaluate potential investments. Among the factors that will be considered are the long-term ability of the issuer to pay principal and interest and general economic trends.
If, after purchase, the credit rating on a security is downgraded or the credit quality deteriorates, or if the maturity is extended, the Adviser will decide whether the security should be held or sold. Upon the occurrence of certain triggering events or defaults, the investors in a security held by a Fund may become the holders of underlying assets. In that case, the Fund may become the holder of securities that it could not otherwise purchase at a time when those assets may be difficult to sell or can be sold only at a loss.
Cyber-Security Risk
With the increased use of technologies such as mobile devices and web-based or “cloud” applications, and the dependence on the Internet and computer systems to perform necessary business functions, investment companies such as the Funds and their service providers may be prone to operational and information security risks resulting from cyber -attacks. In general, cyber-attacks result from deliberate attacks but unintentional events may have effects similar to those caused by cyber-attacks. Cyber-attacks may involve among other things, infection by computer viruses or other malicious software code or unauthorized access to digital information systems, networks or devices used directly or indirectly by the Funds or their service providers through “hacking”, “phishing”, or other means, in each case for the purpose of misappropriating assets or sensitive information, stealing or corrupting data maintained online or digitally, denial of service attacks on websites, the unauthorized release of confidential information and causing operational disruption. Successful cyber-attacks against, or security breakdowns of, a Fund or its adviser, custodians, transfer agent, and/or other third party service providers may adversely impact the Funds and their shareholders. For instance, cyber-attacks may interfere with the processing of shareholder transactions, impact a Fund’s ability to calculate its net asset value, cause the release of private shareholder information or confidential Fund information, impede trading, cause reputational damage, and subject a Fund to regulatory fines,
3
penalties or financial losses, reimbursement or other compensation costs, and/or additional compliance costs. The Funds also may incur substantial costs for cyber-security risk management in order to guard against any cyber incidents in the future. While the Funds or their service providers may have established business continuity plans and systems designed to guard against such cyber-attacks or adverse effects of such attacks, there are inherent limitations in such plans and systems including the possibility that certain risks have not been identified, in large part because different unknown threats may emerge in the future. Similar types of cyber-security risks also are present for issuers of securities in which the Funds invest, which could result in material adverse consequences for such issuers, and may cause a Fund’s investment in such securities to lose value.
Delayed Funding Loans and Revolving Credit Facilities
Each Fund may enter into, or acquire participations in, delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities. Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities are borrowing arrangements in which the lender agrees to make loans up to a maximum amount upon demand by the borrower during a specified term. A revolving credit facility differs from a delayed funding loan in that as the borrower repays the loan, an amount equal to the repayment may be borrowed again during the term of the revolving credit facility. Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities usually provide for floating or variable rates of interest. These commitments may have the effect of requiring the Fund to increase its investment in a company at a time when it might not otherwise decide to do so (including at a time when the company’s financial condition makes it unlikely that such amounts will be repaid). To the extent that a Fund is committed to advance additional funds, it may segregate assets, determined to be liquid by the Adviser in accordance with established procedures in an amount sufficient to meet such commitments.
Each Fund may invest in delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities with credit quality comparable to that of issuers of its securities investments. Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities may be subject to restrictions on transfer, and only limited opportunities may exist to resell such instruments. As a result, a Fund may be unable to sell such investments at an opportune time or may have to resell them at less than fair market value. Each Fund currently intends to treat delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities for which there is no readily available market as illiquid for purposes of the Fund’s limitation on illiquid investments. For a further discussion of the risks involved in investing in loan participations and other forms of direct indebtedness see “Loan Participations and Assignments.” Participation interests in revolving credit facilities will be subject to the limitations discussed in “Loan Participations and Assignments.” Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities are considered to be debt obligations for purposes of the Trust’s investment restriction relating to the lending of funds or assets by a Fund.
Under the SEC’s rule applicable to the Fund’s use of derivatives, delayed funding loans are not derivatives transactions. A Fund will only enter into such agreements if the Fund reasonably believes, at the time it enters into such agreement, that it will have sufficient cash and cash equivalents to meet its obligations with respect to all of its unfunded commitment agreements as they come due.
Depositary Receipts
The Funds may invest in the securities of foreign issuers in the form of Depositary Receipts or other securities convertible into securities of foreign issuers. For purposes of a Fund’s investment policies, a Fund’s investments in Depositary Receipts will be deemed to be investments in equity securities of the foreign issuers into which they may be converted. Depositary Receipts may not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as the underlying securities into which they may be converted. American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) are receipts or shares typically issued by an American bank or trust company that evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign corporation. European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) are receipts issued in Europe that evidence a similar ownership arrangement. Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) are receipts issued throughout the world that evidence a similar arrangement. Generally, ADRs in registered form are designed for use in the U.S. securities markets, and EDRs in bearer form are designed for use in European securities markets. GDRs are tradable both in the United States and in Europe and are designed for use throughout the world.
Depositary Receipts are generally subject to the same risks as the foreign securities that they evidence or into which they may be converted or exchanged. However, investing in Depositary Receipts presents additional risks that may not be the same as the risks inherent in holding the equivalent shares of the same companies that are traded in the local markets. These risks include fluctuations in currency exchange rates, which are affected by international balances of payments and other economic and financial conditions; government intervention; speculation; and other factors. A Fund may be required to pay foreign withholding or other taxes on certain Depositary Receipts that it owns, but investors are generally not expected to be able to deduct their pro rata shares of such taxes in computing their taxable income or to claim their pro rata shares of such taxes as a credit against their U.S. federal income tax liability.
Depositary Receipts may be sponsored by foreign issuers or may be unsponsored. Unsponsored Depositary Receipts are organized independently and without the cooperation of the foreign issuer of the underlying securities. The issuers of unsponsored Depositary Receipts are not obligated to disclose material information in the United States, and therefore there may be less information available regarding such issuers and there may not be a correlation between such information and the market value of the Depositary Receipts. While readily exchangeable with stock in local markets, unsponsored ADRs may be less liquid than sponsored ADRs.
4
Derivative Instruments
A variety of derivative investment products (“financial instruments”) are available in the financial markets, including put and call options on securities, indexes and currencies; financial and commodity futures contracts and options on futures contracts; swaps and options on such agreements; structured notes; and various hybrid instruments. The Adviser has not used such financial instruments, except for participatory notes, in the past in managing securities portfolios, but will continue to evaluate the potential benefits of using them and may use them in managing funds.
Each Fund may purchase and sell (write) put and call options on securities, securities indexes, and foreign currencies, and may enter into interest rate, index, and foreign currency, futures contracts and purchase and sell options on such futures contracts (“futures options”). These transactions may be for hedging purposes, to seek to replicate the composition and performance of a particular index, or as part of a Fund’s overall investment strategy. Each Fund also may purchase and sell foreign currency options for purposes of increasing exposure to a foreign currency or to shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one country to another.
Each Fund also may enter into swaps with respect to interest rates, securities indexes, credit default situations, and foreign currencies. Each Fund may also invest in structured notes. If other types of financial instruments, including other types of swaps, options, futures contracts, or futures options are traded in the future, each Fund may also use those instruments, provided that the Adviser determines that their use is consistent with the Fund’s investment objective.
The use of such financial instruments is limited by applicable law and any applicable regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”), or the exchanges on which some financial instruments may be traded.
Financial reform laws enacted after the financial crisis of 2008-2009, such as the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank”), have changed many aspects of financial regulation applicable to derivatives. For instance, Dodd-Frank calls for the comprehensive regulation of swaps by the CFTC and security-based swaps (e.g., swaps on single securities, single loans and narrow-based securities indexes) by the SEC. Under Dodd-Frank, the CFTC and the SEC are adopting and implementing regulations applicable to these instruments, including rules with respect to recordkeeping, reporting, business conduct, relationship documentation, margin, clearing, and trade execution requirements. In addition, Dodd-Frank requires the registration of certain parties that deal or engage in substantial trading, execution of advisory activities in the markets for swaps and security-based swaps.
Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act (the “Derivatives Rule”) replaces prior SEC and staff guidance with an updated comprehensive framework for registered investment companies’ use of derivatives. Among other changes, the Derivatives Rule requires an investment company to trade derivatives and certain other instruments that create future payment or delivery obligations subject to a value-at-risk (“VaR”) leverage limit, develop and implement a derivatives risk management program and new testing requirements, and comply with new requirements related to board and SEC reporting. These requirements apply unless a fund qualifies as a “limited derivatives user,” as defined in the Derivatives Rule. As of the date of this SAI, each of the Funds qualifies as a limited derivatives user.
Complying with the Derivatives Rule may increase the cost of a Fund’s investments and cost of doing business, which could adversely affect investors. The Derivatives Rule may not be effective to limit a Fund’s risk of loss. Other potentially adverse regulatory obligations can develop suddenly and without notice.
Each Fund’s use of derivatives also may be affected by other applicable laws and regulations, including the laws and regulations of various non-U.S. jurisdictions. A Fund’s trading of derivatives also may be subject to review by the SEC, the CFTC, exchange and market authorities and other regulators in the United States and abroad.
The impact of these regulations may not be known for some time.
The Funds might not employ any of the strategies in the derivatives instruments described above, and no assurance can be given that any strategy used will succeed. If the Adviser incorrectly forecasts interest rates, market values or other economic factors in utilizing a derivatives strategy for a Fund, the Fund might have been in a better position if it had not entered into the transaction at all. Also, suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances. The use of these strategies involves special risks, including the following:
• | Financial instruments are subject to the risk that the market value of the derivative itself or the market value of underlying instruments will change in a way adverse to a Fund’s interest. Many financial instruments are complex, and |
5
successful use of them depends in part upon the Adviser’s ability to forecast correctly future market trends and other financial or economic factors or the value of the underlying security, index, interest rate, currency or other asset. Even if the Adviser’s forecasts are correct, other factors may cause distortions or dislocations in the markets that result in unsuccessful transactions. Financial instruments may behave in unexpected ways, especially in abnormal or volatile market conditions. |
• | A Fund may be required to post collateral or make margin payments when it takes positions in financial instruments. Assets that are used as margin or collateral may be required to be in the form of cash or liquid securities, and typically may not be sold while the position in the financial instrument is open unless they are replaced with other appropriate assets. If markets move against a Fund’s position, the Fund may be required to maintain or post additional assets and may have to dispose of existing investments to obtain assets acceptable as collateral or margin. This may prevent it from pursuing its investment objective. Assets that are used as margin or collateral typically are invested, and these investments are subject to risk and may result in losses to a Fund. These losses may be substantial, and may be in addition to losses incurred by using the financial instrument in question. If a Fund is unable to close out its positions, it may be required to continue to maintain such assets or accounts or make such payments until the positions expire or mature, and the Fund will continue to be subject to investment risk on the assets. Margin and collateral requirements may impair a Fund’s ability to sell a portfolio security or make an investment at a time when it would otherwise be favorable to do so, or require the Fund to sell a portfolio security or close out a derivatives position at a disadvantageous time or price. |
• | A Fund’s ability to close out or unwind a position in a financial instrument prior to expiration or maturity depends on the existence of a liquid market or, in the absence of such a market, the ability and willingness of the other party to the transaction (the “counterparty”) to enter into a transaction closing out the position. If there is no market or a Fund is not successful in its negotiations, the Fund may not be able to sell or unwind the derivative position at a particular time or at an anticipated price. This may also be the case if the counterparty to the financial instrument becomes insolvent. A Fund may be required to make delivery of portfolio securities or other assets underlying a financial instrument in order to close out a position or to sell portfolio securities or assets at a disadvantageous time or price in order to obtain cash to close out the position. While the position remains open, a Fund continues to be subject to investment risk on the financial instrument. A Fund may or may not be able to take other actions or enter into other transactions, including hedging transactions, to limit or reduce its exposure to the financial instrument. |
• | Certain financial instruments transactions may have a leveraging effect on a Fund, and adverse changes in the value of the underlying security, index, interest rate, currency or other instrument or measure can result in losses substantially greater than the amount invested in the financial instrument itself. When a Fund engages in transactions that have a leveraging effect, the value of the Fund is likely to be more volatile and other risks also are likely to be compounded. This is because leverage generally magnifies the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of an asset and creates investment risk with respect to a larger pool of assets than a Fund would otherwise have. Certain financial instruments have the potential for unlimited loss, regardless of the size of the initial investment. |
• | Many financial instruments may be difficult to value or may be valued subjectively. Inaccurate or subjective valuations can result in increased payment requirements to counterparties or a loss of value to a Fund. |
• | Liquidity risk exists when a particular financial instrument is difficult to purchase or sell. If a derivative transaction is particularly large or if the relevant market is illiquid, a Fund may be unable to initiate a transaction or liquidate a position at an advantageous time or price. Certain financial instruments, including certain over-the-counter (or “OTC”) options and swaps, may be considered illiquid and therefore subject to a Fund’s limitation on investments in illiquid securities. |
• | In a hedging transaction there may be imperfect correlation, or even no correlation, between the identity, price or price movements of a financial instrument and the identity, price or price movements of the investments being hedged. This lack of correlation may cause the hedge to be unsuccessful and may result in a Fund incurring substantial losses and/or not achieving anticipated gains. |
• | Hedging strategies can reduce opportunity for gain by offsetting the positive effect of favorable price movements. Even if the strategy works as intended, a Fund might be in a better position had it not attempted to hedge at all. |
• | Financial instruments transactions used for non-hedging purposes may result in losses which would not be offset by increases in the value of portfolio securities or declines in the cost of securities to be acquired. If a Fund enters into a derivatives transaction as an alternative to purchasing or selling other investments or in order to obtain desired exposure to an index, market or other asset, the Fund will be exposed to the same risks as are incurred in purchasing or selling the other investments directly, as well as the risks of the derivatives transaction itself. |
• | Certain financial instruments transactions involve the risk of loss resulting from the insolvency or bankruptcy of the counterparty or the failure by the counterparty to make required payments or otherwise comply with the terms of the contract. In the event of default by a counterparty, a Fund may have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction, which may be limited by applicable law in the case of the counterparty’s bankruptcy. |
6
• | In a cleared derivatives transaction, a Fund would be exposed to the risk of default on the obligations, or the insolvency, of the relevant clearinghouse. In addition, if a Fund has posted any margin to a broker that is a member of a clearinghouse with respect to a cleared derivatives transaction, the Fund would be exposed to the risk of default on the obligations, or the insolvency, of the broker through which it has entered into the transaction. Such losses, which could be substantial, may occur despite legal protections that are designed to protect customer assets in cleared derivatives transactions. |
• | Certain financial instruments transactions, including certain options, swaps, forward contracts, and certain options on foreign currencies, are not entered into or traded on exchanges. Instead, such OTC derivatives are entered into directly by the counterparties and may be traded only or primarily through financial institutions acting as market makers. Many of the protections afforded to exchange participants will not be available to participants in OTC derivatives transactions. For example, OTC derivatives transactions are not subject to the guarantee of an exchange or clearinghouse and as a result a fund bears greater risk of default by the counterparties to such transactions. Information available on counterparty creditworthiness may be incomplete or outdated, thus reducing the ability to anticipate counterparty defaults. |
• | Under Dodd-Frank, swaps that are required to be cleared must be traded on a CFTC-regulated swap execution facility or designated contract market that makes them available for trading. The transition from trading swaps bilaterally to trading them on such a facility or market may not result in swaps being easier to trade or value and may present certain execution risks if these facilities and markets do not operate properly. On-facility trading of swaps is also expected to lead to greater standardization of their terms. As a result, it is possible that a Fund may not be able to enter into swaps that fully meet its investment needs. In addition, it is possible that the costs of entering into customized swaps, including any applicable margin requirements, will be significant. |
• | Financial instruments involve operational risk. There may be incomplete or erroneous documentation, insufficient capacity or authority of a counterparty, issues with the legality or enforceability of a contract, inadequate collateral or margin, or transactions may fail to settle. The risk of operational failures may be higher for OTC derivatives transactions. For derivatives not guaranteed by an exchange, a Fund may have only contractual remedies in the event of a counterparty default, and there may be delays, costs, disagreements as to the meaning of contractual terms and litigation, in enforcing those remedies. |
• | Financial instruments transactions conducted outside the United States may not be conducted in the same manner as those entered into on U.S. exchanges, and may be subject to different margin, exercise, settlement or expiration procedures. Many of the risks of OTC derivatives transactions are also applicable to derivatives transactions conducted outside the United States. Derivatives transactions conducted outside the United States also are subject to the risks affecting foreign securities, currencies and other instruments. |
• | Financial instruments involving currency are subject to additional risks. Currency related transactions may be negatively affected by government exchange controls, blockages, and manipulations. Exchange rates may be influenced by factors extrinsic to a country’s economy. Also, there is no systematic reporting of last sale information with respect to foreign currencies. As a result, the information on which trading in currency derivatives is based may not be as complete as, and may be delayed beyond, comparable data for other transactions. |
• | Use of financial instruments involves transaction costs, which may be significant. Use of financial instruments also may increase the amount of taxable income to shareholders. |
Bond markets have consistently grown over the past three decades while the capacity for traditional dealer counterparties to engage in fixed income trading has not kept pace and in some cases has decreased. As a result, dealer inventories of corporate bonds, which provide a core indication of the ability of financial intermediaries to “make markets,” are at or near historic lows in relation to market size. Because market makers provide stability to a market through their intermediary services, the significant reduction in dealer inventories could potentially lead to decreased liquidity and increased volatility in the fixed income markets. Such issues may be exacerbated during periods of economic uncertainty.
Liquidity Risk
Liquidity risk may result from the lack of an active market, reduced number and capacity of traditional market participants to make a market in fixed income securities, and may be magnified in a rising interest rate environment or other circumstances where investor redemptions from fixed income mutual funds may be higher than normal causing increased supply in the market due to selling activity. There can be diminished liquidity for certain equity securities as well. In such cases, a Fund, due to limitations on investments in illiquid securities and the difficulty in purchasing and selling such securities or instruments may be unable to achieve
7
its desired level of exposure to a certain sector. To the extent that a Fund’s principal investment strategies involve investments in securities of companies with smaller market capitalizations, foreign non-U.S. securities, Rule 144A securities, illiquid sectors of fixed income securities, derivatives or securities with substantial market and/or credit risk, the Fund will tend to have the greatest exposure to liquidity risk. Further, fixed income securities with longer durations until maturity face heightened levels of liquidity risk as compared to fixed income securities with shorter durations until maturity. Finally, liquidity risk also refers to the risk of unusually high redemption requests or other unusual market conditions that may make it difficult for a Fund to fully honor redemption requests within the allowable time period. Meeting such redemption requests could require a Fund to sell securities at reduced prices or under unfavorable conditions, which would reduce the value of the Fund. It may also be the case that other market participants may be attempting to liquidate equity or fixed income holdings at the same time as a Fund, causing increased supply in the market and contributing to liquidity risk and downward pricing pressure.
Foreign Currency Options
Each Fund may buy or sell put and call options on foreign currencies either on exchanges or in the over-the-counter market. A put option on a foreign currency gives the purchaser of the option the right to sell a foreign currency at the exercise price until the option expires. A call option on a foreign currency gives the purchaser of the option the right to purchase the currency at the exercise price until the option expires. Currency options traded on U.S. or other exchanges may be subject to position limits that may limit the ability of the Fund to reduce foreign currency risk using such options, and are subject to other risks similar to options on securities on indexes.
Foreign Currency Transactions
Each Fund may enter into foreign currency transactions. Each Fund normally conducts its foreign currency exchange transactions either on a spot (cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currencies or on a forward basis. A Fund generally will not enter into a forward contract with a term of greater than one year. Although forward contracts may be used primarily to protect a Fund from adverse currency movements, they may also be used to increase exposure to a currency, and involve the risk that anticipated currency movements will not be accurately predicted and a Fund’s total return will be adversely affected as a result. Forward currency contracts are considered derivatives. Accordingly, under the Derivatives Rule, a Fund’s obligations with respect to these instruments will depend on the Fund’s aggregate usage and exposure to derivatives.
Forward currency contracts are traded directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. The cost to a Fund of engaging in such contracts varies with factors such as the currency involved, the length of the contract period and the market conditions then prevailing. Because such contracts are entered into on a principal basis, no fees or commissions are involved.
Precise matching of the amount of forward currency contracts and the value of securities denominated in such currencies of a Fund will not generally be possible, since the future value of such securities in foreign currencies will change as a consequence of market movements in the value of those securities between the date the forward contract is entered into and the date it matures. Prediction of short-term currency market movements is extremely difficult, and the successful execution of a short-term hedging strategy is highly uncertain. A Fund will not enter into such forward contracts or maintain a net exposure to such contracts where the consummation of the contracts would obligate the Fund to deliver an amount of foreign currency in excess of the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities or other assets denominated in that currency. Under normal circumstances, consideration of the prospect for currency parities will be incorporated into the longer term investment decisions made with regard to overall diversification strategies. However, the Adviser believes that it is important to have the flexibility to enter into such forward contracts when it determines that the best interests of a Fund will be served by doing so.
At the maturity of a forward contract, the Fund may either sell the portfolio security and make delivery of the foreign currency, or it may retain the security and terminate its contractual obligation to deliver the foreign currency by purchasing an “offsetting” contract obligating it to purchase, on the same maturity date, the same amount of the foreign currency.
It may be necessary for the Fund to purchase additional foreign currency on the spot market (and bear the expense of such purchase) if the market value of the security is less than the amount of foreign currency the Fund is obligated to deliver and if a decision is made to sell the security and make delivery of the foreign currency. Conversely, it may be necessary to sell on the spot market some of the foreign currency received upon the sale of the portfolio security if its market value exceeds the amount of foreign currency the Fund is obligated to deliver.
If a Fund retains a portfolio security and engages in an offsetting transaction, the Fund will incur a gain or a loss to the extent that there has been movement in forward contract prices. If the Fund engages in an offsetting transaction, it may subsequently enter into a new forward contract to sell the foreign currency. Should forward prices decline during the period between the date the Fund enters into a forward contract for the sale of a foreign currency and the date it enters into an offsetting contract for the purchase of the foreign
8
currency, the Fund will realize a gain to the extent the price of the currency it has agreed to sell exceeds the price of the currency it has agreed to purchase. Should forward prices increase, the Fund will suffer a loss to the extent the price of the currency it has agreed to purchase exceeds the price of the currency it has agreed to sell.
The Funds’ dealings in forward foreign currency exchange contracts will generally be limited to the transactions described above. However, each Fund reserves the right to enter into forward foreign currency contracts for different purposes and under different circumstances. Use of forward currency contracts to hedge against a decline in the value of a currency does not eliminate fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities. Additionally, although such contracts tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, they also tend to limit any potential gain which might result from an increase in the value of that currency.
Although each Fund values its assets daily in terms of U.S. dollars, it does not intend to convert its holdings of foreign currencies into U.S. dollars on a daily basis. Foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for conversion, but they do realize a profit based on the difference (the “spread”) between the prices at which they are buying and selling various currencies. Thus, a dealer may offer to sell a foreign currency to the Fund at one rate, while offering a lesser rate of exchange should the Fund desire to resell that currency to the dealer.
Foreign Government Obligations
The Fixed Income Funds may invest in foreign government obligations, which are debt securities issued or guaranteed by a supranational organization, or a foreign sovereign government or one of its agencies, authorities, instrumentalities or political subdivisions, including a foreign state, province or municipality.
Foreign Investments
Each Fund’s Prospectus describes the extent to which a Fund may invest in securities of issuers organized or headquartered in foreign countries. Generally, such investments are likely to be made in issues in the developed markets of Europe, Asia and North America, as well as emerging markets (including frontier markets) deemed to be suitable by the Adviser. A Fund may make foreign investments in issuers organized or headquartered in emerging countries. A Fund may elect not to invest in all such countries, and it may also invest in other countries when such investments are consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and policies.
There are special risks in investing in any foreign securities in addition to those relating to investments in U.S. securities including, but not limited to, the following:
Political, Geopolitical and Economic Factors. Individual foreign economies of certain countries may differ favorably or unfavorably from the United States’ economy in such respects as growth of gross national product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency, diversification and balance of payments position. The internal politics of certain foreign countries may not be as stable as those of the United States. Such instability may result from, among other things, authoritarian governments or military involvement in political and economic decision making; popular unrest associated with demands for improved economic, political and social conditions; terrorism; internal insurgencies; hostile relations with neighboring countries; and ethnic, religious and racial conflict.
Recently, the Israel-Hamas war has resulted in significant loss of life and increased volatility in the Middle East, and there is a risk that the war could worsen or spread within the region. The extent, duration, and impact of wars, international conflicts, and related sanctions and retaliatory actions are impossible to predict, but could be significant and have severe adverse effects on the region, including regional economies, the global economy, and the markets for certain securities and commodities.
Russia has attempted to assert its influence in Eastern Europe in the recent past through economic and military measures, including military incursions into Georgia in 2008 and eastern Ukraine in 2014, heightening geopolitical risk in the region and tensions with the West. In February 2022, Russia initiated a large-scale invasion of Ukraine resulting in the displacement of millions of Ukrainians from their homes, a substantial loss of life, and the widespread destruction of property and infrastructure throughout Ukraine. In response to Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, the governments of the United States, the European Union, the United Kingdom, and many other nations joined together to impose heavy economic sanctions on certain Russian individuals, including its political leaders, as well as Russian corporate and banking entities and other Russian industries and businesses. The sanctions restrict companies from doing business with Russia and Russian companies, prohibit transactions with the Russian central bank and other key Russian financial institutions and entities, ban Russian airlines and ships from using many other countries’ airspace and ports, respectively, and place a freeze on certain Russian assets. The sanctions also removed some Russian banks from the Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunications (SWIFT), the electronic network that connects banks globally to facilitate cross-border payments. In addition, the United States has banned oil and other energy imports from Russia, and the United Kingdom made a commitment to phase out oil
9
imports from Russia by the end of 2022. The United States, the European Union, the United Kingdom, and their global allies may impose additional sanctions or other intergovernmental actions against Russia in the future, but Russia may respond in kind by imposing retaliatory economic sanctions or countermeasures. The extent and duration of the war in Ukraine and the longevity and severity of sanctions remain unknown, but they could have a significant adverse impact on the European economy as well as the price and availability of certain commodities, including oil and natural gas, throughout the world. Further, an escalation of the military conflict beyond Ukraine’s borders could result in significant, long-lasting damage to the economies of Eastern and Western Europe as well as the global economy.
Governments in certain foreign countries continue to participate to a significant degree, through ownership interest or regulation, in their respective economies. Action by these governments could include restrictions on foreign investment, nationalization, expropriation of goods or imposition of taxes, and could have a significant effect on market prices of securities and payment of interest. The economies of many foreign countries are heavily dependent upon international trade and are accordingly affected by the trade policies and economic conditions of their trading partners. Enactment by these trading partners of protectionist trade legislation could have a significant adverse effect upon the securities markets of such countries.
On January 31, 2020, the United Kingdom (the “UK”) formally withdrew from the European Union (the “EU”) (commonly referred to as “Brexit”) and, after a transition period, the UK left the EU single market and customs union under the terms of a new trade agreement, effective January 1, 2021. The agreement governs the relationship between the UK and EU with respect to trading goods and services, but certain aspects of the relationship remain unresolved and subject to further negotiation and agreement. The effects of Brexit are also being shaped by the trade agreements that the UK negotiates with other countries. Although the longer term political, regulatory, and economic consequences of Brexit are uncertain, Brexit has caused volatility in UK, EU, and global markets. The potential negative effects of Brexit on the UK and EU economies and the broader global economy could include, among others, business and trade disruptions, increased volatility and illiquidity, and potentially lower economic growth of markets in the UK, EU and globally, which could negatively impact the value of a Fund’s investments. Brexit could also lead to legal uncertainty and politically divergent national laws and regulations while the relationship between the UK and EU continues to be defined and the UK determines which EU laws to replace or replicate.
Geographic Concentration and Country Risk. A small number of companies and industries may represent a large portion of the market in a particular country or region, and these companies and industries can be sensitive to adverse social, political, economic or regulatory developments in that country or region.
Emerging Markets Investments. Investments by a Fund in securities issued by the governments of emerging or developing countries, and of companies within those countries, involve greater risks than other foreign investments. Investments in emerging or developing markets involve exposure to economic and legal structures that are generally less diverse and mature (and in some cases the absence of developed legal structures governing private and foreign investments and private property), and to political systems which can be expected to have less stability, than those of more developed countries. The risks of investment in such countries may include matters such as relatively unstable governments, higher degrees of government involvement in the economy, the absence until recently of capital market structures or market-oriented economies, economies based on only a few industries, securities markets which trade only a small number of securities, restrictions on foreign investment in securities, and significant foreign currency devaluations and fluctuations.
The economies of many of these countries are heavily dependent upon international trade and are accordingly affected by protective trade barriers and economic conditions of their trading partners. The enactment by these trading partners of protectionist trade legislation could have a significant adverse effect upon the securities markets of such countries. Many of these countries may also have more government exchange controls, more volatile interest or currency exchange rates, less market regulation, and less developed and less stable economic, political and legal systems than those of more developed countries. There may be less publicly available information about issuers in emerging markets than is available about issuers in more developed capital markets, and such issuers may not be subject to regulatory, accounting, auditing, and financial reporting and recordkeeping standards comparable to those to which issuers in developed markets are subject. The Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”), which regulates auditors of U.S. public companies, for example, may be unable to inspect audit work and practices in certain countries. The PCAOB’s limited ability to oversee the operations of accounting firms in such countries means that inaccurate or incomplete financial records of an issuer’s operations may not be detected, which could negatively impact a Fund’s investments in such companies. Emerging market countries may also have currencies with no recognizable market value relative to the established currencies of western market economies, little or no experience in trading in securities and a lack of a banking and securities infrastructure to handle such trading, and less liquid securities markets. Securities markets in emerging markets may also be susceptible to manipulation or other fraudulent trade practices, which could disrupt the functioning of these markets or adversely affect the value of investments traded in these markets, including investments of the Funds. A Fund’s rights with respect to its investments in emerging markets, if any, will generally be governed by local law, which may make it difficult or impossible for the Fund to pursue legal remedies or to obtain and enforce judgments in local courts. Delays may occur in settling securities transactions in emerging market countries, which
10
could adversely affect a Fund’s ability to make or liquidate investments in those markets in a timely fashion. In addition, it may not be possible for a Fund to find satisfactory custodial services in an emerging market country, which could increase the Fund’s costs and cause delays in the transportation and custody of its investments.
In certain of these countries, severe and persistent levels of inflation, including, in some cases, hyperinflation, have, in turn, led to high interest rates, extreme measures by governments to keep inflation in check, and a generally debilitating effect on economic growth. Although inflation in many countries has lessened, there is no guarantee it will remain at lower levels. The political history of certain of these countries has also been characterized by political uncertainty, intervention by the military in civilian and economic spheres (including expropriation, nationalization and confiscation of assets and property, and restrictions on foreign investments and on repatriation of capital invested) and political corruption. Such developments, if they were to reoccur, could reverse favorable trends toward market and economic reform, privatization, and removal of trade barriers, and result in significant disruption in securities markets. A number of these countries are highly dependent on foreign loans for their operation. There have been moratoria on, and reschedulings of, repayment with respect to many countries’ debts. Such events can restrict the flexibility of these debtor nations in the international markets and result in the imposition of onerous conditions on their economies.
A Fund may invest in Chinese companies through a structure known as a variable interest entity (“VIE”), which is designed to provide foreign investors, such as the Fund, with exposure to Chinese companies in sectors in which foreign investment is not permitted. In a VIE structure, a China-based operating company will establish an entity outside of China that will enter into service and other contracts with the China-based operating company. Shares of the entities established outside of China are often listed and traded on an exchange. Non-Chinese investors (such as the Fund) hold equity interests in the entities established outside of China rather than directly in the China-based operating companies. This arrangement allows U.S. investors to obtain economic exposure to the China-based operating company through contractual means rather than through formal equity ownership. An investment in a VIE structure subjects the Fund to the risks associated with the underlying China-based operating company. In addition, the Fund may be exposed to certain associated risks, including the risks that the Chinese government could subject the China-based operating company to penalties, revocation of business and operating licenses or forfeiture of ownership interests; the Chinese government may outlaw the VIE structure; the contracts underlying the VIE structure may not be enforced by Chinese courts; and shareholders of the China-based operating company may leverage the VIE structure to their benefit and to the detriment of the investors in the VIE structure. If any of these actions were to occur, a Fund could suffer a permanent loss of its investment.
In addition, there may be restrictions on imports from certain countries, such as Russia, and dealings with certain state-sponsored entities. For example, following Russia’s large-scale invasion of Ukraine, the President of the United States signed an Executive Order in February 2022 prohibiting U.S. persons from entering into transactions with the Central Bank of Russia, and Executive Orders in March 2022 prohibiting U.S. persons from importing oil and gas from Russia as well as other popular Russian exports, such as diamonds, seafood and vodka. There may also be restrictions on investments in emerging market securities. For example, the President of the United States of America signed an Executive Order in June 2021 affirming and expanding the U.S. policy prohibiting U.S. persons from purchasing or investing in publicly-traded securities of companies identified by the U.S. Government as “Chinese Military-Industrial Complex Companies.” The list of such companies can change from time to time, and as a result of forced selling or an inability to participate in an investment the Adviser otherwise believes is attractive, a Fund may incur losses.
Emerging markets can be substantially more volatile than both U.S. and more developed foreign markets. Such volatility may be exacerbated by illiquidity. The average daily trading volume in all of the emerging markets combined is a small fraction of the average daily volume of the U.S. market. Small trading volumes may affect the Fund’s ability to purchase or sell securities at a favorable price.
Currency Fluctuations. To the extent that a Fund invests in securities denominated in foreign currencies, a change in the value of any such currency against the U.S. dollar will result in a corresponding change in the U.S. dollar value of a Fund’s assets denominated in that currency. Such changes will also affect a Fund’s income. The value of a Fund’s assets may also be affected significantly by currency restrictions and exchange control regulations enacted from time to time. Currency exchange rates generally are determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange markets and the relative merits of investments in different countries as viewed from an international perspective. Currency exchange rates can also be affected unpredictably by intervention by U.S. or foreign governments or central banks or by currency controls or political developments in the United States or abroad.
Market Characteristics. Foreign securities in which a Fund invests will be purchased on foreign over-the-counter markets or on foreign securities exchanges located in the countries in which the principal offices of the issuers of the various securities are located, if that is the best available market. Foreign securities markets may be less liquid and more volatile than U.S. securities markets. While the volume of transactions effected on foreign stock exchanges has increased in recent years, it remains appreciably below that of the New York Stock Exchange. Accordingly, a Fund’s foreign investments may be less liquid and their prices may be more volatile, than comparable investments in securities in U.S. companies. A Fund is subject to the risk that, because there are generally fewer investors on foreign exchanges and a smaller number of shares traded each day, it may be difficult for a Fund to buy and sell securities on those exchanges. Moreover, settlement practices for transactions in foreign markets may differ from those in United States markets, and may include delays beyond periods customary in the United States. Such differences and potential delays may expose the Fund to increased risk of loss in the event of a failed trade or the insolvency of a foreign broker-dealer.
11
The value of a Fund’s portfolio positions may also be adversely impacted by delays in a Fund’s ability to act upon economic events occurring in foreign markets during non-business hours in the United States.
Legal, Regulatory, and Taxation Matters. Certain foreign countries may have less supervision of securities markets, brokers and issuers of securities, and less financial information available to issuers, than is available in the United States. In addition, foreign markets for derivatives may be subject to less supervision, may provide less disclosure, and may present different or greater operational, custody, counterparty, and other risks than the markets for derivatives in the United States. Furthermore, the Funds may encounter difficulties in pursuing legal remedies or in obtaining judgments in foreign courts. The holding of foreign securities may be limited by the Funds to avoid investments in certain Passive Foreign Investment Companies (“PFICs”). A Fund’s investments in PFICs may subject it to complex tax rules and result in unfavorable tax costs.
Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts
Each Fund may invest in futures contracts and futures options with respect to, but not limited to, interest rates, security indexes and currencies. A futures contract is an agreement between two parties to buy and sell a security for a set price on a future date. These contracts are traded on exchanges, so that, in most cases, either party can close out its position on the exchange for cash, without delivering the security or commodity. An option on a futures contract gives the holder of the option the right to buy or sell a position in a futures contract to the writer of the option, at a specified price and on or before a specified expiration date.
An interest rate, foreign currency or index futures contract provides for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified quantity of a financial instrument, foreign currency or the cash value of an index at a specified price and time. A futures contract on an index is an agreement pursuant to which two parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to the difference between the value of the index at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the index contract was originally written. Although the value of an index might be a function of the value of certain specified securities, no physical delivery of these securities is made. The Adviser believes that a public market exists in futures contracts covering a number of indexes as well as financial instruments and foreign currencies, including: the S&P 500; the S&P Midcap 400; the Nikkei 225; the NYSE composite; U.S. Treasury bonds; U.S. Treasury notes; GNMA Certificates; three-month U.S. Treasury bills; 90-day commercial paper; bank certificates of deposit; Eurodollar certificates of deposit; the Australian dollar; the Canadian dollar; the British pound; the Japanese yen; the Swiss franc; the Mexican peso; and certain multinational currencies, such as the euro. It is expected that other futures contracts will be developed and traded in the future.
Each Fund may purchase and write call and put futures options. Futures options possess many of the same characteristics as options on securities and indexes (discussed above). A futures option gives the holder the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a long position (call) or short position (put) in a futures contract at a specified exercise price at any time during the period of the option. Upon exercise of a call option, the holder acquires a long position in the futures contract and the writer is assigned the opposite short position. In the case of a put option, the opposite is true. A call option is “in the money” if the value of the futures contract that is the subject of the option exceeds the exercise price. A put option is “in the money” if the exercise price exceeds the value of the futures contract that is the subject of the option.
Limitations on Use of Futures and Futures Options. Each Fund will only enter into futures contracts and futures options which are standardized and traded on a U.S. or foreign exchange, board of trade, or similar entity, or quoted on an automated quotation system.
When a purchase or sale of a futures contract is made by a Fund, the Fund is required to deposit with its custodian (or broker, if legally permitted) a specified amount of assets determined to be liquid by the Adviser in accordance with established procedures (“initial margin”). The margin required for a futures contract is set by the exchange on which the contract is traded and may be modified during the term of the contract. Margin requirements on foreign exchanges may be different than U.S. exchanges. The initial margin is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the futures contract that is returned to the Fund upon termination of the contract, assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied. Each Fund expects to earn interest income on its initial margin deposits. A futures contract held by a Fund is valued daily at the official settlement price of the exchange on which it is traded. Each day a Fund pays or receives cash, called “variation margin,” equal to the daily change in value of the futures contract. This process is known as “marking to market.” Variation margin does not represent a borrowing or loan by a Fund, but is instead a settlement between the Fund and the broker of the amount one would owe the other if the futures contract expired. In computing daily net asset value, a Fund will mark to market its open futures positions.
12
Each Fund is also required to deposit and maintain margin with respect to put and call options on futures contracts written by it. Such margin deposits will vary depending on the nature of the underlying futures contract (and the related initial margin requirements), the current market value of the option, and other futures positions held by a Fund.
Although some futures contracts call for making or taking delivery of the underlying securities, generally these obligations are closed out prior to delivery by offsetting purchases or sales of matching futures contracts (same exchange, underlying security or index, and delivery month). Closing out a futures contract sale is effected by purchasing a futures contract for the same aggregate amount of the specific type of financial instrument or commodity with the same delivery date. If an offsetting purchase price is less than the original sale price, a Fund realizes a capital gain; if it is more, the Fund realizes a capital loss. Conversely, if an offsetting sale price is more than the original purchase price, a Fund realizes a capital gain; if it is less, the Fund realizes a capital loss. The transaction costs also affect the gain or loss.
Each Fund may write covered straddles consisting of a call and a put written on the same underlying futures contract. A straddle will be covered when sufficient assets are deposited to meet the Fund’s immediate obligations. A Fund may use the same liquid assets to cover both the call and put options where the exercise price of the call and put are the same, or the exercise price of the call is higher than that of the put. In such cases, the Fund will also segregate liquid assets equivalent to the amount, if any, by which the put is “in the money.”
Futures and futures options are derivatives. Accordingly, under the Derivatives Rule, a Fund’s obligations with respect to these instruments will depend on the Fund’s aggregate usage and exposure to derivatives. The requirements for qualification as a regulated investment company (a “RIC”) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) also may limit the extent to which a Fund may enter into futures, futures options or forward contracts. See “Taxation.”
Risks Associated with Futures and Futures Options. The use of futures contracts and futures options involves a number of risks. A purchase or sale of a futures contract may result in losses in excess of the amount invested in the futures contract. There can be no guarantee that there will be a correlation between price movements between the hedging instrument and the instrument being hedged. In addition, there are significant differences between the securities and futures markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between the markets, causing a given hedge not to achieve its objectives. The degree of imperfection of correlation depends on circumstances such as variations in speculative market demand for futures and futures options on securities, including technical influences in futures trading and futures options, and differences between the financial instruments being hedged and the instruments underlying the standard contracts available for trading in such respects as interest rate levels, maturities, and creditworthiness of issuers. A decision as to whether, when and how to hedge involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived hedge may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected interest rate trends.
Futures contracts on U.S. Government securities historically have reacted to an increase or decrease in interest rates in a manner similar to the reaction of the underlying U.S. Government securities. To the extent, however, that a municipal bond fund enters into such futures contracts, the value of such futures will not vary in direct proportion to the value of a Fund’s holdings of municipal securities. Thus, the anticipated spread between the price of the futures contract and the hedged security may be distorted due to differences in the nature of the markets. The spread also may be distorted by differences in initial and variation margin requirements, the liquidity of such markets and the participation of speculators in such markets.
Futures exchanges may limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in certain futures contract prices during a single trading day. The daily limit establishes the maximum amount that the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous day’s settlement price at the end of the current trading session. Once the daily limit has been reached in a futures contract subject to the limit, no more trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit. The daily limit governs only price movements during a particular trading day and therefore does not limit potential losses because the limit may prevent the liquidation of unfavorable positions. For example, futures prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of positions and subjecting some holders of futures contracts to substantial losses.
There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist at a time when a Fund seeks to close out a futures or a futures option position, and that Fund would remain obligated to meet margin requirements until the position is closed. There can be no assurance that an active secondary market will develop or continue to exist for any derivative.
Additional Risks of Foreign Derivatives. Options on securities, futures contracts, and options on currencies may be traded on foreign exchanges. Such transactions may not be regulated as effectively as similar transactions in the United States, may not involve a clearing mechanism and related guarantees, and are subject to the risk of governmental actions affecting trading in, or the prices of, foreign securities. The value of such positions also could be adversely affected by (1) other complex foreign political, legal and economic factors, (2) lesser availability than in the United States of data on which to make trading decisions, (3) delays in the Adviser’s ability to act upon economic events occurring in foreign markets during non-business hours in the United States, (4) the imposition of different exercise and settlement terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the United States, and (5) lesser trading volume.
13
High Yield Bonds
Each Fund may invest in high yield bonds. Below investment grade debt securities, commonly referred to as “high yield bonds” or “junk bonds” are considered to be speculative and involve a greater risk of default or price changes due to changes in the issuer’s creditworthiness than higher rated securities.
Like all fixed income securities, the market values of high yield securities tend to vary inversely with the level of interest rates, and the yields and market values of such securities fluctuate over time reflecting the market’s perception of credit quality and the outlook for economic growth. However, high yield securities are generally subject to greater credit risk than higher-rated securities because the issuers are more vulnerable to economic downturns, higher interest rates and adverse issuer-specific developments. In addition, the prices of high yield securities are generally subject to greater market risk and therefore react more sharply to changes in interest rates. The risk of loss because of default by issuers of high yield securities is significantly greater because medium and lower-rated securities generally are unsecured and frequently subordinated to the prior payment of senior indebtedness. Their value and liquidity may also be diminished by adverse publicity and investor perceptions. Also, legislative and regulatory developments may have an adverse effect on the market value of these securities.
Because high yield securities are frequently traded only in markets where the number of potential purchasers and sellers, if any, is limited, the ability of the Fund to sell these securities at their fair value either to meet redemption requests or to respond to changes in the financial markets may be limited. In such an event, such securities could be regarded as illiquid for the purposes of the limitation on the purchase of illiquid securities. Thinly traded high yield securities may be more difficult to value accurately for the purpose of determining the Fund’s net asset value. Also, because the market for certain high yield securities is relatively new, that market may be particularly sensitive to an economic downturn or a general increase in interest rates.
Subsequent to its purchase by a Fund, an issue of securities may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum required for purchase by the Fund. Neither such event will require sale of the securities by the Fund, although the Adviser will consider the event in determining whether the Fund should continue to hold the security.
Hybrid Instruments
Each Fund may invest in hybrid instruments. A hybrid instrument is a type of potentially high-risk derivative that combines a traditional stock or bond with an option or forward contract. Generally, the principal amount, amount payable upon maturity or redemption, or interest rate of a hybrid is tied (positively or negatively) to the price of some currency or securities index or another interest rate or some other economic factor (each a “benchmark”). The interest rate or (unlike most fixed income securities) the principal amount payable at maturity of a hybrid security may be increased or decreased, depending on changes in the value of the benchmark.
Hybrids can be used as an efficient means of pursuing a variety of investment goals, including currency hedging, duration management, and increased total return. Hybrids may not bear interest or pay dividends. The value of a hybrid or its interest rate may be a multiple of a benchmark and, as a result, may be leveraged and move (up or down) more steeply and rapidly than the benchmark. These benchmarks may be sensitive to economic and political events, such as commodity shortages and currency devaluations, which cannot be readily foreseen by the purchaser of a hybrid. Under certain conditions, the redemption value of a hybrid could be zero. Thus, an investment in a hybrid may entail significant market risks that are not associated with a similar investment in a traditional, U.S. dollar-denominated bond that has a fixed principal amount and pays a fixed rate or floating rate of interest. The purchase of hybrids also exposes a Fund to the credit risk of the issuer of the hybrids. These risks may cause significant fluctuations in the net asset value of the Fund. Each Fund will not invest more than 5% of its total assets in hybrid instruments.
Certain issuers of structured products such as hybrid instruments may be deemed to be investment companies as defined in the 1940 Act. As a result, each Fund’s investments in these products may be subject to limits applicable to investments in investment companies and may be subject to restrictions contained in the 1940 Act.
Illiquid and Restricted Securities
The Trust has implemented a Liquidity Risk Management Program and related procedures to identify illiquid investments pursuant to Rule 22e-4. Each Fund may hold up to 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities. Illiquid securities are securities that the Fund reasonably expects cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions in seven calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the securities. As required by law, the Funds have adopted a liquidity risk management program to assist in the analysis and monitoring of liquidity in each Fund’s portfolio.
14
Mutual funds do not typically hold a significant amount of these restricted or other illiquid securities because of the potential for delays on resale and uncertainty in valuation. Limitations on resale may have an adverse effect on the marketability of portfolio securities, and the Fund might not be able to dispose of restricted or other illiquid securities promptly or at reasonable prices and might thereby experience difficulty satisfying redemption requests within seven days. The Fund might also have to register such restricted securities in order to dispose of them, resulting in additional expense and delay. Adverse market conditions could impede such a public offering of securities. The Fund may incur significant additional costs in disposing of illiquid securities.
Illiquid securities do not include those which meet the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “1933 Act”) and which the Adviser has determined to be liquid based on the applicable trading markets. Rule 144A under the 1933 Act establishes a safe harbor from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act for resales of certain securities to qualified institutional buyers. Institutional markets for restricted securities sold pursuant to Rule 144A in many cases provide both readily ascertainable values for restricted securities and the ability to liquidate an investment to satisfy share redemption orders. Such markets might include automated systems for the trading, clearance and settlement of unregistered securities of domestic and foreign issuers, such as the PORTAL System sponsored by NASDAQ. An insufficient number of qualified buyers interested in purchasing Rule 144A eligible restricted securities, however, could adversely affect the marketability of such portfolio securities and result in a Fund’s inability to dispose of such securities promptly or at favorable prices. In recent years, a large institutional market has also developed for certain securities that are not registered under the 1933 Act, including repurchase agreements, commercial paper, foreign securities, municipal securities and corporate bonds and notes. Institutional investors depend on an efficient institutional market in which the unregistered security can be readily resold or on an issuer’s ability to honor a demand for repayment.
The fact that there are contractual or legal restrictions on resale of an investment to the general public or to certain institutions may not be indicative of the liquidity of such investments. In accordance with its Liquidity Risk Management Program, the Board has appointed the Adviser as its program administrator and the Adviser is responsible for the function of making day-to-day determinations of liquidity for the Funds. In accordance with guidelines established by the Board, the Adviser will determine the liquidity of each investment using various factors such as (1) the frequency of trades and quotations, (2) the number of dealers and prospective purchasers in the marketplace, (3) dealer undertakings to make a market, (4) the nature of the security (including any demand or tender features); (5) the likelihood of continued marketability and credit quantity of the issuer, and (6) whether a reasonable portion of the holding can be sold in seven days or less without the sale significantly changing the market value of the investment.
Inflation-Indexed Securities
The Fixed Income Funds may invest in inflation-indexed fixed income securities, which are structured to provide protection against inflation and are issued by the U.S. and foreign governments, their agencies and instrumentalities and U.S. and foreign corporations. The value of principal or interest payments of an inflation-indexed security is adjusted periodically to track general movements of inflation in the country of issue.
As an example, a Fund may invest in U.S. Treasury Inflation Protected Securities (“TIPS”). Principal amounts of TIPS are adjusted daily based on changes in the rate of inflation (currently represented by the Consumer Price Index for Urban Consumers, non-seasonally adjusted (“CPI”)). The U.S. Treasury currently issues TIPS only in 10-year maturities, although TIPS have previously been issued with maturities of five, 10 and 30 years. TIPS pay interest on a semi-annual basis, equal to a fixed percentage of the inflation-adjusted principal amount. The interest rate on TIPS is fixed at issuance, but over the life of the bond may be paid on an increasing or decreasing principal value. Repayment of the original bond principal upon maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed even during a period of deflation. However, because the principal amount of TIPS would be adjusted downward during a period of deflation, the Fund will be subject to deflation risk with respect to its investments in these securities.
The value of inflation-indexed securities such as TIPS generally fluctuates in response to changes in real interest rates, which are in turn tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. Therefore, if inflation were to rise at a faster rate than nominal interest rates, real interest rates might decline, leading to an increase in value of TIPS. In contrast, if nominal interest rates increased at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates might rise, leading to a decrease in value of TIPS. Although the principal value of TIPS declines in periods of deflation, holders at maturity receive no less than the par value of the bond. However, if the Fund purchases TIPS in the secondary market whose principal values have been adjusted upward due to inflation since issuance, the Fund may experience a loss if there is a subsequent period of deflation. If inflation is lower than expected during the period the Fund holds TIPS, the Fund may earn less on the security than on a conventional bond.
15
The daily adjustment of the principal value of TIPS is currently tied to the non-seasonally adjusted CPI for Urban Consumers, which the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics calculates monthly. The CPI is a measurement of changes in the cost of living, made up of components such as housing, food, transportation and energy. There can be no assurance that such index will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services. In addition, calculation of the CPI includes a three-month lag for purposes of determining the principal value of TIPS, which, consequently, could have a negative impact on the value of TIPS under certain market conditions.
Initial Public Offerings
The Funds may purchase equity securities in initial public offerings (“IPOs”). These securities, which are often issued by unseasoned companies, may be subject to many of the same risks of investing in companies with smaller market capitalizations. Securities issued in IPOs have no trading history, and information about the companies may be available for very limited periods. Securities issued in an IPO frequently are very volatile in price, and the Funds may hold securities purchased in an IPO for a very short period of time. As a result, a Fund’s investments in IPOs may increase portfolio turnover, which increases brokerage and administrative costs and may result in taxable distributions to shareholders.
At any particular time or from time to time a Fund may not be able to invest in securities issued in IPOs, or invest to the extent desired because, for example, only a small portion (if any) of the securities being offered in an IPO may be made available to the Fund. In addition, under certain market conditions a relatively small number of companies may issue securities in IPOs. Similarly, as the number of Funds to which IPO securities are allocated increases, the number of securities issued to any one fund may decrease. The investment performance of a Fund during periods when it is unable to invest significantly or at all in IPOs may be lower than during periods when the Fund is able to do so. In addition, as a Fund increases in size, the impact of IPOs on the Fund’s performance will generally decrease. There can be no assurance that investments in IPOs will improve a Fund’s performance.
Loan Participations and Assignments
The Fixed Income Funds may purchase participations in and assignments of commercial loans. Such loans are negotiated and underwritten by a bank or syndicate of banks and other institutional investors. Such indebtedness may be secured or unsecured and may be senior or subordinate to other obligations of the borrower. Investments in uncollateralized and/or subordinate loans entail a greater risk of nonpayment than investments in corporate loans which hold a more senior position in the borrower’s capital structure or that are secured with collateral.
By purchasing a participation, a Fund acquires some or all of the interest of a bank or other lending institution in a loan. The loan is administered by an agent bank or other financial intermediary acting as agent for all holders. The agent administers the terms of the loan, as specified in the loan agreement. In addition, the agent is normally responsible for the collection of principal and interest payments from the corporate borrower and the apportionment of these payments to the credit of all institutions that are parties to the loan agreement. Unless, under the terms of the loan or other indebtedness, the Fund has direct recourse against the corporate borrower, the Fund may have to rely upon the agent bank or other financial intermediary to apply appropriate credit remedies against a corporate borrower.
When a Fund purchases a loan assignment, the Fund acquires direct rights against the borrower on the loan. However, since assignments are arranged through private negotiations between potential assignees and assignors, the rights and obligations acquired by the Fund as the purchase of an assignment may differ from, and be more limited than, those held by the lender from which the Fund is purchasing the assignment.
Purchasers of loans and other forms of direct indebtedness depend primarily upon the creditworthiness of the corporate borrower for payment of principal and interest. Changes in market interest rates may cause a decline in the value of these investments. Other factors, such as rating downgrades, credit deterioration, large downward movements in stock prices, a disparity in supply and demand of certain securities or market conditions that reduce liquidity could reduce the value of loans. If a Fund does not receive scheduled interest or principal payments on such indebtedness, the Fund’s share price and yield could be adversely affected.
Loans that are fully secured offer a Fund more protection than an unsecured loan in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal. However, there is no assurance that the liquidation of collateral from a secured loan would satisfy the corporate borrower’s obligation, or that the collateral can be liquidated. If the terms of a senior loan do not require the borrower to pledge additional collateral, the Fund will be exposed to the risk that the value of the collateral will not at all times equal or exceed the amount of the borrower’s obligations under the senior loans. In the event of bankruptcy of the borrower, liquidation may not occur and the court may not give lenders the full benefit of their senior positions. To the extent that a senior loan is collateralized by stock of the borrower or its subsidiaries, such stock may lose all of its value in the event of bankruptcy of the borrower.
16
When purchasing loan participations, a Fund assumes not only the credit risk associated with the corporate borrower but may also assume the credit risk associated with an interposed bank or other financial intermediary. A financial institution’s employment as agent bank might be terminated in the event that it fails to observe a requisite standard of care or becomes insolvent. A successor agent bank would generally be appointed to replace the terminated agent bank, and assets held by the agent bank under the loan agreement should remain available to holders of such indebtedness. However, if assets held by the agent bank for the benefit of the Fund were determined to be subject to the claims of the agent bank’s general creditors, the Fund might incur certain costs and delays in realizing payment on a loan or loan participation and could suffer a loss of principal and/or interest. In situations involving other interposed financial institutions (e.g., an insurance company or governmental agency) similar risks may arise. The participation interests in which the Funds intend to invest may not be rated by any nationally recognized rating service.
Investments in loans through a direct assignment of the financial institution’s interests with respect to the loan may involve additional risks to the Funds. For example, if a loan is foreclosed, a Fund could become part owner of any collateral, and would bear the costs and liabilities associated with owning and disposing of the collateral. In addition, it is conceivable that under emerging legal theories of lender liability, the Fund could be held liable as co-lender. It is unclear whether loans and other forms of direct indebtedness offer securities law protections against fraud and misrepresentation. In the absence of definitive regulatory guidance, the Funds rely upon the Adviser’s research in an attempt to avoid situations where fraud or misrepresentation could adversely affect the Funds.
Each Fund limits the amount of its total assets that it will invest in any one issuer or in issuers within the same industry. For purposes of such limits, the Funds generally will treat the corporate borrower as the “issuer” of indebtedness held by the Funds. In the case of loan participations where a bank or other lending institution serves as a financial intermediary between a Fund and the corporate borrower, if the participation does not shift to the Fund the direct debtor-creditor relationship with the corporate borrower, SEC interpretations require the Fund to treat both the lending bank or other lending institution and the corporate borrower as “issuers” for the purposes of determining whether the Fund has invested more than 5% of its total assets in a single issuer. Treating a financial intermediary as an issuer of indebtedness may restrict a Fund’s ability to invest in indebtedness related to a single financial intermediary, or a group of intermediaries engaged in the same industry, even if the underlying borrowers represent many different companies and industries.
Loans and other types of direct indebtedness may not be readily marketable and may be subject to restrictions on resale. In some cases, negotiations involved in disposing of indebtedness may require weeks to complete. Consequently, some indebtedness may be difficult or impossible to dispose of readily at what the Adviser believes to be a fair price. In addition, valuation of illiquid indebtedness involves a greater degree of judgment in determining a Fund’s net asset value than if that value were based on available market quotations, and could result in significant variation in the Fund’s daily share price. At the same time, some loan interests are traded among certain financial institutions and accordingly may be deemed liquid. As the overnight market for different types of indebtedness develops, the liquidity of these instruments is expected to improve. The Funds currently intend to treat indebtedness for which there is no readily available market as illiquid for purposes of the Funds’ limitations on illiquid investments. Investments in loan participation or loan assignments are considered to be debt obligations for purposes of the Trust’s investment restriction relating to the lending of funds or assets by the Funds.
Mortgage-Related Securities
The Fixed Income Funds may invest in mortgage-related securities, which are interests in pools of mortgage loans made to U.S. or foreign residential home buyers, including mortgage loans made by savings and loan institutions, mortgage bankers, commercial banks and others. Pools of mortgage loans are assembled, and interests in those pools are sold to investors by various governmental, government-related and private organizations. The Funds may also invest in debt securities which are secured with collateral consisting of U.S. mortgage-related securities, and in other types of U.S. mortgage-related securities. Different types of these derivative securities are subject to different combinations of prepayment, extension, interest rate and other market risks.
Interests in pools of mortgage-related securities differ from other forms of debt securities, which normally provide for periodic payment of interest in fixed amounts with principal payments at maturity or specified call dates. Instead, these securities provide a monthly payment which consists of both interest and principal payments. In effect, these payments are a “pass-through” of the monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on their residential mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of such securities. Additional payments are caused by repayments of principal resulting from the sale of the underlying residential property, refinancing or foreclosure, net of fees or costs which may be incurred. Some mortgage-related securities (such as securities issued by the Government National Mortgage Association) are described as “modified pass-through.” These securities entitle the holder to receive all interest and principal payments owed on the mortgage pool, net of certain fees, at the scheduled payment dates regardless of whether or not the mortgagor actually makes the payment.
Although the underlying mortgage loans in a pool may have maturities of up to 30 years or longer, the actual average life of the pool certificates typically will be substantially less because the mortgages will be subject to normal principal amortization and may be
17
prepaid prior to maturity. Prepayment rates vary widely and may be affected by changes in market interest rates. In periods of falling interest rates, the rate of prepayment tends to increase, thereby shortening the actual average life of the pool certificates. Conversely, when interest rates are rising, the rate of prepayments tends to decrease, thereby lengthening the actual average life of the certificates. Mortgage loan repayments may also be adversely affected by matters such as a general economic downturn, high unemployment, a general slowdown in the real estate market, and a drop in the market prices of real estate. Prepayment rates of individual pools may vary widely. Accordingly, it is not possible to predict accurately the average life of a particular pool.
Timely payment of interest and principal of these pools may be supported by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance and letters of credit, issued by governmental entities, private insurers and mortgage poolers. Such insurance and guarantees and the creditworthiness of the issuers thereof will be considered in determining whether a mortgage-related security meets a Fund’s investment quality standards. However, there can be no assurance that private insurers or guarantors will meet their obligations. In addition, the Funds may buy mortgage-related securities without insurance or guarantees if through an examination of the loan experience and practices of the originator/servicers and poolers the Adviser determines that the securities meet the Funds’ quality standards.
U.S. Mortgage Pass-Through Securities. The principal governmental guarantor of U.S. mortgage-related securities is the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”). GNMA is a wholly owned United States Government corporation within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. GNMA is authorized to guarantee, with the full faith and credit of the United States Government, the timely payment of principal and interest on securities issued by institutions approved by GNMA (such as savings and loan institutions, commercial banks and mortgage bankers) and backed by pools of mortgages insured by the Federal Housing Agency or guaranteed by the Veterans Administration.
Other government-related guarantors include the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”). FNMA is a government-sponsored corporation owned entirely by private stockholders and subject to general regulation by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development. FNMA purchases conventional residential mortgages not insured or guaranteed by any government agency from a list of approved seller/servicers which include state and federally chartered savings and loan associations, mutual savings banks, commercial banks and credit unions and mortgage bankers. FHLMC is a government-sponsored corporation created to increase availability of mortgage credit for residential housing and owned entirely by private stockholders. FHLMC issues participation certificates which represent interests in conventional mortgages from FHLMC’s national portfolio. Pass-through securities issued by FNMA and participation certificates issued by FHLMC are guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by FNMA and FHLMC, respectively, but are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.
Since 2008, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”) has been appointed as the conservator of FHLMC and FNMA for an indefinite period. In accordance with the Federal Housing Finance Regulatory Reform Act of 2008 and the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992, as conservator, the FHFA will control and oversee these entities until the FHFA deems them financially sound and solvent. During the conservatorship, each entity’s obligations are expected to be paid in the normal course of business. Although no express guarantee exists for the debt or mortgage-backed securities issued by these entities, the U.S. Department of Treasury, through a secured lending credit facility and a senior preferred stock purchase agreement, has attempted to enhance the ability of the entities to meet their obligations.
Private Mortgage Pass-Through Securities. Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers also create pass-through pools of conventional residential mortgage loans. Such issuers may, in addition, be the originators or servicers of the underlying mortgage loans as well as the guarantors of the mortgage-related securities. Pools created by such non-governmental issuers generally offer a higher rate of interest than government and government-related pools because they lack direct or indirect government or agency guarantees of payment. Timely payment of interest and principal of these pools may be supported by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance and letters of credit, issued by governmental entities, private insurers and mortgage poolers.
Mortgage-related securities issued by certain private organizations may be offered through private placements that are restricted as to further sale, and there may be a limited market for such securities, especially where there is a perceived weakness in the mortgage and real estate market sectors. Without an active trading market, mortgage-backed securities held in a Fund’s portfolio may be particularly difficult to value because of the complexities involved in assessing the value of the underlying mortgage loans. A Fund will not purchase mortgage-related securities that are illiquid if, as a result, more than 15% of the value of the Fund’s total assets will be illiquid.
In addition, privately issued mortgage-related securities are not subject to the underwriting requirements for the underlying mortgages that are applicable to mortgage-backed securities that have a government or government-sponsored entity guarantee. As a result, the mortgage loans underlying private mortgage-backed securities may, and frequently do, have less favorable collateral, credit risk or
18
other underwriting characteristics than government or government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities and have wider variances in a number of terms including interest rate, term, size, purpose and borrower characteristics. Privately issued pools more frequently include second mortgages, high loan-to-value mortgages and manufactured housing loans. The coupon rates and maturities of the underlying mortgage loans in a private-label mortgage-backed securities pool may vary to a greater extent than those included in a government guaranteed pool, and the pool may include subprime mortgage loans (loans made to borrowers with weakened credit histories or with a lower capacity to make timely payments on their loans). For these reasons, the loans underlying these securities have had in many cases higher default rates than those loans that meet government underwriting requirements.
Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMOs”). The Fixed Income Funds may invest in CMOs. A CMO is a hybrid between a mortgage-backed bond and a mortgage pass-through security. CMOs may be collateralized by whole mortgage loans, but are more typically collateralized by portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities guaranteed by GNMA, FHLMC or FNMA.
CMOs are structured into multiple classes, each bearing a different stated maturity. Actual maturity and average life depend upon the prepayment experience of the collateral. CMOs provide for a modified form of call protection through a de facto breakdown of the underlying pool of mortgages according to how quickly the loans are repaid. Monthly payment of principal received from the pool of underlying mortgages, including prepayments, is first returned to investors holding the shortest maturity class. Investors holding the longer maturity classes receive principal only after the earlier classes have been retired. Timely payment of interest and principal of these pools may be supported by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance and letters of credit, issued by governmental entities, private insurers and mortgage poolers.
Like other privately issued mortgage-related securities, there may be a limited market for CMOs, which therefore may be difficult to value. A Fund will not purchase mortgage-related securities that are illiquid if, as a result, more than 15% of the value of the Fund’s total assets will be illiquid.
Foreign Mortgage-Related Securities. The Fixed Income Funds may invest in foreign mortgage-related securities. Foreign mortgage-related securities are interests in pools of mortgage loans made to residential home buyers domiciled in a foreign country. These include mortgage loans made by trust and mortgage loan companies, credit unions, chartered banks, and others. Pools of mortgage loans are assembled as securities for sale to investors by various governmental, government-related, and private organizations (e.g., Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation and First Australian National Mortgage Acceptance Corporation Limited). Interests in pools of mortgage-related securities differ from other forms of debt securities, which normally provide for periodic payment of interest in fixed amounts with principal payments at maturity or specified call dates. Instead, these securities provide a monthly payment which consists of both interest and principal payments. In effect, these payments are a “pass-through” of the monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on their residential mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of such securities. Additional payments are caused by repayments of principal resulting from the sale of the underlying residential property, refinancing or foreclosure, net of fees or costs which may be incurred. Some mortgage-related securities are described as “modified pass-through.” These securities entitle the holder to receive all interest and principal payments owed on the mortgage pool, net of certain fees, at the scheduled payment dates regardless of whether or not the mortgagor actually makes the payment. Timely payment of interest and principal of these pools may be supported by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance and letters of credit, issued by governmental entities, private insurers and mortgage poolers.
Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities. The Fixed Income Funds may invest in commercial mortgage-backed securities, which generally are multi-class debt or pass-through certificates secured by mortgage loans on commercial properties. The market for commercial mortgage backed is relatively small compared to the market for residential single-family mortgage-backed securities. Commercial lending typically involves larger loans to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers than residential one- to four-family mortgage loans. In addition, the repayment of loans secured by income producing properties typically depends upon the cash flow generated by the operation of the related real estate. As a result, changes in economic conditions may have a greater impact on commercial mortgage-backed securities than on residential mortgage-related securities.
Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities. The Fixed Income Funds may invest in stripped mortgage-backed securities, which are created by segregating the cash flows from underlying mortgage loans or mortgage securities to create two or more new securities, each with a specified percentage of the underlying security’s principal or interest payments. Mortgage securities may be partially stripped so that each investor class receives some interest and some principal. When securities are completely stripped, however, all of the interest is distributed to holders of one type of security, known as an interest-only security (or “IO”), and all of the principal is distributed to holders of another type of security known as a principal-only security (or “PO”). The yields to maturity on IOs and POs are very sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Fund may not fully recoup its initial investment in IOs. Conversely, if the underlying mortgage assets experience less than anticipated prepayments of principal, the yield on POs could be materially and adversely affected.
19
Adjustable Rate Mortgage-Backed Securities. The Fixed Income Funds may invest in adjustable rate mortgage-backed securities (sometimes referred to as “ARM securities”), which are mortgage-backed securities that represent a right to receive interest payments at a rate that is adjusted to reflect the interest earned on a pool of mortgage loans bearing variable or adjustable rates of interest (such mortgage loans are referred to as “ARMs”). Because the interest rates on ARM securities are reset in response to changes in a specified market index, the values of such securities tend to be less sensitive to interest rate fluctuations than the values of fixed-rate securities. As a result, during periods of rising interest rates, such securities generally do not decrease in value as much as fixed-rate securities. Conversely, during periods of declining rates, such securities generally do not increase in value as much as fixed-rate securities. ARMs generally specify that the borrower’s mortgage interest rate may not be adjusted above a specified lifetime maximum rate or, in some cases, below a minimum lifetime rate. In addition, certain ARMs specify limitations on the maximum amount by which the mortgage interest rate may adjust for any single adjustment period. ARMs also may limit changes in the maximum amount by which the borrower’s monthly payment may adjust for any single adjustment period. If a monthly payment is not sufficient to pay the interest accruing on the ARM, any such excess interest is added to the mortgage loan (“negative amortization”), which is repaid through future payments. Borrowers under ARMs experiencing negative amortization may take longer to build up their equity in the underlying property than conventional borrowers and may be more likely to default. ARMs also may be subject to a greater rate of prepayments in a declining interest rate environment. Conversely, during a period of rising interest rates, prepayments on ARMs might decrease.
Other Mortgage-Related Securities. The Fixed Income Funds may invest in other mortgage-related securities. Other mortgage-related securities include securities of U.S. or foreign issuers that directly or indirectly represent a participation in, or are secured by and payable from, mortgage loans on real property. These other mortgage-related securities may be debt securities issued by governmental agencies or instrumentalities or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, homebuilders, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks, partnerships, trusts and special purpose entities.
Municipal Securities
The Fixed Income Funds may invest in debt obligations issued by state and local governments, territories and possessions of the U.S., regional government authorities, and their agencies and instrumentalities which provide interest income that, in the opinion of bond counsel to the issuer at the time of original issuance, is exempt from federal income taxes (“municipal securities”). In addition, the Fund may invest in issues of such entities that are taxable or not exempt from federal income taxes. Municipal securities include both notes (which have maturities of less than one year) and bonds (which have maturities of one year or more) that bear fixed or variable rates of interest.
In general, municipal securities are issued to obtain funds for a variety of public purposes, such as the construction, repair, or improvement of public facilities including airports, bridges, housing, hospitals, mass transportation, schools, streets, and water and sewer works. Municipal securities may be issued to refinance outstanding obligations, to raise funds for general operating expenses and lending to other public institutions and facilities, and in anticipation of the receipt of revenue or the issuance of other obligations. They may also be issued to provide for the construction, equipment, repair or improvement of privately operated facilities.
The two principal classifications of municipal securities are “general obligation” securities and “revenue” securities. General obligation securities are secured by the issuer’s pledge of its full faith, credit, and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest. Accordingly, the capacity of the issuer of a general obligation bond as to the timely payment of interest and the repayment of principal when due is affected by the issuer’s maintenance of its tax base. Characteristics and methods of enforcement of general obligation bonds vary according to the law applicable to a particular issuer, and the taxes that can be levied for the payment of debt service may be limited or unlimited as to rates or amounts of special assessments. Revenue securities are payable only from the revenues derived from a particular facility, a class of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise tax or other specific revenue source. Accordingly, the timely payment of interest and the repayment of principal in accordance with the terms of the revenue security is a function of the economic viability of the facility or revenue source. Revenue bonds are issued to finance a wide variety of capital projects including: electric, gas, water, and sewer systems; highways, bridges, and tunnels; port and airport facilities; colleges and universities; and hospitals. Although the principal security behind these bonds may vary, many provide additional security in the form of a debt service reserve fund the assets of which may be used to make principal and interest payments on the issuer’s obligations. Housing finance authorities have a wide range of security, including partially or fully insured mortgages, rent subsidized and collateralized mortgages, and the net revenues from housing or other public projects. Some authorities are provided further security in the form of a state’s assurance (although without obligation) to make up deficiencies in the debt service reserve fund.
A Fund may purchase insured municipal debt in which scheduled payments of interest and principal are guaranteed by a private, non-governmental or governmental insurance company. The insurance does not guarantee the market value of the municipal debt or the value of the shares of the Fund.
20
Securities of issuers of municipal obligations are subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors, such as the Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978. In addition, the obligations of such issuers may become subject to laws enacted in the future by Congress, state legislatures of referenda extending the time for payment of principal or interest, or imposing other constraints upon enforcement of such obligations or upon the ability of municipalities to levy taxes. Furthermore, as a result of legislation or other conditions, the power or ability of any issuer to pay, when due, the principal of and interest on its municipal obligations may be materially affected.
Certain of the municipal securities in which a Fund may invest, and certain of the risks of such investments, are described below.
Moral Obligation Securities. Municipal securities may include “moral obligation” securities which are usually issued by special purpose public authorities. If the issuer of moral obligation bonds cannot fulfill its financial responsibilities from current revenues, it may draw upon a reserve fund, the restoration of which is a moral commitment but not a legal obligation of the state or municipality which created the issuer.
Zero Coupon Securities. Zero coupon securities are debt securities issued or sold at a discount from their face value. These securities do not entitle the holder to interest payments prior to maturity or a specified redemption date, when they are redeemed at face value. Zero coupon securities may also take the form of debt securities that have been stripped of their unmatured interest coupons, the coupons themselves, and receipts and certificates representing interests in such stripped obligations and coupons. The market prices of zero coupon securities tend to be more sensitive to interest rate changes, and are more volatile, than interest bearing securities of like maturity. The discount from face value is amortized over the life of the security and such amortization will constitute the income earned on the security for accounting and tax purposes. Even though income is accrued on a current basis, the Fund does not receive the income currently in cash. Therefore, the Fund may have to sell other portfolio investments to obtain cash needed to make income distributions.
Mortgage-Backed Securities. Mortgage-backed securities are municipal debt obligations issued to provide financing for residential housing mortgages to targeted groups. Payments made on the underlying mortgages and passed through to the Fund will represent both regularly scheduled principal and interest payments. The Fund may also receive additional principal payments representing prepayments of the underlying mortgages. Investing in such municipal debt obligations involves special risks and considerations, including the inability to predict accurately the maturity of the Fund’s investments as a result of prepayments of the underlying mortgages (which may require the Fund to reinvest principal at lower yields than would otherwise have been realized), the illiquidity of certain of such securities, and the possible default by insurers or guarantors supporting the timely payment of interest and principal.
Municipal Lease Obligations. Municipal lease obligations are lease obligations or installment purchase contract obligations of municipal authorities. Although lease obligations do not constitute general obligations of the municipality for which its taxing power is pledged, a lease obligation is ordinarily backed by the municipality’s covenant to budget for, appropriate and make the payments due under the lease obligation. A Fund may also purchase “certificates of participation”, which are securities issued by a particular municipality or municipal authority to evidence a proportionate interest in base rental or lease payments relating to a specific project to be made by the municipality, agency or authority. However, certain lease obligations contain “non-appropriation” clauses which provide that the municipality has no obligation to make lease or installment purchase payments in any year unless money is appropriated for such purpose for such year. Although “non-appropriation” lease obligations are secured by the leased property, disposition of the property in the event of default and foreclosure might prove difficult. In addition, these securities represent a relatively new type of financing, and certain lease obligations may therefore be considered to be illiquid securities.
Short-Term Obligations. Short-term municipal obligations include the following:
• | Tax Anticipation Notes, which are used to finance working capital needs of municipalities and are issued in anticipation of various seasonal tax revenues, to be payable from these specific future taxes. They are usually general obligations of the issuer, secured by the taxing power of the municipality for the payment of principal and interest when due. |
• | Revenue Anticipation Notes, which are issued in expectation of receipt of other kinds of revenue, such as federal revenues available under the Federal Revenue Sharing Program. They also are usually general obligations of the issuer. |
• | Bond Anticipation Notes, which normally are issued to provide interim financing until long-term financing can be arranged. The long-term bonds then provide the money for the repayment of the notes. |
• | Short-Term Discount Notes (tax-exempt commercial paper), which are short-term (365 days or less) promissory notes issued by municipalities to supplement their cash flow. |
Floating Rate and Variable Rate Demand Notes. Floating rate and variable rate demand notes and bonds may have a stated maturity in excess of one year, but permit a holder to demand payment of principal plus accrued interest upon a specified number of days’ notice. Frequently, such obligations are secured by letters of credit or other credit support arrangements provided by banks. The
21
issuer has a corresponding right, after a given period, to prepay in its discretion the outstanding principal of the obligation plus accrued interest upon a specific number of days’ notice to the holders. The interest rate of a floating rate instrument may be based on a known lending rate, such as a bank’s prime rate, and is reset whenever such rate is adjusted. The interest rate on a variable rate demand note is reset at specified intervals at a market rate.
Each Fund will limit its purchase of municipal securities that bear floating rates and variable rates of interest to those meeting the rating quality standards set forth in the Fund’s prospectus. Frequently, such obligations are secured by letters of credit or other credit support arrangements provided by banks. The Adviser monitors the earning power, cash flow and other liquidity ratios of the issuers of such obligations, as well as the creditworthiness of the institution responsible for paying the principal amount of the obligations under the demand feature.
The Fund may also invest in municipal securities in the form of “participation interests” in variable rate tax-exempt demand obligations held by a financial institution, usually a commercial bank. Municipal participation interests provide the purchaser with an undivided interest in one or more underlying municipal securities and the right to demand payment from the institution upon a specified number of days’ notice (no more than seven) of the unpaid principal balance plus accrued interest. In addition, the municipal participation interests are typically enhanced by an irrevocable letter of credit or guarantee from such institution. Since the Fund has an undivided interest in the obligation, it participates equally with the institution with the exception that the institution normally retains a fee out of the interest paid for servicing, providing the letter of credit or guarantee, and issuing the repurchase commitment.
Obligations with Puts Attached. The Fixed Income Funds may invest in obligations with puts attached. Obligations with puts attached are long-term fixed rate municipal debt obligations which may be coupled with an option granted by a third party financial institution allowing the Fund at specified intervals to tender (or “put”) such debt obligations to the institution and receive the face value. These third party puts are available in many different forms, and may be represented by custodial receipts or trust certificates and may be combined with other features such as interest rate swaps. The financial institution granting the option does not provide credit enhancement. If there is a default on, or significant downgrading of, the bond or a loss of its tax-exempt status, the put option will terminate automatically. The risk to the Fund will then be that of holding a long-term bond.
These investments may require that the Fund pay a tender fee or other fee for the features provided. In addition, the Fund may acquire “stand-by commitments” from banks or broker dealers with respect to the municipal securities held in its portfolios. Under a stand-by commitment, a bank or broker/dealer agrees to purchase at the Fund’s option a specific municipal security at a specific price on a specific date. The Fund may pay for a stand-by commitment either separately, in cash, or in the form of a higher price paid for the security. The Fund will acquire stand-by commitments solely to facilitate portfolio liquidity.
Private Activity and Industrial Development Bonds. The Funds may purchase certain private activity or industrial development bonds, the interest paid on which is exempt from federal income tax. These bonds are issued by or on behalf of public authorities to raise money to finance various privately-owned or -operated facilities for business and manufacturing, housing and pollution control. They are also used to finance public facilities such as airports, mass transit systems, ports, parking or sewage or solid waste disposal facilities, as well as certain other categories. The payment of the principal and interest on such bonds is secured primarily by revenues derived from loan repayments or lease payments by the entity owning or operating the facility, which may or may not be guaranteed by a parent company or otherwise secured. Such bonds generally are not secured by a pledge of the taxing power of the issuer of the bonds, and therefore depend on the revenue of a private entity. The continued ability of such an entity to generate sufficient revenues for the payment of principal and interest on such bonds may be affected by many factors, including the size of the entity, its capital structure, demand for its products or services, competition, general economic conditions, government regulation and the extent of the entity’s dependence on revenues from the operation of the particular facility being financed, and may be dependent solely on the revenues generated by the use of the facility.
Options on Securities and Indexes
Each Fund may purchase and sell both put and call options on securities or indexes in standardized contracts traded on foreign or domestic securities exchanges, boards of trade, or similar entities, or quoted on NASDAQ or on an over-the-counter market, and agreements, sometimes called cash puts, which may accompany the purchase of a new issue of bonds from a dealer.
An option on a security (or index) is a contract that gives the holder of the option, in return for a premium, the right to buy from (in the case of a call) or sell to (in the case of a put) the writer of the option the security underlying the option (or the cash value of the index) at a specified exercise price at any time during the term of the option. The writer of an option on a security has the obligation upon exercise of the option to deliver the underlying security upon payment of the exercise price or to pay the exercise price upon delivery of the underlying security. Upon exercise, the writer of an option on an index is obligated to pay the difference between the cash value of the index and the exercise price multiplied by the specified multiplier for the index option. (An index is designed to reflect features of a particular financial or securities market, a specific group of financial instruments or securities, or certain economic indicators.)
22
Each Fund will write call options and put options only if they are “covered.” A call option on a security is “covered” if the Fund owns the security underlying the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that security without additional cash consideration upon conversion or exchange of other securities held by the Fund (or, if additional cash consideration is required, cash or other assets determined to be liquid by the Adviser in accordance with established procedures in such amount are segregated). A call option on an index is covered if a Fund maintains with its custodian assets determined to be liquid by the Adviser in accordance with established procedures, in an amount equal to the contract value of the index. A call option is also covered if a Fund holds a call on the same security or index as the call written where the exercise price of the call held is (1) equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written, or (2) greater than the exercise price of the call written, provided the difference is maintained by the Fund in segregated assets determined to be liquid by the Adviser in accordance with established procedures.
A put option on a security or an index is “covered” if a Fund segregates assets determined to be liquid by the Adviser in accordance with established procedures equal to the exercise price. A put option is also covered if the Fund holds a put on the same security or index as the put written where the exercise price of the put held is (1) equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put written, or (2) less than the exercise price of the put written, provided the difference is maintained by the Fund in segregated assets determined to be liquid by the Adviser in accordance with established procedures.
If an option written by a Fund expires unexercised, the Fund realizes a capital gain equal to the premium received at the time the option was written. If an option purchased by a Fund expires unexercised, the Fund realizes a capital loss equal to the premium paid. Each Fund may sell put or call options it has previously purchased, which could result in a net gain or loss depending on whether the amount realized on the sale is more or less than the premium and other transaction costs paid on the put or call option which is sold. Before an exchange traded option is exercised or expired, it may be closed out by an offsetting purchase or sale of an option of the same series (type, exchange, underlying security or index, exercise price, and expiration date). There can be no assurance, however, that a closing purchase or sale transaction can be effected when the Fund desires. A Fund will realize a capital gain from a closing purchase transaction if the cost of the closing option is less than the premium received from writing the option, or, if it is more, the Fund will realize a capital loss. If the premium received from a closing sale transaction is more than the premium paid to purchase the option, a Fund will realize a capital gain or, if it is less, the Fund will realize a capital loss. The principal factors affecting the market value of a put or a call option include supply and demand, interest rates, the current market price of the underlying security or index in relation to the exercise price of the option, the volatility of the underlying security or index, and the time remaining until the expiration date.
The premium paid for a put or call option purchased by a Fund is an asset of the Fund. The premium received for an option written by the Fund is recorded as a deferred credit. The value of an option purchased or written is marked to market daily and is valued at the closing price on the exchange on which it is traded or, if not traded on an exchange or no closing price is available, at the mean between the last bid and asked prices.
Each Fund may write covered straddles consisting of a combination of a call and a put written on the same underlying security. A straddle will be covered when sufficient assets are deposited to meet the Fund’s immediate obligations. A Fund may use the same liquid assets to cover both the call and put options where the exercise price of the call and put are the same, or the exercise price of the call is higher than that of the put. In such cases, the Fund will also segregate liquid assets equivalent to the amount, if any, by which the put is “in the money.”
Risks Associated with Options on Securities and Indexes. Transactions in options on securities and on indexes are subject to a number of risks. For example, there are significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. A decision as to whether, when and how to use options involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived transaction may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected events.
During the option period, the covered call writer has, in return for the premium on the option, given up the opportunity to profit from a price increase in the underlying security above the exercise price, but, as long as its obligation as a writer continues, has retained the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline. The writer of an option has no control over the time when it may be required to fulfill its obligation as a writer of the option. Once an option writer has received an exercise notice, it cannot effect a closing purchase transaction in order to terminate its obligation under the option and must deliver the underlying security at the exercise price. If a put or call option purchased by the Fund is not sold when it has remaining value, and if the market price of the underlying security remains equal to or greater than the exercise price (in the case of a put), or remains less than or equal to the exercise price (in the case of a call), a Fund will lose its entire investment in the option. Also, where a put or call option on a particular security is purchased to hedge against price movements in a related security, the price of the put or call option may move more or less than the price of the related security.
23
There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist when a Fund seeks to close out an option position. Secondary markets on an exchange may not exist or may not be liquid for a variety of reasons including: (i) insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions on opening transactions or closing transactions imposed by an exchange; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options; (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances which interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) inadequate facilities of an exchange or the Options Clearing Corporation to handle current trading volume at all times; or (vi) discontinuance in the future by one or more exchanges for economic or other reasons, of trading of options (or of a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options on that exchange that had been issued by the Options Clearing Corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.
If a Fund were unable to close out an option that it had purchased on a security, it would have to exercise the option in order to realize any profit or the option may expire worthless. If a Fund were unable to close out a covered call option that it had written on a security, it would not be able to sell the underlying security unless the option expired without exercise. As the writer of a covered call option, a Fund forgoes, during the option’s life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security covering the call option above the sum of the premium and the exercise price of the call.
If trading were suspended in an option purchased by a Fund, the Fund would not be able to close out the option. If restrictions on exercise were imposed, a Fund might be unable to exercise an option it has purchased. Except to the extent that a call option on an index written by the Fund is covered by an option on the same index purchased by the Fund, movements in the index may result in a loss to the Fund; however, such losses may be mitigated by changes in the value of the Fund’s securities during the period the option was outstanding.
Other Asset-Backed Securities
The Fixed Income Funds may invest in asset-backed securities. Asset-backed securities, unrelated to mortgage loans, represent a direct or indirect participation in, or are secured by and payable from, cash flows from pools of assets such as loans or receivables due from a number of different parties. These receivables can include but are not limited to credit card receivables, retail automobile installment sales contracts, home equity loans and lines of credit, student loans, airplane leases, and other equipment leases. Payment of principal and interest on asset-backed securities may largely depend upon the cash flows generated by the assets backing the securities.
In an effort to lessen the effect of failures by obligors on these underlying assets to make payments, such securities may contain elements of credit support, based on the underlying assets or credit enhancements provided by a third party. Credit support falls into two classes — liquidity protection and protection against ultimate default on the underlying assets. Liquidity protection refers to the provision of advances, generally by the entity administering the pool of assets, to ensure that scheduled payments on the underlying pool are made in a timely fashion. Protection against ultimate default ensures payment on at least a portion of the assets in the pool. This protection may be provided through guarantees, insurance policies, letters of credit obtained from third parties, various means of structuring the transaction, or a combination of such approaches. The degree of credit support provided on each issue is based generally on historical information respecting the level of credit risk associated with such payments. Delinquency or loss in excess of that anticipated could adversely affect the return on an investment in an asset-backed security.
Asset-backed securities are generally subject to the risks of the underlying assets and can be subject to certain additional risks including damage or loss of the collateral backing the security, failure of the collateral to generate the anticipated cash flow, and more rapid prepayment because of events affecting the collateral (such as accelerated prepayment of loans backing these securities or destruction of equipment subject to equipment trust certificates). If underlying obligations are repaid earlier than expected, the Fund may have to reinvest the proceeds from the securities at a lower interest rate.
The values of asset-backed securities are affected by, among other things, changes in the market’s perception of the asset backing the security, the creditworthiness of the servicing agent for the loan pool, the originator of the loans, or the financial institution providing any credit enhancement, and the exhaustion of any credit enhancement. In its capacity as purchaser of an asset-backed security, a fund would generally have no recourse to the entity that originated the loans in the event of default by the borrower. Asset-backed securities may present certain risks not relevant to mortgage-backed securities. Assets underlying asset-backed securities such as credit card receivables are generally unsecured, and debtors are entitled to the protection of various state and federal consumer protection laws, some of which provide a right of set-off that may reduce the balance owed.
Asset-backed securities are relatively new and untested instruments and may be subject to greater risk of default during periods of economic downturn than other securities. In addition, the secondary market for asset-backed securities may not be as liquid as the market for other securities, which may result in difficulty in valuing asset-backed securities.
24
Subordinated Securities. The Fixed Income Funds may invest in securities which are subordinated to other securities in some manner as to the payment of principal and/or interest. In the case of securities issued by a trust, such as asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities, these securities may be subordinated to holders of more senior securities collateralized by the same pool of assets. Because holders of subordinate securities may have to absorb losses in greater proportion than holders of more senior securities, they may have greater risk than would holders of the underlying collateral. The holders of subordinated securities typically are compensated with a higher stated yield than are the holders of more senior securities in exchange for accepting greater risk. As a result, rating agencies tend to assign lower ratings to subordinate securities than they do to senior securities of the same trust or issuer. The market for subordinate securities may be less liquid than is the case for more senior debt securities.
Other Investment Companies
Each Fund may invest in securities issued by other investment companies, including (to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act) other investment companies managed by the Adviser. They may include shares of money market funds, exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”), closed-end investment companies, and PFICs.
Many ETFs are not actively managed. Typically, an ETF’s objective is to track the performance of a specified index. Therefore, securities may be purchased, retained and sold by ETFs at times when an actively managed trust would not do so. As a result, a Fund may have a greater risk of loss (and a correspondingly greater prospect of gain) from changes in the value of the securities that are heavily weighted in the index than would be the case if the ETF were not fully invested in such securities. Because of this, an ETF’s price can be volatile. In addition, the results of an ETF will not match the performance of the specified index due to reductions in the ETF’s performance attributable to transaction and other expenses, including fees paid by the ETF to service providers. The Funds do not invest in actively managed ETFs.
Shares of closed-end funds and ETFs (except, in the case of ETFs, for “aggregation units” of 50,000 shares) are not individually redeemable, but are traded on securities exchanges. The prices of such shares are based upon, but not necessarily identical to, the value of the securities held by the issuer. There is no assurance that the requirements of the securities exchange necessary to maintain the listing of shares of any closed-end fund or ETF will continue to be met.
Each Fund limits its investments in securities issued by other investment companies in accordance with the 1940 Act and SEC rules. Under the 1940 Act, a Fund may acquire securities of an Underlying Fund in amounts which, as determined immediately after the acquisition is made, do not exceed (i) 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of such Underlying Fund, (ii) 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets, and (iii) 10% of the value of the Fund’s total assets when combined with all other Underlying Fund securities held by the Fund. The Fund may exceed these statutory limits in certain cases, including pursuant to other statutory exemptions and rules under the 1940 Act including Rule 12d1-4, if certain conditions are met.
As a shareholder of another investment company, a Fund would bear, along with other shareholders, its pro rata portion of the other investment company’s expenses, including advisory fees. Accordingly, in addition to bearing their proportionate share of the Fund’s expenses (i.e., management fees and operating expenses), shareholders will also indirectly bear similar expenses of such other investment companies.
Investments by a Fund in wholly-owned investment entities created under the laws of certain countries will not be deemed the making of an investment in other investment companies.
Participatory Notes
The Funds may invest in participatory notes issued by banks or broker-dealers that are designed to replicate the performance of certain non-U.S. companies traded on a non-U.S. exchange. Participatory notes are a type of equity-linked derivative which generally are traded over-the-counter. Even though a participatory note is intended to reflect the performance of the underlying equity securities on a one-to-one basis so that investors will not normally gain or lose more in absolute terms than they would have made or lost had they invested in the underlying securities directly, the performance results of participatory notes will not replicate exactly the performance of the issuers or markets that the notes seek to replicate due to transaction costs and other expenses. Investments in participatory notes involve risks normally associated with a direct investment in the underlying securities. In addition, participatory notes are subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the broker-dealer or bank that issues the notes will not fulfill its contractual obligation to complete the transaction with a Fund. Participatory notes constitute general unsecured, unsubordinated contractual obligations of the banks or broker-dealers that issue them, and each Fund is relying on the creditworthiness of such banks or broker-dealers and has no rights under a participatory note against the issuers of the securities underlying such participatory notes. There can be no assurance that the trading price or value of participatory notes will equal the value of the underlying equity securities they seek to replicate.
25
Preferred Stock
The Funds may invest in preferred stock. Preferred stocks are equity securities that often pay dividends at a specific rate and have a preference over common stocks in dividend payments and liquidation of assets. A preferred stock has a blend of the characteristics of a bond and common stock. It can offer the higher yield of a bond and has priority over common stock in equity ownership, but does not have the seniority of a bond and, unlike common stock, its participation in the issuer’s growth may be limited. Although the dividend is set at a fixed annual rate, in some circumstances it can be changed or omitted by the issuer.
Real Estate Investment Trusts
The Funds may invest in real estate investment trusts and similar entities (“REITs”). Equity REITs invest directly in real property and derive their income primarily from rents and capital gains from appreciation realized through property sales. Mortgage REITs invest in mortgages on real property and derive their income primarily from interest payments. Hybrid REITs combine the characteristics of equity and mortgage REITs. A REIT is not taxed on income distributed to its shareholders or unit holders if it complies with statutory requirements relating to its organization, ownership, assets and income, and with an additional statutory requirement that it distribute to its shareholder or unit holders at least 90% of its taxable income for each taxable year.
REITs may be subject to certain risks associated with the direct ownership of real estate, including declines in the value of real estate, risks related to general and local economic conditions, overbuilding and increased competition, increases in property taxes and operating expenses, variations in rental income and defaults by borrowers or tenants. Furthermore, REITs are dependent on specialized management skills. Some REITs may have limited diversification and may be subject to risks inherent in financing a limited number of properties.
REITs pay dividends to their shareholders based upon available funds from operations. It is quite common for these dividends to exceed a REIT’s taxable earnings and profits, resulting in the excess portion of such dividends being designated as a return of capital. Each Fund intends to include the gross dividends from such REITs in its distribution to its shareholders and, accordingly, a portion of the Fund’s distributions may also be designated as a return of capital.
Redemption Risk
A Fund may experience periods of significant redemptions, particularly during periods of declining or illiquid markets, that could cause the Fund to liquidate its assets at inopportune times or unfavorable prices, or increase or accelerate taxable gains or transaction costs, and may negatively affect the Fund’s NAV, performance, or ability to satisfy redemptions in a timely manner which could cause the value of your investment to decline. Redemption risk is greater to the extent that the Fund has investors with large shareholdings, short investment horizons, unpredictable cash flow needs or where one decision maker has control of Fund shares owned by separate Fund shareholders, including clients of the Adviser. In addition, redemption risk is heightened during periods of overall market turmoil. A large redemption by one or more shareholders of their holdings in the Fund could hurt performance and/or cause the remaining shareholders in the Fund to lose money.
Repurchase Agreements
To maintain liquidity, each Fund may enter into repurchase agreements (agreements to purchase U.S. Treasury notes and bills, subject to the seller’s agreement to repurchase them at a specified time and price) with well-established registered securities dealers or banks.
A repurchase agreement is a transaction in which a Fund purchases a security and, at the same time, the seller (normally a commercial bank or broker-dealer) agrees to repurchase the same security (and/or a security substituted for it under the repurchase agreement) at an agreed-upon price and date in the future. The resale price is in excess of the purchase price, as it reflects an agreed-upon market interest rate effective for the period of time during which the Fund holds the securities. Repurchase agreements may be viewed as a type of secured lending. The purchaser maintains custody of the underlying securities prior to their repurchase; thus the obligation of the bank or dealer to pay the repurchase price on the date agreed to is, in effect, secured by such underlying securities. If the value of such securities is less than the repurchase price, the other party to the agreement is required to provide additional collateral so that at all times the collateral is at least equal to the repurchase price.
The majority of these transactions run from day to day and not more than seven days from the original purchase. However, the maturities of the securities subject to repurchase agreements are not subject to any limits and may exceed one year. The securities will be marked to market every business day so that their value is at least equal to the amount due from the seller, including accrued interest. A Fund’s risk is limited to the ability of the seller to pay the agreed-upon sum on the delivery date.
26
Although repurchase agreements carry certain risks not associated with direct investments in securities, the Fund intends to enter into repurchase agreements only with banks and dealers believed by the Adviser to present minimum credit risks in accordance with guidelines established by the Board of Trustees. The Adviser will review and monitor the creditworthiness of such institutions under the Board’s general supervision. To the extent that the proceeds from any sale of collateral upon a default in the obligation to repurchase were less than the repurchase price, the purchaser would suffer a loss. If the other party to the repurchase agreement petitions for bankruptcy or otherwise becomes subject to bankruptcy or other liquidation proceedings, the purchaser’s ability to sell the collateral might be restricted and the purchaser could suffer a loss if it were treated as an unsecured creditor. However, with respect to financial institutions whose bankruptcy or liquidation proceedings are subject to the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, each Fund intends to comply with provisions under such Code that would allow it immediately to resell the collateral.
Reserves
Each Fund may establish and maintain reserves when the Adviser determines that such reserves would be desirable for temporary defensive purposes (for example, during periods of substantial volatility in interest rates) or to enable it to take advantage of buying opportunities. The Fund’s reserves may be invested in domestic and foreign money market instruments, including government obligations.
Reverse Repurchase Agreements
The Fixed Income Funds may enter into reverse repurchase agreements (agreements to sell portfolio securities, subject to such Fund’s agreement to repurchase them at a specified time and price) with well-established registered dealers and banks. Whenever a Fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it will either (i) consistent with Section 18 of the 1940 Act, maintain asset coverage of at least 300% of the value of the repurchase agreement or (ii) treat the reverse repurchase agreement as a derivatives transaction for purposes of the Derivatives Rule, including, as applicable, the VaR based limit on leverage risk. Reverse repurchase agreements are the economic equivalent of borrowing by the Fund, and are entered into by the Fund to enable it to avoid selling securities to meet redemption requests during market conditions deemed unfavorable by the Adviser.
Securities Lending
To realize additional income, each Fund may lend securities with a value of up to 30% of its total assets to broker-dealers or institutional investors. Each loan will be secured by collateral which is maintained at no less than 100% of the value of the securities loaned by marking to market daily. For the duration of the loan, the Fund will continue to receive the equivalent of the dividends or interest paid by the issuer on the securities loaned. A Fund may pay reasonable administrative and custodial fees in connection with a loan of securities. Each Fund will have the right to call each loan and obtain the securities on five business days’ notice or, in connection with securities trading on foreign markets, within a longer period of time which coincides with the normal settlement period for purchases and sales of such securities in such foreign markets. Loans will only be made to persons deemed by the Adviser to be of good standing in accordance with standards approved by the Board and will not be made unless, in the judgment of the Adviser, the consideration to be earned from such loans would justify the risk. The risks in lending portfolio securities, as with other extensions of credit, consist of possible delay in recovery of the securities should the borrower fail financially. In addition, voting rights or rights to consent with respect to the loaned securities pass to the borrower.
Shanghai-Hong Kong Stock Connect Scheme and Shenzhen-Hong Kong Stock Connect Scheme
Stock Connect Scheme
The Brandes Emerging Markets Value Fund may invest in China A shares through the Shanghai-Hong Kong Stock Connect scheme and/or the Shenzhen-Hong Kong Stock Connect scheme or through additional stock connect programs that may be available in the future (collectively, the “Connect Scheme”).
The Shanghai-Hong Kong Stock Connect scheme is a securities trading and clearing links program developed by Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited (“HKEx”), Shanghai Stock Exchange (“SSE”) and China Securities Depository and Clearing Corporation Limited (“ChinaClear”) and the Shenzhen-Hong Kong Stock Connect scheme is a securities trading and clearing links program developed by HKEx, Shenzhen Stock Exchange (“SZSE”) and ChinaClear. The aim of the Connect Scheme is to achieve mutual stock market access between mainland China and Hong Kong.
The Shanghai-Hong Kong Stock Connect scheme enables Hong Kong and overseas investors (including the relevant Fund) to invest in certain eligible China A shares listed on the SSE (“SSE Securities”) through their Hong Kong brokers and a securities trading service company established by The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (“SEHK”) under the Northbound Trading Link, subject to the rules of the Shanghai-Hong Kong Stock Connect scheme.
27
The Shenzhen-Hong Kong Stock Connect scheme enables Hong Kong and overseas investors (including the relevant Fund) to invest in certain eligible China A shares listed on the SZSE (“SZSE Securities”) through their Hong Kong brokers and a securities trading service company established by SEHK under the Northbound Trading Link, subject to the rules of the Shenzhen-Hong Kong Stock Connect scheme.
At the initial stage of the Shenzhen-Hong Kong Stock Connect scheme, investors eligible to trade shares that are listed on the ChiNext Board of the SZSE (“ChiNext Board”) under Northbound trading will be limited to institutional professional investors (which the Fund will qualify as such) as defined in the relevant Hong Kong rules and regulations.
It is expected that the list of eligible securities will be subject to review.
Short-Term Investments
The Funds may at times invest in short-term securities either for temporary, defensive purposes or as part of their overall investment strategies. These securities include U.S. dollar denominated bank certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper and other short-term debt obligations of U.S. and foreign issuers, including U.S. Government and agency obligations. A certificate of deposit is a short-term obligation of a commercial bank. A bankers’ acceptance is a time draft drawn on a commercial bank by a borrower, usually in connection with an international commercial transaction. Commercial paper is a short-term, unsecured promissory note issued to finance short-term credit needs. All these obligations are high quality, meaning that the security is rated in one of the two highest categories for short-term securities by one of the nationally recognized rating services or, if unrated, is determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality. The values of these investments may be adversely affected by the inability of the issuers (or related supporting institutions) to make principal or interest payments on the obligations in a timely manner.
Cash management
Each Fund may hold cash pending investment or may invest in money market instruments for cash management purposes. The fund may invest in money market funds. The amount of assets a Fund may hold for cash management purposes will depend on market conditions and the need to meet expected redemption requests.
Structured Notes
Each Fund may invest in structured notes. Structured notes are derivative debt securities, the interest rate or principal of which is determined by an unrelated indicator. Indexed securities include structured notes as well as securities other than debt securities, the interest rate or principal of which is determined by an unrelated indicator. Indexed securities may include a multiplier that multiplies the indexed element by a specified factor and, therefore, the value of such securities may be very volatile.
Swaps and Options on Swaps
Each Fund may engage in swaps, including, but not limited to, swaps on interest rates, security indexes, specific securities, currencies and credit default and event-linked swaps. The Fund may also enter into options on swaps (“swap options”).
Each Fund may enter into swap transactions for any legal purpose consistent with its investment objective and policies, such as for the purpose of attempting to obtain or preserve a particular return or spread at a lower cost than obtaining a return or spread through purchases and/or sales of instruments in other markets, to protect against currency fluctuations, as a duration management technique, to protect against any increase in the price of securities a Fund anticipates purchasing at a later date, or to gain exposure to certain markets in the most economical way possible.
Following the adoption and implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act, many categories of swaps (such as interest rate swaps, currency swaps, and swaps on broad-based securities indexes) are commodity interests subject to the jurisdiction of the CFTC If a Fund enters into such a swap, it may be considered a “commodity pool,” which in turn may trigger a requirement for the Adviser to register as a “commodity pool operator” (a “CPO”) with the CFTC absent the ability to rely on the exemption from CPO status provided by CFTC Regulation 4.5. Under amendments to the exemption provided under CFTC Regulation 4.5, if a Fund uses futures, options on futures, or swaps other than for bona fide hedging purposes (as defined by the CFTC), the aggregate initial margin and premiums on these positions (after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such positions and excluding the amount by which options are “in-the-money” at the time of purchase ) may not exceed 5% of the Fund’s liquidation value, or alternatively, the aggregate net notional value of those positions may not exceed 100% of the Fund’s liquidation value (after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such positions).
28
Swaps on single securities, single loans, and narrow-based securities indexes – as well as some index credit default swaps – are known as “security-based swaps.” These instruments are subject to SEC, rather than CFTC, jurisdiction. Accordingly, a Fund would not be considered a commodity pool subject to CFTC jurisdiction as a result of entering into this type of swap.
Swaps bearing attributes of both CFTC-regulated swaps and security-based swaps are considered “mixed swaps.” Absent a determination to the contrary by the CFTC and the SEC, these instruments would generally be considered to be commodity interests. As a result, a Fund that enters into a mixed swap would be considered a commodity pool, which in turn may trigger a requirement for the Adviser to register as a CPO with the CFTC absent the ability to rely on the exemption from CPO status provided by Regulation 4.5.
A Fund could be considered a “major swap participant” or a “major-security based swap participant” if its trading of swaps or security-based swaps exceeded certain tests specified in CFTC and SEC regulations that, generally speaking, measure swap counterparty exposure. Major swap participants and major security-based swap participants are subject to comprehensive requirements under CFTC and SEC regulations, respectively. Those requirements, if they were to apply to a Fund, would potentially have an adverse effect on a Fund’s ability to trade swaps and security-based swaps.
Swaps are two party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging from a few weeks to more than one year. In a standard “swap” transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments, which may be adjusted for an interest factor. The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties are generally calculated with respect to a “notional amount,” i.e., the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate, in a particular foreign currency, or in a “basket” of securities or commodities representing a particular index. A “quanto” or “differential” swap combines both an interest rate and a currency transaction. Other forms of swaps include interest rate caps, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates exceed a specified rate, or “cap”; interest rate floors, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates fall below a specified rate, or “floor”; and interest rate collars, under which a party sells a cap and purchases a floor or vice versa in an attempt to protect itself against interest rate movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels.
Each Fund may enter into credit default swaps. The “buyer” in a credit default contract is obligated to pay the “seller” a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default on an underlying reference obligation has occurred. If an event of default occurs, the seller must pay the buyer the full notional value, or “par value,” of the reference obligation in exchange for the reference obligation. A Fund may be either the buyer or seller in a credit default swap. If the Fund is a buyer and no event of default occurs, the Fund will lose its investment and recover nothing. However, if an event of default occurs, the Fund (if the buyer) will receive either the full notional value in exchange for the reference obligation or the difference in value between the full notional value and the reference obligation. As a seller, a Fund receives a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the contract, which typically is between six months and three years, provided that there is no default event. If an event of default occurs, the seller must pay the buyer the full notional value of the reference obligation. Credit default swaps involve greater risks than if the Fund had invested in the reference obligation directly.
A swap option is a contract that gives a counterparty the right (but not the obligation) in return for payment of a premium, to enter into a new swap or to shorten, extend, cancel or otherwise modify an existing swap, at some designated future time on specified terms. Each Fund may write (sell) and purchase put and call swap options.
Most swaps entered into by a Fund would calculate the obligations of the parties to the agreement on a “net basis.” Consequently, the Fund’s current obligations (or rights) under a swap will generally be equal only to the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the agreement (the “net amount”). A Fund’s current obligations under a swap will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owed to the Fund) As a matter of operating policy, a Fund will limit its swaps, along with any other transactions that are considered commodity interests subject to CFTC jurisdiction, so that either: (a) the aggregate initial margin or premium required to establish those positions does not exceed 5% of the Fund’s net assets; or (b) the aggregate net notional value of those positions does not exceed 100% of the Fund’s net assets. For this purpose, the caps, collars, and floors described above are considered swaps.
Swaps involve special risks. Swaps may in some cases be illiquid. In the absence of a central exchange or market for swaps, they may be difficult to trade or value, especially in the event of market disruptions. Credit default swaps involve additional risks. For example, credit default swaps increase credit risk since a Fund has exposure to both the issuer of the referenced obligation (typically a debt obligation) and the counterparty to the credit default swap.
Whether a Fund’s use of swaps or swap options will be successful in furthering its investment objective will depend on the Adviser’s ability to predict correctly whether certain types of investments are likely to produce greater returns than other investments. Because
29
they are two party contracts and because they may have terms of greater than seven days, swaps may be considered to be illiquid depending on the underlying circumstances. Moreover, a Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap counterparty. Each Fund will enter into swaps only with counterparties that meet certain standards of creditworthiness. Certain restrictions imposed on the Fund by the Derivatives Rule and by the Code may limit the Fund’s ability to use swaps. It is possible that developments in the swaps market, including regulations being implemented under the Dodd-Frank Act, could adversely affect a Fund’s ability to terminate existing swaps or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements.
Depending on the terms of the particular option agreement, a Fund will generally incur a greater degree of risk when it writes a swap option than it will incur when it purchases a swap option. When a Fund purchases a swap option, it risks losing only the amount of the premium it has paid should it decide to let the option expire unexercised. However, when a Fund writes a swap option, upon exercise of the option the Fund will become obligated according to the terms of the underlying agreement.
Swaps and security-based swaps are subject to a comprehensive regulatory regime under the Dodd-Frank Act that is being implemented by the CFTC and the SEC. Many aspects of this regime have yet to be finalized, so their overall effect on a Fund remains uncertain. One key aspect of these regulations will be to provide for the centralized clearing of several categories of swaps. Centralized clearing may reduce some risks associated with bilateral trading – like counterparty and credit risks – but may present other risks, like risks associated with the failure of the member firm through which swaps are submitted for clearing. Centrally-cleared swaps will generally be required to be executed on a designated contract market or a swap execution facility, and the clearing organizations for those transactions may impose initial and variation margin requirements. Swaps that are uncleared may be subject to margin requirements imposed by regulation. A swap counterparty will have certain recordkeeping requirements regarding its swaps, and information about those transactions may be required to be reported and made publicly available. These new requirements will impose additional costs on entering into swaps, the full scope of which will remain unknown until the regulations are fully implemented.
Trust Preferred Securities
The Funds may invest in trust-preferred securities, which share characteristics of preferred stock, corporate debt, and asset-backed securities. Trust preferred securities represent interests in a trust formed by a parent company to finance its operations. The trust sells preferred shares and invests the proceeds in debt securities of the parent. This debt may be subordinated and unsecured. Dividend payments on the trust preferred securities match the interest payments on the debt securities. If no interest is paid on the underlying debt securities, the trust will not make interest payments to holders of its preferred securities. Unlike typical asset-backed securities, trust preferred securities have only one underlying obligor and are not over-collateralized. For that reason the market may effectively treat trust preferred securities as subordinate corporate debt of the underlying issuer. Issuers of trust preferred securities receive favorable tax treatment. If the tax rules regarding trust preferred securities were to change, they could be redeemed by the issuers, which could result in a loss to holders.
U.S. Government Securities
Each Fund may invest in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities. U.S. government securities include direct obligations issued by the United States Treasury, such as Treasury bills, certificates of indebtedness, notes and bonds. U.S. Treasury obligations differ mainly in the lengths of their maturities (e.g., Treasury bills mature in one year or less, and Treasury notes and bonds mature in two to 30 years).
U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities that issue or guarantee securities include, but are not limited to, the Federal National Mortgage Association (d/b/a Fannie Mae) (“FNMA”), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (d/b/a Freddie Mac) (“FHLMC”), Government National Mortgage Association, Federal Home Loan Bank, Federal Land Banks, Farmers Home Administration, Banks for Cooperatives, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, Federal Financing Bank, Farm Credit Bank, Small Business Administration and Tennessee Valley Authority. Securities issued by these agencies and instrumentalities may have maturities from one day to 30 years or longer. Except for U.S. Treasury securities, obligations of U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities may or may not be supported by the full faith and credit of the United States. Some (such as those of the Federal Home Loan Banks) are backed by the right of the issuer to borrow from the Treasury; others (such as those of FNMA) are backed by discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase the agencies’ obligations; and others (such as those of FHLMC) are supported only by the credit of the instrumentality.
U.S. government securities also include securities issued by non-governmental entities (such as financial institutions) that carry direct guarantees from U.S. government agencies as part of government initiatives in response to market crises or otherwise.
30
A guarantee of principal by an agency or instrumentality may be a guarantee of payment at the maturity of the obligation, so that in the event of a default prior to maturity there might not be a market and thus no means of realizing the value of the obligation prior to its maturity. In the case of securities not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, the investor must look principally to the agency issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment and may not be able to assert a claim against the United States itself in the event the agency or instrumentality does not meet its commitment. No government agency or instrumentality guarantees the market value of the securities it issues, and such market value will fluctuate in response to changes in interest rates.
In 2008, the FHFA was appointed as the conservator of FHLMC and FNMA for an indefinite period. In accordance with the Federal Housing Finance Regulatory Reform Act of 2008 and the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992, as conservator, the FHFA will control and oversee these entities until the FHFA deems them financially sound and solvent. During the conservatorship, each entity’s obligations are expected to be paid in the normal course of business. Although no express guarantee exists for the debt or mortgage-backed securities issued by these entities, the U.S. Department of Treasury, through a secured lending credit facility and a senior preferred stock purchase agreement, has attempted to enhance the ability of the entities to meet their obligations.
Variable Rate and Floating Rate Demand Notes
The Fixed Income Funds may invest in variable and floating rate demand notes. Variable rate demand notes and bonds have a stated maturity in excess of one year, but permit a holder to demand payment of principal plus accrued interest upon a specified number of days’ notice. Frequently, such obligations are secured by letters of credit or other credit support arrangements provided by banks. The issuer has a corresponding right, after a given period, to prepay in its discretion the outstanding principal of the obligation plus accrued interest upon a specific number of days’ notice to the holders.
The interest rate of a floating rate instrument may be based on a known lending rate, such as a bank’s prime rate, and is reset whenever such rate is adjusted. The interest rate on a variable rate demand note is reset at specified intervals at a market rate. The Adviser monitors the earning power, cash flow and other liquidity ratios of the issuers of such obligations, as well as the creditworthiness of the institution responsible for paying the principal amount of the obligations under the demand feature.
Warrants
The Funds may invest in warrants. A warrant, which is issued by the underlying issuer, gives the holder a right to purchase at any time during a specified period a predetermined number of shares of common stock at a fixed price. Unlike convertible debt securities or preferred stock, warrants do not pay a fixed dividend. Investments in warrants involve certain risks, including the possible lack of a liquid market for resale of the warrants, potential price fluctuations as a result of speculation or other factors and failure of the price of the underlying security to reach, or have reasonable prospects of reaching, a level at which the warrant can be prudently exercised (in which event the warrant may expire without being exercised, resulting in a loss of a Fund’s entire investment therein).
When-Issued Securities
Each Fund may from time to time purchase securities on a “when-issued,” delayed delivery or forward commitment basis, generally in connection with an underwriting or other offering. The price of such securities, which may be expressed in yield terms, is fixed at the time the commitment to purchase is made, but delivery and payment for the when-issued securities take place at a later date, beyond normal settlement dates, generally from 15 to 45 days after the transaction.
With to be announced (TBA) transactions, the particular securities to be delivered or received are not identified at the trade date, but are “to be announced” at a later settlement date. However, securities to be delivered must meet specified criteria, including face value, coupon rate and maturity, and be within industry-accepted “good delivery” standards.
When purchasing a security on a when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward commitment basis, a Fund assumes the rights and risks of ownership of the security, including the risk of price and yield fluctuations, and takes such fluctuations into account when determining its net asset value. Because the Fund is not required to pay for the security until the delivery date, these risks are in addition to the risks associated with the Fund’s other investments. If the Fund remains substantially fully invested at a time when when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward commitment purchases are outstanding, the purchases may result in a form of leverage. Should market values of the Fund’s portfolio securities decline while the Fund is in a leveraged position, greater depreciation of its net assets would likely occur than if it were not in such a position. The Fund will not borrow money to settle these transactions and, therefore, will liquidate other portfolio securities in advance of settlement if necessary to generate additional cash to meet its obligations. After a transaction is entered into, the Fund may still dispose of or renegotiate the transaction. Additionally, prior to receiving delivery of securities as part of a transaction, the Fund may sell such securities.
31
When a Fund has sold a security on a when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward commitment basis, the Fund does not participate in future gains or losses with respect to the security. If the other party to a transaction fails to deliver or pay for the securities, the Fund could miss a favorable price or yield opportunity or could suffer a loss. Each Fund may dispose of or renegotiate a transaction after it is entered into, and may sell when-issued, delayed delivery or forward commitment securities before they are delivered, which may result in a capital gain or loss. There is no percentage limitation on the extent to which a Fund may purchase or sell securities on a when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward commitment basis.
Under the Derivatives Rule, when issued, forward-settling and non-standard settlement cycle securities, as well as TBAs, will be treated as derivatives unless the Fund intends to physically settle these transactions and the transactions will settle within 35 days of their respective trade dates.
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
Fundamental Policies: The investment restrictions numbered 1 through 7 below have been adopted as fundamental policies for each Fund.
1. A Fund may not issue any class of securities which is senior to a Fund’s shares of beneficial interest, except to the extent a Fund is permitted to borrow money and except as otherwise consistent with applicable law from time to time.
2. A Fund may borrow money to the extent permitted by applicable law from time to time.
3. A Fund may not act as underwriter of securities of other issuers except to the extent that, in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities or in connection with the purchase of securities directly from the issuer thereof, it may be deemed to be an underwriter under certain federal securities laws.
4. A Fund may not purchase any security if as a result 25% or more of a Fund’s total assets (taken at current value) would be invested in securities of issuers in a single industry or group of industries (for purposes of this restriction, bank loans and loan participations will be considered investments in the industry of the underlying borrower, investment companies are not considered to constitute an industry, and derivatives counterparties are not considered to be part of any industry).
5. A Fund may make loans, including to affiliated investment companies, except to the extent a Fund is prohibited from doing so by applicable law. A Fund may purchase loan participations or otherwise invest in loans or similar obligations, and may make loans directly to borrowers, itself or as part of a lending syndicate. A Fund may purchase debt obligations or other financial instruments in which a Fund may invest consistent with its investment policies, enter into repurchase agreements, or lend its portfolio securities.
6. A Fund may purchase or sell commodities to the extent permitted by applicable law from time to time.
7. A Fund will not purchase real estate directly, but may possess, hold, purchase and/or dispose of it in connection with managing or exercising its rights in respect of its investments. A Fund may (i) purchase interests in issuers which deal or invest in real estate, including limited partnership interests of limited partnerships that invest or deal in real estate, purchase securities which are secured by real estate or interests in real estate, including real estate mortgage loans, and acquire (by way of foreclosure or otherwise), hold and/or dispose of real estate that secured, or is otherwise related to, an investment of the Fund. (For purposes of this restriction, investments by a Fund in mortgage-backed securities and other securities representing interests in mortgage pools shall not constitute the purchase or sale of real estate.)
8. No Fund may make investments for the purpose of exercising control or management.
9. No Fund may invest in oil and gas limited partnerships or oil, gas or mineral leases.
For purposes of applying the terms of the Funds’ fundamental policy number 4, the Adviser will, on behalf of the Funds, make reasonable determinations as to the appropriate industry classification to assign to each issuer of securities in which a Fund invests. As a general matter, the Funds consider an industry to be a group of companies whose principal activities, products or services offered give them a similar economic risk profile vis à vis issuers active in other sectors of the economy. The definition of what constitutes a particular industry is therefore an evolving one, particularly for issuers in industries that are new or are undergoing rapid development. Some issuers could reasonably fall within more than one industry category. The Funds take the position that mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities, whether government-issued or privately issued, do not represent interests in any particular industry or group of industries, and therefore the 25% concentration restrictions noted above do not apply to such securities. However, the Funds do look through each mortgage-backed and asset-backed security to examine the security’s underlying collateral to determine and monitor industry exposure.
For purposes of the Funds’ policies (including the fundamental policies discussed above), any actions taken or omitted or investments made in reliance on, or in accordance with, exemptive relief, no action relief, interpretive guidance or other regulatory or governmental action or guidance, shall be considered to have been taken, made, or omitted in accordance with applicable law.
32
The International Equity Fund, the Global Equity Fund, the Emerging Markets Value Fund, the International Small Cap Fund, and the Small Cap Value Fund may not:
1. | Make short sales of securities or maintain a short position, except for short sales against the box; |
2. | Purchase securities on margin, except such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of transactions; or |
3. | Write put or call options, except that the Fund may (a) write covered call options on individual securities and on stock indices; (b) purchase put and call options on securities which are eligible for purchase by the Fund and on stock indices; and (c) engage in closing transactions with respect to its options writing and purchases, in all cases subject to applicable federal and state laws and regulations. |
Except for the investment restrictions listed above as fundamental or to the extent designated as such in the Prospectus, the other investment policies described in this SAI or in the Prospectus, including the explanatory notes included above under the heading “Investment Restrictions — Fundamental Policies” are not fundamental and may be changed by approval of the Trustees without notice to or approval by the shareholders.
Other Information Regarding Investment Restrictions and Policies:
All percentage limitations and requirements (including those set forth in the fundamental policies discussed above) as to investments will apply only at the time of an investment to which the limitation or requirement is applicable and shall not be considered violated unless an excess or deficiency occurs or exists immediately after and as a result of such investment.
Accordingly, any later increase or decrease resulting from a change in values, net assets or other circumstances will not be considered in determining whether any investment complies with the Funds’ limitations or requirements. Such percentage limitations and requirements do not apply to the asset coverage test set forth in Section 18(f)(1) of the 1940 Act.
The 1940 Act provides that a “vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” of a Fund means the affirmative vote of the lesser of (1) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of a Fund, or (2) 67% or more of the shares present at a meeting if more than 50% of the outstanding shares of a Fund are represented at the meeting in person.
It is contrary to the current policy of the Funds, which policy may be changed without shareholder approval, to invest more than 15% of a Fund’s net assets in securities which are determined to be illiquid by the Funds’ Board of Trustees (the “Board” or the “Trustees”), or persons designated by the Board to make such determinations (such as the Adviser) in accordance with procedures adopted by the Board.
Pursuant to Rule 22e-4 under the 1940 Act, the Funds have adopted a liquidity risk management program to assess and manage its liquidity risk. Under its program, each Fund is required to classify its investments into specific liquidity categories and monitor compliance with limits on investments in illiquid securities. Illiquid investments are generally investments that the Funds cannot reasonably expect to be sold or disposed of in current market conditions in seven (7) calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the instrument. A Fund will not invest more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities. While the liquidity risk management program attempts to assess and manage liquidity risk, there is no guarantee it will be effective in its operation, and it will not reduce the liquidity risk inherent in a Fund’s investments.
Restrictions Pursuant to Applicable Law
The Trust is registered under the 1940 Act as an investment company and the Funds seek to qualify and be eligible for treatment each year as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended (the “Code”).
Compliance with the requirements of the 1940 Act and other applicable law as well as the Funds’ desire to qualify and be eligible for treatment each year as a RIC may limit the Funds’ ability to achieve its investment objective, including by, among other things, limiting the types of investments it may make or hold from time to time and the counterparties with which the Funds may trade. Other accounts managed by the Adviser may invest and perform differently because they may not be subject to the same laws and restrictions as the Funds.
DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS
Through filings made with the SEC on Form N-CSR, the Funds make their full portfolio holdings publicly available to shareholders on a semi-annual basis. The Funds normally make such filings on or around the sixtieth day following the end of the Funds’ second and fourth fiscal quarters. The Fund transmits its complete portfolio schedules as of the end of the second and fourth fiscal quarters to shareholders in the Fund’s semi-annual and annual reports.
33
In addition to filings made with the SEC, the Funds intend to make their full portfolio holdings as of the end of each calendar quarter available on the Funds’ website at www.brandesfunds.com, generally no later than thirty calendar days after the end of each calendar quarter.
To the extent that the Funds’ portfolio holdings have previously been disclosed publicly either through a filing made with the SEC on Form N-CSR, or by being posted to the Funds’ website, such holdings may also be disclosed to any third party that requests them.
On a quarterly basis, the complete schedule of the Funds’ portfolio holdings will be filed with the SEC on Form N-PORT and made publicly available. These schedules are available on the SEC website at www.sec.gov and on the Fund’s website at www.brandesfunds.com.
Policies and Procedures. The Trust has adopted policies and procedures with respect to disclosure of the Funds’ portfolio holdings. The Funds may provide information regarding their portfolio holdings to their service providers where relevant to duties to be performed for the Funds. Such service providers include fund accountants, administrators, investment advisers, custodians, independent public accountants, and attorneys. Neither the Funds nor any service provider to the Funds may disclose material information about the Funds’ holdings, trading strategies implemented or to be implemented in the Funds or about pending transactions in the Funds to other third parties except that information about portfolio holdings may be available to such third parties: (i) by providing a copy of the Funds’ latest annual or semi-annual report or the Funds’ latest Form N-PORT; (ii) in marketing materials, provided the portfolio holdings disclosed in the materials are at least 15 days old, or (iii) when the Funds have a legitimate business purpose for doing so and the recipients are subject to a confidentiality agreement or the Board has determined that the policies of the recipient are adequate to protect the information that is disclosed. Any party wishing to release portfolio holdings information on an ad hoc or special basis must submit any proposed arrangement to the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”), who will review the arrangement together with the Funds’ President to determine (i) whether the arrangement has a legitimate business purpose, (ii) whether the arrangement is in the best interests of the Funds’ shareholders, (iii) whether the information will be kept confidential, (iv) whether sufficient protections are in place to guard against personal trading based on the information, and (v) whether the disclosure presents a conflict of interest between the interests of Fund shareholders and those of the Funds’ investment adviser, or any affiliated person of the Funds or the investment adviser. Such disclosures of portfolio holdings information shall be authorized in writing by the Funds’ CCO and President and shall be reported periodically to the Board by the Funds’ CCO. In no event shall such information be disclosed for compensation.
Examples of instances in which selective disclosure of a Fund’s portfolio securities may be appropriate include disclosure for due diligence purposes to an investment adviser that is in merger or acquisition talks with the Adviser, disclosure to a performance reporting bureau or to a rating agency for use in developing a rating. Examples of instances in which selective disclosure is not appropriate include disclosure to assist a party in deciding when to buy or sell or hedge a position in the Funds or in securities held or under consideration for purchase by the Funds.
The Board of Trustees reviews and reapproves the policies and procedures related to portfolio disclosure, including the list of approved recipients, as often as deemed appropriate, and may make any changes it deems appropriate.
MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST
Board Leadership Structure. The Board of Trustees consists of four Trustees, three of whom are not “interested persons” (within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) of the Trust (the “Independent Trustees”). The Chairman of the Board, Mr. Lloyd Wennlund, is an Independent Trustee. The Chairman presides at meetings of the Board and acts as a liaison with service providers, officers, attorneys and other Trustees generally between meetings, and performs such other functions as may be requested by the Board from time to time. The Board of Trustees will meet regularly, generally at least 4 times each year to discuss and consider matters concerning the Trust and the Fund and may also hold special meetings to address matters arising between regular meetings. Such meetings may be held in-person, by video conference, or by telephone.
The Board of Trustees has established two standing Committees to facilitate the Trustees’ oversight of the management of the Trust: the Audit Committee and the Governance Committee. The functions and role of each Committee are described below under “Committees of the Board of Trustees.” The membership of each Committee consists of all of the Independent Trustees, which the Board believes allows them to participate in the full range of the Board’s oversight duties.
34
The Board plans to review its leadership structure periodically and has determined that its leadership structure, including Committees comprised entirely of Independent Trustees, is appropriate in light of the characteristics and circumstances of the Trust. In reaching this conclusion, the Board considered, among other things, the predominant roles of the Adviser and Administrator in the day-to-day management of the Funds’ affairs, the extent to which the work of the Board is conducted through the Committees, the asset classes in which the Funds invest, and the management and other service arrangements of the Funds. The Board also believes that its structure facilitates an efficient flow of information concerning the management of the Funds to the Independent Trustees.
Risk Oversight. The Funds have retained the Adviser to provide investment advisory services, and the Adviser is immediately responsible for the management of risks that may arise from the Funds’ investments. The Board oversees the performance of these functions by the Adviser. The Board expects to receive from the Adviser a wide range of reports, both on a regular and as-needed basis, relating to the Funds’ activities and to the actual and potential risks of the Funds and the Trust as a whole. These include reports on investment risks, compliance with applicable laws, and the Funds’ financial accounting and reporting. The Board also regularly receives from the Adviser and Administrator reports regarding the sale of the Funds’ shares, as well as related risks. In addition, the Board expects to meet periodically with the investment professionals who lead the Funds’ investment operations to receive reports regarding the portfolio management of the Funds, their performance, and their investment risks.
The Board has appointed a CCO. The CCO oversees the development and implementation of compliance policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to prevent violations of the federal securities laws (the “Compliance Policies”). The CCO reports directly to the Board. The CCO makes presentations to the Board at its quarterly meetings and provides an annual report on the application of the Compliance Policies. The Board periodically discusses relevant risks affecting the Trust with the CCO at its meetings. Further, the Board annually reviews the sufficiency of the Compliance Policies, as well as the appointment and compensation of the CCO.
The function of the Board with respect to risk management is one of periodic oversight and not active involvement in, or coordination of, day-to-day risk management activities for the Funds. The Board recognizes, however, that not all risks that may affect the Funds can be identified, that it may not be practical or cost-effective to eliminate or mitigate certain risks, that it may be necessary to bear certain risks (such as investment-related risks) to achieve the Funds’ goals, and that the processes, procedures, and controls employed to address certain risks may be limited in their effectiveness. Moreover, reports received by the Trustees that may relate to risk management matters are typically summaries of the relevant information. There is no assurance that the Board of Trustees’ operations or leadership structure will identify, prevent, or mitigate risks in actual practice. The Funds are designed for investors that are prepared to accept investment risk, including the possibility that as yet unforeseen risks may emerge in the future.
The Trustees and executive officers of the Trust, their age, the position they hold with the Trust, their term of office and length of time served, a description of their principal occupations during the past five years, the number of portfolios in the fund complex that the Trustees oversee and other directorships held by the Trustees of the Trust are listed in the following tables.
Except as shown, each Trustee’s and officer’s principal occupation and business experience for the last five years have been with the employer(s) indicated, although in some cases the Trustee may have held different positions with such employer(s). Unless otherwise indicated, the business address of the persons listed below is Datum One Series Trust c/o The Northern Trust Company, 50 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603, Attn: Board of Trustees, Datum One Series Trust.
Independent Trustees
The following table sets forth certain information concerning the Independent Trustees of the Trust:
Name, Address* and |
Position(s) Held with Trust |
Term of Office and Length of Time Served |
Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years |
Number of |
Other Directorships Held by Trustee During the Past 5 Years | |||||
JoAnn S. Lilek Year of Birth: 1956 |
Trustee | Indefinite/ March, 2020 to present | Advisory Board Member, MGX Beverage Group, 2019 to present; Independent Contractor 2018 to present; Chief Financial Officer, Accretive Solutions, Inc, 2010 to 2018; Chief Operating Officer, Accretive Solutions, Inc, 2016 to 2018. | 9 | Amalgamated Financial Corporation and Amalgamated Bank, 2021 to present. |
35
Name, Address* and |
Position(s) Held with Trust |
Term of Office and Length of Time Served |
Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years |
Number of |
Other Directorships Held by Trustee During the Past 5 Years | |||||
Patricia A. Weiland Year of Birth: 1959 |
Trustee | Indefinite/ March, 2020 to present | Consultant, PAW Consulting LLC, 2014 to present. | 9 | None. | |||||
Lloyd A. Wennlund Year of Birth: 1957 |
Trustee | Indefinite/ March, 2020 to present | Independent Contractor, June 2017 to present; Executive Vice President, The Northern Trust Company, 1989 to 2017. | 9 | Calamos Funds (41 Funds), 2018 to present. |
Interested Trustees
The following table sets forth certain information concerning the Trustees who are “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust (each, an “Interested Trustee”):
Name, Address* and Year |
Position(s) Held with Trust |
Term of Office and Length of Time Served |
Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years |
Number of |
Other Directorships Held by Trustee During the Past 5 Years | |||||
Ryan D. Burns*** Year of Birth: 1976 |
Trustee | Indefinite/ March, 2020 to present | Senior Vice President, The Northern Trust Company, 1998 to present. | 9 | None |
* | Each Trustee may be contacted at 50 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603. |
** | Each of Brandes International Equity Fund, Brandes Global Equity Fund, Brandes Emerging Markets Value Fund, Brandes International Small Cap Equity Fund, Brandes Small Cap Value Fund, Brandes Core Plus Fixed Income Fund, and Brandes Separately Managed Account Reserve Trust are expected to commence operations in connection with the Reorganization. |
*** | Mr. Burns may be deemed to be an “interested” person of the Trust, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act, by virtue of his affiliation with the Fund’s Administrator and Fund Accounting Agent, Transfer Agent, and Custodian. |
Officers
The following table sets forth certain information concerning the Trust’s officers. The officers of the Trust are employees of the Trust’s Administrator or Distributor and certain of their affiliates:
Name, Address* and |
Position(s) Held with Trust |
Term of Office and Length of Time Served |
Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years | |||
Barbara J. Nelligan Year of Birth: 1969 |
President | Indefinite/ March, 2020 to present | Senior Vice President, Global Fund Services Fund Governance Solutions, The Northern Trust Company 2018 to Present; Senior Vice President, Global Fund Services Product Management, The Northern Trust Company 2007 to 2018. | |||
Gregory T. Mino Year of Birth: 1971 |
Vice President | Indefinite / December, 2023 to present | Senior Vice President, Global Fund Services Fund Governance Solutions, The Northern Trust Company, 2024 to Present; Vice President, Global Fund Services Fund Governance Solutions, The Northern Trust Company, 2020 to 2024; Nuveen Solutions Chief Operating Officer, Nuveen Services LLC, 2017 to 2019. | |||
Rodney L. Ruehle Year of Birth: 1968 |
Chief Compliance Officer and AML Officer | Indefinite/ August 2022 to present | Senior Principal Consultant, Foreside Fund Officer Services, LLC (doing business as ACA Group), 2016 to present. |
36
Name, Address* and |
Position(s) Held with Trust |
Term of Office and Length of Time Served |
Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years | |||
Tracy L. Dotolo Year of Birth: 1976 |
Treasurer, Principal Financial Officer, and Principal Accounting Officer | Indefinite/ March, 2020 to present | Senior Principal Consultant, Foreside Fund Officer Services, LLC (doing business as ACA Group), 2016 to present. | |||
Matthew J. Broucek Year of Birth: 1988 |
Secretary | Indefinite/ February 2023 to present | Vice President, Global Fund Services Fund Governance Solutions, The Northern Trust Company 2020 to present; Second Vice President, Global Fund Services Fund Governance Solutions, The Northern Trust Company 2018 to 2020; Officer, Global Fund Services Fund Governance Solutions, The Northern Trust Company 2016 to 2018. | |||
David P. Michalik Year of Birth: 1991 |
Assistant Secretary | Indefinite/ February 2023 to present | Second Vice President, Global Fund Services Fund Governance Solutions, The Northern Trust Company 2022 to present; Officer, Global Fund Services Fund Governance Solutions, The Northern Trust Company 2019 to 2022; Associate Attorney, Leahy Eisenberg & Fraenkel, Ltd. 2017-2019. |
* | Each Officer may be contacted at 50 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603. |
Trustee Qualifications. The Board has determined that each Trustee should serve as such based on several factors (none of which alone is decisive). Among the factors the Board considered when concluding that an individual should serve on the Board were the following: (i) the individual’s business and professional experience and accomplishments, including those enumerated in the table above; (ii) the individual’s ability to work effectively with other members of the Board; (iii) the individual’s prior experience, if any, serving on the boards of public companies and other complex enterprises and organizations; and (iv) how the individual’s skills, experiences and attributes would contribute to an appropriate mix of relevant skills and experience on the Board.
In respect of each current Trustee, the individual’s substantial professional accomplishments and prior experience, including, in some cases, in fields related to the operations of the Fund, were a significant factor in the determination that the individual should serve as a Trustee of the Trust. Following is a summary of various qualifications, experiences and skills of each Trustee that contributed to the Board’s conclusion that an individual should serve on the Board:
Independent Trustees:
JoAnn Lilek – Ms. Lilek is an experienced corporate board director and executive for both public and private companies. She brings substantial experience in the financial services industry. She currently serves as a Qualified Audit Committee Financial Expert and audit committee chair of a publicly traded bank holding company.
Patricia Weiland – Ms. Weiland brings substantial experience in the financial services industry, having served as an executive officer to a financial services firm. She has experience with mutual funds, banking, wealth management, and trust services working in an executive capacity.
Lloyd Wennlund – Mr. Wennlund is a financial services executive with expertise in all aspects of asset management and broker-dealer functions. He brings extensive experience with respect to the operation of investment funds. He has served in key leadership roles, including as an independent director to a global asset management firm.
Interested Trustees:
Ryan Burns – Mr. Burns brings substantial experience in the financial services industry. He currently serves as the Head of Global Fund Services (Americas) for The Northern Trust Company.
References to the experience, qualifications, attributes, and skills of Trustees are pursuant to requirements of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, do not constitute holding out of the Board of Trustees or any Trustee as having any special expertise or experience, and shall not impose any greater responsibility or liability on such person or on the Board of Trustees by reason thereof.
37
Committees of the Board of Trustees
Audit Committee. The Board of Trustees has a separately-designated standing Audit Committee composed of all of the Independent Trustees of the Trust and chaired by Ms. Lilek. The Audit Committee provides oversight with respect to the internal and external accounting and auditing procedures of the Fund and, among other things, considers the selection of the independent registered public accounting firm for the Funds and the scope of the audit, approves all audit and permitted non-audit services proposed to be performed by those accountants on behalf of the Funds, and considers other services provided by those accountants to the Funds and the Adviser and its affiliates and the possible effect of those services on the independence of those accountants. During the twelve months ended March 31, 2024 the Audit Committee held 2 meetings.
Governance Committee. The Governance Committee is composed of all of the Independent Trustees of the Trust and is responsible for oversight of the governance of the Fund. The Governance Committee will make nominations for independent trustee membership on the Board when necessary and consider nominees for election to the Board made by shareholders if the nomination is made in accordance with the Trust’s policies regarding shareholder nominations, which are attached to this SAI as Appendix A, review periodically Board governance practices and procedures and, as well as, the responsibilities and charters of each committee of the Board. Ms. Weiland serves as Chair of the Governance Committee. During the twelve months ended March 31, 2024 the Governance Committee held 1 meeting.
Securities Ownership
For each Trustee, the following table discloses the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by the Trustee in the Trust as of December 31, 2023, and, on an aggregate basis, in any registered investment companies overseen by the Trustee within the Trust’s family of investment companies. The dollar ranges used in the table are (i) None; (ii) $1-$10,000; (iii) $10,001-$50,000; (iv) $50,001-$100,000; and (v) Over $100,000.
Name of Trustee |
Dollar Range of Equity Securities Owned in the Funds | Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies | ||
“Independent” Trustees | ||||
JoAnn Lilek |
None | None | ||
Patty Weiland |
None | None | ||
Lloyd Wennlund |
None | None | ||
“Interested” Trustees | ||||
Ryan Burns |
None | None |
To the Trust’s knowledge as of a recent date, the Independent Trustees and their immediate family members do not beneficially own any securities in an investment Adviser or principal underwriter of the Trust, or a person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with an investment Adviser or principal underwriter of the Trust.
Trustees’ Compensation
The Independent Trustees receive an annual retainer of $50,000 divided into four quarterly payments for their services as Independent Trustees of the Trust. The retainer includes six meetings per year, after six meetings the Independent Trustees are paid $2,500 for each additional meeting.
The following table sets forth the compensation paid to the Independent Trustees for the twelve months ended March 31, 2024. The Trust has no retirement or pension plans. Trustees who are deemed “Interested Trustees” of the Trust and the officers of the Trust receive no compensation from the Trust and are compensated in their capacities as employees of the Adviser, Northern Trust, Foreside, or its affiliates.
38
Name |
Aggregate Compensation from the Funds(1) |
Total Compensation from Trust |
||||||
JoAnn Lilek (Independent Trustee) |
$ | 0 | $ | 50,000 | ||||
Patty Weiland (Independent Trustee) |
$ | 0 | $ | 50,000 | ||||
Lloyd Wennlund (Independent Trustee) |
$ | 0 | $ | 50,000 | ||||
Ryan Burns (Interested Trustee) |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 |
(1) | Because the Funds had not yet commenced operations as of March 31, 2024, the Independent Trustees did not receive compensation from them during the last twelve months. |
PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES
Shareholders who beneficially own more than 25% of the shares of a Fund are presumed to “control” the Fund as that term is defined under the 1940 Act. Persons controlling a Fund can affect the outcome of proposals submitted to the shareholders for approval, including changes to the Fund’s fundamental policies or the terms of the Investment Management Agreement with the Adviser. Because the Funds have not yet commenced operations as of the date of this SAI, there were no shareholders who beneficially or of record owned 5% or more of the outstanding shares of any class of the Fund. As of April 12, 2024, the persons listed below owned beneficially or of record 5% or more of a class of a Predecessor Fund’s outstanding shares.
Predecessor Fund/Class |
Shareholder Name & Address |
% held as of April 12, 2024 |
||||
International Equity Fund – Class I Shares |
National Financial Services Cust The Exclusive Benefit Of Our Customers(1) 499 Washington Blvd., Attn Mutual Funds Dept 4th Fl Jersey City, NJ 07310-1995 |
24.57 | % | |||
Morgan Stanley Cust The Exclusive Benefit Of Its Customers(1) 1 New York Plaza, Floor 12 New York, NY 10004-1901 |
22.50 | % | ||||
Raymond James Omnibus for Mutual Funds 880 Carillon Parkway Saint Petersburg, FL 33716 |
9.84 | % | ||||
Charles Schwab & Co. Inc Special Custody A C FBO Customers(1) 211 Main Street Attn Mutual Funds San Francisco, CA 94105-1905 |
9.55 | % | ||||
Wells Fargo Bank Special Custody Account The Exclusive Benefit Of Its Customers(1) 2801 Market Street Saint Louis, MO 63101 |
8.88 | % |
39
Predecessor Fund/Class |
Shareholder Name & Address |
% held as of April 12, 2024 |
||||
UBS WM USA(1) 1000 Harbor Blvd. Weehawken, NJ 07086 |
7.10 | % | ||||
Charles Schwab & Co. Inc Special Custody A C FBO Customers(1) 211 Main Street Attn Mutual Funds San Francisco, CA 94105-1905 |
5.46 | % | ||||
International Equity Fund – Class A Shares |
Charles Schwab & Co. Inc Special Custody A C FBO Customers(1) 211 Main Street Attn Mutual Funds San Francisco, CA 94105-1905 |
35.32 | % | |||
Morgan Stanley Cust The Exclusive Benefit Of Its Customers(1) 1 New York Plaza, Floor 12 New York, NY 10004-1901 |
21.00 | % | ||||
Wells Fargo Bank Special Custody Acct For the Exclusive Benefit of Customer(1) 2801 Market Street Saint Louis, MO 63103-2523 |
9.76 | % | ||||
UBS WM USA(1) 1000 Harbor Blvd Weehawken, NJ 07086-6761 |
7.59 | % | ||||
D A Davidson And Co Corddry Family Interests Ltd 8 Third St North Great Falls, MT 59401-3155 |
6.61 | % | ||||
International Equity Fund – Class C Shares |
Wells Fargo Bank Special Custody Acct For the Exclusive Benefit of Customer(1) 2801 Market Street Saint Louis, MO 63103-2523 |
24.50 | % | |||
Morgan Stanley Cust The Exclusive Benefit Of Its Customers(1) 1 New York Plaza, Floor 12 New York, NY 10004-1901 |
22.31 | % | ||||
UBS WM USA(1) 1000 Harbor Blvd Weehawken, NJ 07086-6761 |
21.62 | % | ||||
Charles Schwab & Co. Inc Special Custody A C FBO Customers(1) 211 Main Street Attn Mutual Funds San Francisco, CA 94105-1905 |
18.09 | % |
40
Predecessor Fund/Class |
Shareholder Name & Address |
% held as of April 12, 2024 |
||||
International Equity Fund – Class R6 Shares |
Reliance Trust Company FBO T. Rowe Price Retirement Plan Services Inc.(1) P.O. Box 78446 Atlanta, GA 30328 |
24.59 | % | |||
Matrix Trust Company Trustee FBO(1) Zimmer Gunsul Frasca Partnership 40 P.O. Box 52129 Phoenix, AZ 85072-2129 |
23.29 | % | ||||
Empower Trust FBO Employee Benefits Clients 401K 8515 E. Orchard Road 2T2 Greenwood Village, CO 80111-5002 |
10.46 | % | ||||
FFB Registration Cash Account 5100 N Classen Blvd. Oklahoma City, OK 73118 |
8.93 | % | ||||
National Financial Services Cust The Exclusive Benefit Of Our Customers(1) 499 Washington Blvd., Attn Mutual Funds Dept 4th Fl Jersey City, NJ 07310-1995 |
6.73 | % | ||||
Voya Institutional Trust Company 1 Orange Way Windsor, CT 06095 |
5.15 | % | ||||
Global Equity Fund – Class I Shares |
Charles Schwab & Co. Inc Special Custody A C FBO Customers(1) 211 Main Street Attn Mutual Funds San Francisco, CA 94105-1905 |
69.70 | % | |||
The Davis Trust #3 Glenn Carlson & Lynn Carlson TR 4275 Executive Square, 5th Floor La Jolla, CA 92037 |
9.27 | % | ||||
Global Equity Fund – Class A Shares |
Wells Fargo Bank Special Custody Acct For the Exclusive Benefit of Customer(1) 2801 Market Street Saint Louis, MO 63103-2523 |
16.18 | % | |||
LPL Financial FBO Customer Accounts 4707 Executive Drive San Diego, CA 92121-3091 |
15.63 | % | ||||
Raymond James Omnibus for Mutual Funds 880 Carillon Parkway Saint Petersburg, FL 33716 |
14.60 | % | ||||
UBS WM USA(1) 1000 Harbor Blvd Weehawken, NJ 07086-6761 |
13.42 | % | ||||
Charles Schwab & Co. Inc Special Custody A C FBO Customers(1) 211 Main Street Attn Mutual Funds San Francisco, CA 94105-1905 |
9.59 | % | ||||
Pershing LLC(1) 1 Pershing Plaza Jersey City, NJ 07399-0002 |
7.80 | % | ||||
Morgan Stanley Cust The Exclusive Benefit Of Its Customers(1) 1 New York Plaza, Floor 12 New York, NY 10004-1901 |
7.25 | % | ||||
TD Ameritrade Inc For The Exclusive Benefit Of Our Clients(1) PO Box 2226 Omaha, NE 68103-2226 |
6.17 | % |
41
Predecessor Fund/Class |
Shareholder Name & Address |
% held as of April 12, 2024 |
||||
Global Equity Fund – Class C Shares |
Charles Schwab & Co. Inc Special Custody A C FBO Customers(1) 211 Main Street Attn Mutual Funds San Francisco, CA 94105-1905 |
67.00 | % | |||
LPL Financial FBO Customer Accounts(1) 4707 Executive Drive San Diego, CA 92121-3091 |
14.02 | % | ||||
Wells Fargo Bank Special Custody Acct For the Exclusive Benefit of Customer(1) 2801 Market Street Saint Louis, MO 63103-2523 |
10.09 | % | ||||
Pershing LLC(1) 1 Pershing Plaza Jersey City, NJ 07399-0002 |
7.17 | % |
42
Predecessor Fund/Class |
Shareholder Name & Address |
% held as of April 12, 2024 |
||||
Emerging Markets Value Fund – Class I Shares |
Charles Schwab & Co. Inc Special Custody A C FBO Customers(1) 211 Main Street Attn Mutual Funds San Francisco, CA 94105-1905 |
26.28 | % | |||
National Financial Services Cust The Exclusive Benefit Of Our Customers(1) 499 Washington Blvd., Attn Mutual Funds Dept 4th Fl Jersey City, NJ 07310-1995 |
21.51 | % | ||||
Morgan Stanley Cust The Exclusive Benefit Of Its Customers(1) 1 New York Plaza, Floor 12 New York, NY 10004-1901 |
18.21 | % | ||||
Wells Fargo Bank Special Custody Acct For the Exclusive Benefit of Customer(1) 2801 Market Street Saint Louis, MO 63103-2523 |
13.91 | % | ||||
UBS WM USA(1) 1000 Harbor Blvd. Weehawken, NJ 07086-6761 |
5.87 | % | ||||
Emerging Markets Value Fund – Class A Shares |
National Financial Services(1) 499 Washington Blvd Jersey City, NJ 07310-1995 |
68.22 | % | |||
Emerging Markets Value Fund – Class C Shares |
Morgan Stanley Cust The Exclusive Benefit Of Its Customers(1) 1 New York Plaza, Floor 12 New York, NY 10004-1901 |
26.52 | % | |||
Wells Fargo Bank Special Custody Acct For the Exclusive Benefit of Customer(1) 2801 Market Street Saint Louis, MO 63103-2523 |
21.45 | % | ||||
Charles Schwab & Co. Inc Special Custody A C FBO Customers(1) 211 Main Street Attn Mutual Funds San Francisco, CA 94105-1905 |
19.39 | % | ||||
UBS WM USA(1) 1000 Harbor Blvd. Weehawken, NJ 07086-6761 |
10.24 | % | ||||
Pershing LLC(1) 1 Pershing Plaza Jersey City, NJ 07399-0002 |
8.03 | % |
43
Predecessor Fund/Class |
Shareholder Name & Address |
% held as of April 12, 2024 |
||||
Emerging Markets Value Fund – Class R6 Shares |
Jasco Co 800 Philadelphia Street Indiana, PA 15701 |
25.45 | % | |||
Wells Fargo Bank NA FBO ASPLUNDH C B JR -AGY PLEDGED SUB P.O. Box 1533 Minneapolis, MN 55480 |
16.92 | % | ||||
Charles Schwab & Co. Inc Special Custody A C FBO Customers(1) 211 Main Street Attn Mutual Funds San Francisco, CA 94105-1905 |
11.88 | % | ||||
Wells Fargo Bank NA FBO SCHRAMM ROGER REV LV TR-AGY-MAIN P.O. Box 1533 Minneapolis, MN 55480 |
7.29 | % | ||||
Wells Fargo Bank NA FBO DAVIS KATHRYN SEP PR TR-AGY PL-MAI P.O. Box 1533 Minneapolis, MN 55480 |
5.81 | % | ||||
Reliance Trust Company FBO HUNTINGTON NATIONAL BANK AHUN OCAREYCC P.O. Box 78446 Atlanta, GA 30328 |
5.52 | % | ||||
International Small Cap Fund – Class A Shares |
National Financial Services(1) 499 Washington Blvd. Jersey City, NJ 07310-1995 |
35.79 | % | |||
Charles Schwab & Co. Inc Special Custody A C FBO Customers(1) 211 Main Street Attn Mutual Funds San Francisco, CA 94105-1905 |
29.48 | % | ||||
Morgan Stanley Cust The Exclusive Benefit Of Its Customers(1) 1 New York Plaza, Floor 12 New York, NY 10004-1901 |
11.85 | % | ||||
Pershing LLC(1) 1 Pershing Plaza Jersey City, NJ 07399-0002 |
5.71 | % | ||||
International Small Cap Fund – Class I Shares |
City of Los Angeles Trst City of Los Angeles City Hall Employee Benefits Office City Hall Employee Benefits Office 200 North Spring Street, Room 867 Los Angeles, CA 90012-3245 |
34.42 | % | |||
Charles Schwab & Co. Inc Special Custody A C FBO Customers(1) 211 Main Street Attn Mutual Funds San Francisco, CA 94105-1905 |
27.46 | % | ||||
National Financial Services Cust The Exclusive Benefit Of Our Customers(1) 499 Washington Blvd., Attn Mutual Funds Dept 4th Fl Jersey City, NJ 07310-1995 |
12.79 | % | ||||
UBS WM USA(1) 1000 Harbor Blvd Weehawken, NJ 07086-6761 |
8.05 | % |
44
Predecessor Fund/Class |
Shareholder Name & Address |
% held as of April 12, 2024 |
||||
International Small Cap Fund – Class C Shares |
Morgan Stanley Cust The Exclusive Benefit Of Its Customers(1) 1 New York Plaza, Floor 12 New York, NY 10004-1901 |
32.24 | % | |||
Wells Fargo Bank Special Custody Acct For the Exclusive Benefit of Customer(1) 2801 Market Street Saint Louis, MO 63103-2523 |
13.95 | % | ||||
Charles Schwab & Co Inc. Special Custody A/C FBO Customers(1) 211 Main Street, ATTN Mutual Funds San Francisco, CA 94105 |
9.34 | % | ||||
Pershing LLC(1) 1 Pershing Plaza Jersey City, NJ 07399-0002 |
7.24 | % | ||||
International Small Cap Fund – Class R6 Shares |
National Financial Services Cust The Exclusive Benefit Of Our Customers(1) 499 Washington Blvd., Attn Mutual Funds Dept 4th Fl Jersey City, NJ 07310-1995 |
38.08 | % | |||
Ascensus Trust Company Cust H and M Metal Processing PO Box 10758 Fargo, ND 58106 |
30.38 | % | ||||
SEI Private Trust Company C/O Truist Bank 1 Freedom Valley Drive Attn: Mutual Fund Admin Oaks, PA 19456 |
18.96 | % | ||||
Ascensus Trust Company Cust DRC Marketing Group Inc 401k PO Box 10758 Fargo, ND 58106 |
6.54 | % | ||||
Small Cap Fund – Class I Shares |
National Financial Services Cust The Exclusive Benefit Of Our Customers(1) 499 Washington Blvd., Attn Mutual Funds Dept 4th Fl Jersey City, NJ 07310-1995 |
45.05 | % | |||
Charles Schwab & Co. Inc Special Custody A C FBO Customers(1) 211 Main Street Attn Mutual Funds San Francisco, CA 94105-1905 |
22.72 | % | ||||
Pershing LLC(1) 1 Pershing Plaza Jersey City, NJ 07399-0002 |
21.33 | % |
45
Predecessor Fund/Class |
Shareholder Name & Address |
% held as of April 12, 2024 |
||||
Small Cap Fund – Class A Shares |
Charles Schwab & Co. Inc Special Custody A C FBO Customers(1) 211 Main Street Attn Mutual Funds San Francisco, CA 94105-1905 |
70.27 | % | |||
Pershing LLC(1) 1 Pershing Plaza Jersey City, NJ 07399-0002 |
12.77 | % | ||||
Charles Schwab & Co. Inc Special Custody A C FBO Customers(1) 211 Main Street Attn Mutual Funds San Francisco, CA 94105-1905 |
9.80 | % | ||||
Small Cap Fund – Class R6 Shares |
Ascensus Trust Company FBO Max Arnold Sons LLC PO Box 10758 Fargo, ND 58106 |
82.85 | % | |||
Mid Atlantic Trust Company FBO Spencer Research Inc 401k 1251 Waterfront Place, Suite 525 Pittsburgh, PA 15222 |
11.69 | % |
46
Predecessor Fund/Class |
Shareholder Name & Address |
% held as of April 12, 2024 |
||||
Core Plus Fund – Class I Shares |
Wells Fargo Bank Special Custody Acct For the Exclusive Benefit of Customer(1) 2801 Market Street Saint Louis, MO 63103-2523 |
36.85 | % | |||
UBS WM USA Special Custody AC EBOC UBSFI(1) 1000 Harbor Blvd Weehawken, NJ 07086-6761 |
18.45 | % | ||||
The Davis Trust 3 Glenn Carlson and Lynne Carlson TR U A 4275 Executive Square, 5th Floor La Jolla, CA 92037 |
12.84 | % | ||||
Charles Schwab & Co. Inc Special Custody A C FBO Customers(1) 211 Main Street Attn Mutual Funds San Francisco, CA 94105-1905 |
11.55 | % | ||||
Charles Schwab & Co. Inc Special Custody A C FBO Customers(1) 211 Main Street Attn Mutual Funds San Francisco, CA 94105-1905 |
6.61 | % | ||||
Core Plus Fund – Class A Shares |
Wells Fargo Bank Special Custody Acct For the Exclusive Benefit of Customer(1) 2801 Market Street Saint Louis, MO 63103-2523 |
79.43 | % | |||
Core Plus Fund – Class R6 Shares |
North Attleboro Retirement System 500 E Washington St, 2nd Floor North Attleboro, MA 02760 |
96.01 | % | |||
SMART Fund |
Wells Fargo Bank Special Custody Acct For the Exclusive Benefit of Customer(1) 2801 Market Street Saint Louis, MO 63103-2523 |
82.63 | % |
(1) | These shareholders represent the nominee accounts for many individual shareholder accounts; the Funds are not aware of the size or identity of any individual shareholder accounts. |
As of April 12, 2024 the Trustees and officers of the Trust did not own any outstanding equity securities of the Funds.
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES
Under the terms of an Investment Management Agreement between the Trust and the Adviser with respect to the Funds (the “Investment Management Agreement”) and subject to the supervision of the Board of Trustees, Brandes Investment Partners L.P. (“Brandes” or the “Adviser”) serves as the Funds’ investment adviser and is responsible for managing, either directly or through others selected by it, the investments of the Funds. The Adviser’s principal business address is 4275 Executive Square, 5th Floor, La Jolla, California 92037.
Brandes Investment Partners, L.P. has been in business, through various predecessor entities, since 1974. As of December 31, 2023, the Adviser managed approximately $23.6 billion in assets for various clients, including corporations, public and corporate pension plans, foundations and charitable endowments, and individuals.
Investment Management Agreement. Under the Investment Management Agreement the Adviser, at its expense, provides the Funds with investment advisory and related services and, together with the Administrator (as defined below), advises and assists the officers
47
of the Trust in taking such steps as are necessary or appropriate to carry out the decisions of its Board of Trustees regarding the conduct of business of the Trust and the Funds, and in addition, at its expense, provides the Funds with certain services necessary for the operation of the Funds.
The Investment Management Agreement has been approved by the Board, including the “non-interested” Trustees and by the initial shareholder of the Funds.
Management Fees. Under the Investment Management Agreement, the Adviser is required to provide the Funds with a continuous investment program, including investment research and management with respect to all securities and investments and cash equivalents, in the Funds, in accordance with the investment objective, policies and restrictions of the Funds, and to determine, for the Funds, what securities and other investments shall be purchased, retained or sold, subject always to the provisions of the Trust’s Declaration of Trust and By-laws, and of the 1940 Act, and to such policies and instructions as the Trustees may from time to time establish. For the services provided to the Funds under the Investment Management Agreement, the Fund pays the Adviser a monthly fee based on a Fund’s average daily net assets as set forth below:
Fund |
Annual Advisory Fee | |
International Equity Fund |
0.75% on average daily net assets up to $2.5 billion; 0.70% between $2.5 billion and $5.0 billion; 0.67% on average daily net assets greater than $5.0 billion. | |
Global Equity Fund |
0.80% | |
Emerging Markets Value Fund |
0.95% on average daily net assets up to $2.5 billion; 0.90% on average daily net assets from $2.5 billion to $5.0 billion; and 0.85% on average daily net assets greater than $5.0 billion. | |
International Small Cap Fund |
0.95% on average daily net assets up to $1 billion; and 0.90% on average daily net assets greater than $1 billion. | |
Small Cap Value Fund |
0.70% | |
Core Plus Fixed Income Fund |
0.35% | |
SMART Fund |
0.00% |
As the Funds are newly formed, such Funds did not pay any management fee amounts to the Adviser during the prior fiscal year.
The Investment Management Agreement will continue in effect for its initial term until the second anniversary of the date of effectiveness, and on a year-to-year basis thereafter, provided that continuance is approved at least annually by specific approval of the Board of Trustees or by vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of each Fund. In either event, it must also be approved by a majority of the Trustees who are neither parties to the Investment Management Agreement nor interested persons, as defined in the 1940 Act, at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Investment Management Agreement may be terminated at any time without the payment of any penalty by the Board of Trustees or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of a Fund on not less than 60 days’ written notice to the Adviser. In the event of its assignment, the Investment Management Agreement will terminate automatically.
The Adviser makes available to the Trust, without additional expense to the Trust, investment advisory research and statistical facilities and all clerical services relating to such research, statistical, and investment work.
Under the Investment Management Agreement, the Adviser will pay all expenses incurred by it in connection with its activities. A Fund is responsible for all of its other expenses, which may include all brokers’ commissions and other charges relating to the purchase and sale of portfolio securities and other investments for its own account. A Fund shall pay its pro rata share of expenses of its operation related to the following: all charges of depositories, custodians and other agencies for the safekeeping and servicing of its cash, securities and other property and of its transfer agents and registrars and its dividend disbursing and redemption agents, if any; all expenses in determination of daily price computations; all charges of legal counsel and of independent accountants; all compensation of independent Trustees and all expenses incurred in connection with their services to a Fund; all costs of borrowing money; all expenses of publication of notices and reports to its shareholders and to governmental bodies or regulatory agencies; all expenses of proxy solicitations of a Fund or of the Board of Trustees; all expenses of shareholder meetings; all expenses of typesetting of each Fund’s prospectuses and of printing and mailing copies of the prospectuses furnished to each then-existing shareholder or beneficial owner; all taxes and fees payable to federal, state or other governmental agencies, domestic or foreign; all stamp or other
48
similar taxes; all expenses of printing and mailing certificates for shares of a Fund; all expenses of bond and insurance coverage required by law or deemed advisable by the Board of Trustees; all expenses of qualifying and maintaining qualification of shares of a Fund under the securities laws of such United States jurisdictions as the Trust may from time to time reasonably designate; and all expenses of maintaining the registration of the Trust under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act.
The Investment Management Agreement provides that the Adviser shall not be subject to any liability to the Trust or to any shareholder for any act or inaction of the Adviser relating to any event whatsoever, in the absence of bad faith, willful misfeasance or negligence, in the performance of, or the reckless disregard of, its duties or obligations.
Expense Limitations and Waivers. The Adviser has contractually agreed to waive its fees payable under the Investment Management Agreement (but not below zero) and/or reimburse the Funds for certain other expenses (including, but not limited to, organizational and offering costs), to the extent that a Fund’s Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (exclusive of acquired fund feeds and expenses, taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, expenses incurring in connection with any merger or reorganization or extraordinary expenses such as litigation) exceed the amounts shown below during each fiscal year for the respective class of a Fund’s average daily net assets. Under the Expense Limitation Agreement, the Adviser may recoup any amounts waived or reimbursed within 36 months following the waiver or reimbursement, provided total expenses, including such recoupment, do not exceed the annual expense limit in place at the time of recoupment or the expense limitation in place at the time of the initial waiver and/or reimbursement. The contractual expense limitation arrangement is expected to continue until at least July 15, 2026 with respect to the Funds, and will automatically be extended for one year periods unless the Adviser provides written notice of its intention to terminate the contractual arrangement. The arrangement may only be terminated earlier by the Board of Trustees of the Trust, or upon termination of the Investment Management Agreement.
Expense Caps | ||||||||||||||||
Fund |
Class A | Class C | Class R6 | Class I | ||||||||||||
International Equity Fund |
1.20 | % | 1.95 | % | 0.75 | % | 0.85 | % | ||||||||
Global Equity Fund |
1.25 | % | 2.00 | % | 0.82 | % | 1.00 | % | ||||||||
Emerging Markets Value Fund |
1.37 | % | 2.12 | % | 0.97 | % | 1.12 | % | ||||||||
International Small Cap Fund |
1.40 | % | 2.15 | % | 1.00 | % | 1.15 | % | ||||||||
Small Cap Value Fund |
1.15 | % | N/A | 0.72 | % | 0.90 | % | |||||||||
Core Plus Fund |
0.50 | % | N/A | 0.30 | % | 0.30 | % | |||||||||
SMART Fund |
N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A |
With respect to the SMART Fund, the Adviser receives no fee for its services and is responsible for payment of all operating expenses of the Fund other than extraordinary expenses, including: (i) interest and taxes; (ii) brokerage commissions; (iii) insurance premiums; (iv) compensation and expenses of Trustees other than those affiliated with the Adviser or the Administrator; (v) legal and audit expenses; (vi) fees and expenses of the custodian, shareholder service and transfer agents; (vii) fees and expenses for registration or qualification of the Fund and its shares under federal and state securities laws; (viii) expenses of preparing, printing and mailing reports and notices and proxy material to shareholders; (ix) other expenses incidental to holding any shareholder meetings; (x) dues or assessments of or contributions to the Investment Company Institute or any successor; and (xi) amortization of organization costs. However, the Fund is an integral part of one or more “wrap-fee” programs sponsored by investment advisers and broker-dealers that are not affiliated with the Fund or the Adviser. Participants in these programs pay a “wrap” fee to the sponsor of the program, a portion of which is paid to the Adviser pursuant to one or more agreements between the Adviser and the sponsors.
49
As the Funds are newly formed, the Adviser has not waived any fees payable under the Investment Management Agreement or reimbursed the Funds for any other expenses.
Advisory fees, waiver and expense reimbursements/(recoupment) for each of the Predecessor Fund for the last three fiscal years were as follows:
Fiscal year ended September 30, 2023: |
Gross Advisory Fee |
Advisory Fees Waived / Expenses Reimbursed |
Advisory Fees Recouped |
Net Advisory Fees Paid |
||||||||||||
International Equity Fund |
$ | 4,470,874 | $ | 471,697 | $ | 0 | $ | 3,999,177 | ||||||||
Global Equity Fund |
$ | 335,464 | $ | 89,159 | $ | 0 | $ | 246,305 | ||||||||
Emerging Markets Value Fund |
$ | 6,489,238 | $ | 138,307 | $ | 0 | $ | 6,350,931 | ||||||||
International Small Cap Fund |
$ | 2,801,342 | $ | 23,094 | $ | 8,878 | $ | 2,787,126 | ||||||||
Small Cap Value Fund |
$ | 49,048 | $ | 111,993 | $ | 0 | $ | (62,945 | ) | |||||||
Core Plus Fund(2) |
$ | 218,375 | $ | 223,825 | $ | 0 | $ | (5,450 | ) | |||||||
SMART Fund(1) |
N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A |
Fiscal year ended September 30, 2022: |
Gross Advisory Fee |
Advisory Fees Waived / Expenses Reimbursed |
Advisory Fees Recouped |
Net Advisory Fees Paid |
||||||||||||
International Equity Fund |
$ | 4,680,487 | $ | 440,163 | $ | 0 | $ | 4,240,324 | ||||||||
Global Equity Fund |
$ | 364,405 | $ | 96,460 | $ | 0 | $ | 267,945 | ||||||||
Emerging Markets Value Fund |
$ | 9,724,487 | $ | 141,386 | $ | 36,235 | $ | 9,619,336 | ||||||||
International Small Cap Fund |
$ | 3,151,100 | $ | 25,089 | $ | 0 | $ | 3,126,011 | ||||||||
Small Cap Value Fund |
$ | 27,436 | $ | 132,843 | $ | 0 | $ | (105,407 | ) | |||||||
Core Plus Fund(2) |
$ | 242,426 | $ | 245,996 | $ | 0 | $ | (3,570 | ) | |||||||
SMART Fund(1) |
N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A |
Fiscal year ended September 30, 2021: |
Gross Advisory Fee |
Advisory Fees Waived / Expenses Reimbursed |
Advisory Fees Recouped |
Net Advisory Fees Paid |
||||||||||||
International Equity Fund |
$ | 4,522,555 | $ | 311,474 | $ | 0 | $ | 4,211,081 | ||||||||
Global Equity Fund |
$ | 327,750 | $ | 78,902 | $ | 3,166 | $ | 252,014 | ||||||||
Emerging Markets Value Fund |
$ | 12,402,979 | $ | 56,334 | $ | 216,384 | $ | 12,563,029 | ||||||||
International Small Cap Fund |
$ | 3,713,667 | $ | 8,859 | $ | 14,808 | $ | 3,719,616 | ||||||||
Small Cap Value Fund |
$ | 12,689 | $ | 100,743 | $ | 0 | $ | (88,054 | ) | |||||||
Core Plus Fund(2) |
$ | 282,166 | $ | 256,682 | $ | 0 | $ | 25,484 | ||||||||
SMART Fund(1) |
N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A |
(1) | Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement between the Adviser and the Predecessor Funds, the Adviser received no fee for its services with respect to the SMART Fund. |
(2) | The Adviser had contractually agreed to limit the Management Fee of each share class of the Predecessor Core Plus Fund to 0.30% pursuant to an Investment Advisory Fee Waiver Agreement between the Adviser and the Predecessor Core Plus Fund.. |
Portfolio Managers
The following includes information regarding the Funds’ portfolio managers and the accounts managed by each of them as of the dates indicated.
International Equity Fund
Investment decisions with respect to the International Equity Fund are the responsibility of the Adviser’s International Large Cap Investment Committee (“International Large Cap Committee”) which is comprised of a limited number of senior analysts and portfolio management professionals of the Adviser. The voting members of the International Large Cap Committee are listed below. As an oversight function, the Adviser also has an Investment Oversight Committee that establishes broad standards and practices to be
50
followed by its product investment committees including the International Large Cap Committee. Messrs. Brent V. Woods, Jeffrey Germain, Shingo Omura and Luiz G. Sauerbronn and Ms. Amelia Maccoun Morris are members of the International Large Cap Committee. The following tables provide information regarding other accounts managed by the members of the Adviser’s International Large Cap Committee as of March 31, 2024.
Jeffrey Germain, CFA
Total Accounts and Assets |
Accounts Where Advisory Fee is Based on Account Performance |
|||||||||||||||
Account Type |
Number of Accounts |
Total Assets in Accounts (in millions) |
Number of Accounts |
Assets Subject to Performance Fee (in millions) |
||||||||||||
Registered Investment Companies |
2 | $ | 879 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles |
10 | $ | 1,100 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Other Accounts |
219 | $ | 7,277 | 5 | $ | 1,283 |
Amelia Morris, CFA
Total Accounts and Assets |
Accounts Where Advisory Fee is Based on Account Performance |
|||||||||||||||
Account Type |
Number of Accounts |
Total Assets in Accounts (in millions) |
Number of Accounts |
Assets Subject to Performance Fee (in millions) |
||||||||||||
Registered Investment Companies |
2 | $ | 879 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles |
10 | $ | 1,100 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Other Accounts |
219 | $ | 7,277 | 5 | $ | 1,283 |
Shingo Omura, CFA
Total Accounts and Assets |
Accounts Where Advisory Fee is Based on Account Performance |
|||||||||||||||
Account Type |
Number of Accounts |
Total Assets in Accounts (in millions) |
Number of Accounts |
Assets Subject to Performance Fee (in millions) |
||||||||||||
Registered Investment Companies |
2 | $ | 879 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles |
10 | $ | 1,100 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Other Accounts |
219 | $ | 7,277 | 5 | $ | 1,283 |
Luiz G. Sauerbronn
Total Accounts and Assets |
Accounts Where Advisory Fee is Based on Account Performance |
|||||||||||||||
Account Type |
Number of Accounts |
Total Assets in Accounts (in millions) |
Number of Accounts |
Assets Subject to Performance Fee (in millions) |
||||||||||||
Registered Investment Companies |
4 | $ | 1,413 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles |
18 | $ | 2,464 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Other Accounts |
233 | $ | 9,039 | 6 | $ | 1,359 |
51
Brent V. Woods, CFA
Total Accounts and Assets |
Accounts Where Advisory Fee is Based on Account Performance |
|||||||||||||||
Account Type |
Number of Accounts |
Total Assets in Accounts (in millions) |
Number of Accounts |
Assets Subject to Performance Fee (in millions) |
||||||||||||
Registered Investment Companies |
2 | $ | 879 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles |
10 | $ | 1,100 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Other Accounts |
219 | $ | 7,277 | 5 | $ | 1,283 |
Global Equity Fund
Investment decisions with respect to the Global Equity Fund are the joint responsibility of the Adviser’s Global Large Cap Investment Committee (“Global Large Cap Committee”) which is comprised of a limited number of senior analysts and portfolio management professionals of the Adviser. The voting members of the Global Large Cap Committee are listed below. As an oversight function, the Adviser also has an Investment Oversight Committee that establishes broad standards and practices to be followed by its product investment committees including the Global Large Cap Committee. Messrs. Brent Fredberg, Ted Kim, Kenneth Little and Brian A. Matthews are members of the Global Large Cap Committee. The following tables provide information regarding other accounts managed by the members of the Adviser’s Global Large Cap Committee as of March 31, 2024.
Brent Fredberg
Total Accounts and Assets |
Accounts Where Advisory Fee is Based on Account Performance |
|||||||||||||||
Account Type |
Number of Accounts |
Total Assets in Accounts (in millions) |
Number of Accounts |
Assets Subject to Performance Fee (in millions) |
||||||||||||
Registered Investment Companies |
2 | $ | 156 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles |
12 | $ | 2,966 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Other Accounts |
214 | $ | 5,756 | 1 | $ | 120 |
Ted Kim, CFA
Total Accounts and Assets |
Accounts Where Advisory Fee is Based on Account Performance |
|||||||||||||||
Account Type |
Number of Accounts |
Total Assets in Accounts (in millions) |
Number of Accounts |
Assets Subject to Performance Fee (in millions) |
||||||||||||
Registered Investment Companies |
2 | $ | 156 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles |
12 | $ | 2,966 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Other Accounts |
214 | $ | 5,756 | 1 | $ | 120 |
52
Kenneth Little, CFA
Total Accounts and Assets |
Accounts Where Advisory Fee is Based on Account Performance |
|||||||||||||||
Account Type |
Number of Accounts |
Total Assets in Accounts (in millions) |
Number of Accounts |
Assets Subject to Performance Fee (in millions) |
||||||||||||
Registered Investment Companies |
2 | $ | 156 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles |
14 | $ | 3,158 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Other Accounts |
214 | $ | 5,756 | 1 | $ | 120 |
Brian A. Matthews, CFA
Total Accounts and Assets |
Accounts Where Advisory Fee is Based on Account Performance |
|||||||||||||||
Account Type |
Number of Accounts |
Total Assets in Accounts (in millions) |
Number of Accounts |
Assets Subject to Performance Fee (in millions) |
||||||||||||
Registered Investment Companies |
2 | $ | 156 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles |
12 | $ | 2,966 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Other Accounts |
214 | $ | 5,756 | 1 | $ | 120 |
Emerging Markets Value Fund
Investment decisions with respect to the Emerging Markets Value Fund are the responsibility of the Adviser’s Emerging Markets Investment Committee (“Emerging Markets Committee”) which is comprised of a limited number of senior analysts and portfolio management professionals of the Adviser. The voting members of the Emerging Markets Committee are listed below. As an oversight function, the Adviser also has an Investment Oversight Committee that establishes broad standards and practices to be followed by its product investment committees including the Emerging Markets Committee. Messrs. Mauricio Abadia, Christopher J. Garrett, Louis Y. Lau and Gerardo Zamorano are members of the Emerging Markets Committee. The following tables provide information regarding other accounts managed by the members of the Adviser’s Emerging Markets Committee as of March 31, 2024.
Mauricio Abadia
Total Accounts and Assets |
Accounts Where Advisory Fee is Based on Account Performance |
|||||||||||||||
Account Type |
Number of Accounts |
Total Assets in Accounts (in millions) |
Number of Accounts |
Assets Subject to Performance Fee (in millions) |
||||||||||||
Registered Investment Companies |
1 | $ | 700 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles |
7 | $ | 520 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Other Accounts |
91 | $ | 1,553 | 1 | $ | 580 |
53
Christopher J. Garrett, CFA
Total Accounts and Assets |
Accounts Where Advisory Fee is Based on Account Performance |
|||||||||||||||
Account Type |
Number of Accounts |
Total Assets in Accounts (in millions) |
Number of Accounts |
Assets Subject to Performance Fee (in millions) |
||||||||||||
Registered Investment Companies |
1 | $ | 700 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles |
7 | $ | 520 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Other Accounts |
91 | $ | 1,553 | 1 | $ | 580 |
Louis Y. Lau, CFA
Total Accounts and Assets |
Accounts Where Advisory Fee is Based on Account Performance |
|||||||||||||||
Account Type |
Number of Accounts |
Total Assets in Accounts (in millions) |
Number of Accounts |
Assets Subject to Performance Fee (in millions) |
||||||||||||
Registered Investment Companies |
1 | $ | 700 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles |
7 | $ | 520 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Other Accounts |
91 | $ | 1,553 | 1 | $ | 580 |
Gerardo Zamorano, CFA
Total Accounts and Assets |
Accounts Where Advisory Fee is Based on Account Performance |
|||||||||||||||
Account Type |
Number of Accounts |
Total Assets in Accounts (in millions) |
Number of Accounts |
Assets Subject to Performance Fee (in millions) |
||||||||||||
Registered Investment Companies |
1 | $ | 700 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles |
9 | $ | 712 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Other Accounts |
91 | $ | 1,553 | 1 | $ | 580 |
International Small Cap Fund
Small Cap Value Fund
Investment decisions with respect to the International Small Cap Fund and the Small Cap Value Fund are the joint responsibility of the Adviser’s Small Cap Investment Committee (“Small Cap Committee”) which is comprised of a limited number of senior analysts and portfolio management professionals of the Adviser. The voting members of the Small Cap Committee are listed below. As an oversight function, the Adviser also has an Investment Oversight Committee that establishes broad standards and practices to be followed by its product investment committees including the Small Cap Committee. Messrs. Mark Costa, Luiz Sauerbronn and Bryan Barrett and Ms. Yingbin Chen are members of the Small Cap Committee. The following tables provide information regarding other accounts managed by the members of the Adviser’s Small Cap Committee as of March 31, 2024.
54
Bryan Barrett, CFA
Total Accounts and Assets |
Accounts Where Advisory Fee is Based on Account Performance |
|||||||||||||||
Account Type |
Number of Accounts |
Total Assets in Accounts (in millions) |
Number of Accounts |
Assets Subject to Performance Fee (in millions) |
||||||||||||
Registered Investment Companies |
2 | $ | 534 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles |
8 | $ | 1,364 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Other Accounts |
14 | $ | 1,762 | 1 | $ | 76 |
Yingbin Chen, CFA
Total Accounts and Assets |
Accounts Where Advisory Fee is Based on Account Performance |
|||||||||||||||
Account Type |
Number of Accounts |
Total Assets in Accounts (in millions) |
Number of Accounts |
Assets Subject to Performance Fee (in millions) |
||||||||||||
Registered Investment Companies |
2 | $ | 534 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles |
8 | $ | 1,364 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Other Accounts |
14 | $ | 1,762 | 1 | $ | 76 |
Mark Costa, CFA
Total Accounts and Assets |
Accounts Where Advisory Fee is Based on Account Performance |
|||||||||||||||
Account Type |
Number of Accounts |
Total Assets in Accounts (in millions) |
Number of Accounts |
Assets Subject to Performance Fee (in millions) |
||||||||||||
Registered Investment Companies |
2 | $ | 534 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles |
8 | $ | 1,364 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Other Accounts |
14 | $ | 1,762 | 1 | $ | 76 |
Luiz G. Sauerbronn
Total Accounts and Assets |
Accounts Where Advisory Fee is Based on Account Performance |
|||||||||||||||
Account Type |
Number of Accounts |
Total Assets in Accounts (in millions) |
Number of Accounts |
Assets Subject to Performance Fee (in millions) |
||||||||||||
Registered Investment Companies |
4 | $ | 1,413 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles |
18 | $ | 2,464 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Other Accounts |
233 | $ | 9,039 | 6 | $ | 1,359 |
55
Core Plus Fund
SMART Fund
Investment decisions with respect to the Core Plus Fund and the SMART Fund are the responsibility of the Adviser’s Fixed Income Investment Committee (“Fixed Income Committee”) which is comprised of a limited number of senior analysts and portfolio management professionals of the Adviser. The voting members of the Fixed Income Committee are listed below. As an oversight function, the Adviser also has an Investment Oversight Committee that establishes broad standards and practices to be followed by its product investment committees including the Fixed Income Committee. Messrs. Charles Gramling, David Gilson and Timothy Doyle are members of the Fixed Income Committee. The following tables provide information regarding other accounts managed by the members of the Adviser’s Fixed Income Committee as of March 31, 2024.
56
Charles Gramling, CFA
Total Accounts and Assets |
Accounts Where Advisory Fee is Based on Account Performance |
|||||||||||||||
Account Type |
Number of Accounts |
Total Assets in Accounts (in millions) |
Number of Accounts |
Assets Subject to Performance Fee (in millions) |
||||||||||||
Registered Investment Companies |
2 | $ | 99 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles |
2 | $ | 87 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Other Accounts |
17 | $ | 746 | 0 | $ | 0 |
David Gilson, CFA
Total Accounts and Assets |
Accounts Where Advisory Fee is Based on Account Performance |
|||||||||||||||
Account Type |
Number of Accounts |
Total Assets in Accounts (in millions) |
Number of Accounts |
Assets Subject to Performance Fee (in millions) |
||||||||||||
Registered Investment Companies |
2 | $ | 99 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles |
2 | $ | 87 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Other Accounts |
17 | $ | 746 | 0 | $ | 0 |
Timothy Doyle, CFA
Total Accounts and Assets |
Accounts Where Advisory Fee is Based on Account Performance |
|||||||||||||||
Account Type |
Number of Accounts |
Total Assets in Accounts (in millions) |
Number of Accounts |
Assets Subject to Performance Fee (in millions) |
||||||||||||
Registered Investment Companies |
2 | $ | 99 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles |
2 | $ | 87 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Other Accounts |
17 | $ | 746 | 0 | $ | 0 |
Compensation
The Adviser’s compensation structure for portfolio managers/analysts consists of: competitive base salaries, participation in an annual bonus plan, and eligibility for participation in the Adviser’s equity through partnership or phantom equity.
The base salary for each of the portfolio managers is fixed. Participation in the annual bonus plan is linked to a number of qualitative and quantitative evaluation criteria. The criteria include research productivity, performance of portfolio management professionals, and the attainment of client service goals. Compensation is not based on the performance of the Fund or other accounts. There is no difference between the method used to determine the compensation of the portfolio managers with respect to the Fund and the other accounts managed by the portfolio managers.
57
Ownership of Securities
The following table indicates for each Predecessor Fund the dollar range of shares beneficially owned by the Funds’ portfolio managers as of March 31, 2024.
No portfolio managers owned shares of the Predecessor Core Plus Fixed Income Fund or the SMART Fund as of March 31, 2024.
Material Conflicts of Interest That May Arise
The following summarizes the policies of the Adviser for managing conflicts of interest. It is not intended to provide a comprehensive account of the processes and procedures the Adviser has adopted in connection with the management of conflicts of interest, but is instead intended to be a statement of principles through which the Adviser seeks to manage such potential conflicts.
Investment Opportunities. It is possible that at times identical securities will be held by more than one fund and/or account managed by the Adviser. If one of the Adviser’s investment committees identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for more than one fund or other account, the Fund may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity with a single trade due to partial trade execution of a purchase or sale order across all eligible funds and other accounts. In order to address these situations, the Adviser has adopted procedures for allocating portfolio transactions across multiple accounts. For all client accounts, including the International, International Small Cap, Small Cap Value, and Global Emerging Markets Value Funds, that are able to participate in aggregated transactions, the Adviser utilizes a rotational equity client trading system to execute client transactions in order to provide, over the long-run, fair treatment for each account. For fixed income client accounts, including the Core Plus and SMART Funds, the Adviser generally uses a pro-rata allocation method, based on account market value.
Investment in the Fund. Members of the Adviser’s investment committees may invest in a fund or other accounts that they are involved in the management of and a conflict may arise where they may therefore have an incentive to treat the fund that they invest in preferentially as compared to other accounts. In order to address this potential conflict, the Adviser’s investment decision-making and trade allocation policies and methodologies as described above are designed to ensure that none of the Adviser’s clients are disadvantaged in the Adviser’s management of accounts.
58
Performance-Based Fees. For a small number of accounts, the Adviser may be compensated based on the profitability of the account, such as by a performance-based management fee. These incentive compensation structures may create a conflict of interest for the Adviser with regard to other accounts where the Adviser is paid based on a percentage of assets in that the portfolio manager may have an incentive to allocate securities preferentially to the accounts where the Adviser might share in investment gains. In order to address these potential conflicts, the Adviser’s investment decision-making and trade allocation policies and procedures are designed to ensure that none of the Adviser’s clients are disadvantaged in the Adviser’s management of accounts.
Receipt of Research Benefits. The receipt of research in exchange for brokerage commissions creates conflicts of interest. The Adviser receives a benefit because it can, at no cost to the Adviser, supplement its own research and analysis activities, receive the views and information of individuals and research staff of other securities firms, and gain access to persons having special expertise on certain companies, industries, areas of the economy and market factors. The Adviser may have an incentive to select a broker-dealer based on a desire to receive research, rather than based on the Funds’ interest to receive most favorable execution. The Adviser does select broker-dealers based on their ability to provide quality executions and the Adviser’s belief that the research, information and other services provided by such broker-dealer may benefit client accounts including the Funds. Accordingly, the Fund may pay higher commissions if it determines in good faith the value of the brokerage and/or research services provided is reasonable in relation to another broker.
To address the conflict, the Adviser compares the brokerage commissions paid by comparable investors to determine the reasonableness of the brokerage commissions paid in connection with portfolio transactions. The Adviser will not enter into any agreement or understanding with any broker-dealer which would obligate the Adviser to direct a specific amount of brokerage transactions or commissions in return for such services.
Compliance Program. Additionally, the Adviser’s internal controls are tested on a routine schedule as part of the Adviser’s compliance monitoring program. Many of the Adviser’s compliance policies and procedures, particularly those involving the greatest risk potential are reviewed on a regular basis firm-wide by committees that include representatives from various departments within the Adviser, including personnel who are responsible for carrying out the job functions covered by the specific policies and procedures; representatives of the Legal and Compliance department (including the Adviser’s CCO); representatives of operations; and other representatives of senior management.
The compliance committees meet on a periodic basis to review the applicable compliance policies and procedures, any suspected instances of non-compliance and discuss how the policy and procedures have worked and how they may be improved. The specific operations of the various compliance committees are set forth in the compliance policies for the particular program area. The compliance committees utilize a risk-based approach in reviewing the compliance policies and procedures.
Administrative Services
The Trust, on behalf of the Funds, has entered into a Fund Administration and Accounting Services Agreement with The Northern Trust Company (the “Administrator”), under which the Administrator provides fund accounting and administrative services necessary for the operation of the Funds. The Administrator also served as administrator to the Predecessor Funds. The Administrator provides the Funds with office space. The Fund Administration and Accounting Services Agreement is terminable by any party at the end of its initial term or thereafter, at any time, by either party upon at least ninety days prior written notice to the other party.
Under the Administration and Accounting Services Agreement, the Funds will pay the Administrator out of its assets an annual fee based on a Fund’s aggregate net assets. On the first $200 million, a 0.0775% fee shall apply; on the next $300 million, a 0.0675% fee shall apply; on the next $500 million, a 0.0575% fee shall apply, and over $1 billion, a 0.0475% fee shall apply. For the fiscal years ended September 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021, each Predecessor Fund paid the Administrator the following fees:
Fund |
2023 | 2022 | 2021 | |||||||||
International Equity Fund |
$ | 138,272 | $ | 144,459 | $ | 138,898 | ||||||
Global Equity Fund |
$ | 19,172 | $ | 21,653 | $ | 20,609 | ||||||
Emerging Markets Value Fund |
$ | 157,015 | $ | 234,808 | $ | 286,829 | ||||||
International Small Cap Fund |
$ | 73,450 | $ | 82,327 | $ | 94,278 | ||||||
Small Cap Value Fund |
$ | 11,097 | $ | 25,975 | $ | 12,368 | ||||||
Core Plus Fund |
$ | 23,427 | $ | 27,025 | $ | 28,967 | ||||||
SMART Fund(1) |
N/A | N/A | N/A |
(1) | Pursuant to the Administration Agreement with Fund Services for the Predecessor Fund, the Adviser paid all fees and reimbursable expenses with respect to the SMART Fund. |
59
DISTRIBUTION OF TRUST SHARES
Distributor and Distribution Contract
The Trust, on behalf of the Funds, has entered into a distribution agreement (the “Distribution Agreement”) under which Foreside Financial Services, LLC, an affiliate of Foreside Financial Group, LLC, dba ACA Group (“Distributor”), with principal offices at Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100, Portland, Maine 04101, as agent, distributes the shares of the Funds on a continuous basis. The Distributor continually distributes shares of the Funds on a best efforts basis. The Distributor has no obligation to sell any specific quantity of either Fund’s shares. The Distributor and its officers have no role in determining the investment policies or which securities are to be purchased or sold by the Trust. The Adviser pays the cost of printing and distributing prospectuses to persons who are not shareholders of the Trust (excluding preparation and typesetting expenses) and of certain other distribution efforts. No compensation is payable by the Trust to the Distributor for such distribution services, except payments pursuant to the Trust’s distribution plan adopted pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act, as described below. However, the Adviser has entered into an agreement (the “Distribution Services Agreement”) with the Distributor under which it makes payments to the Distributor in consideration for certain distribution related services. The payments made by the Adviser to the Distributor under the Distribution Services Agreement do not represent an additional expense to the Trust or its shareholders. The Distribution Agreement provides that the Trust will indemnify the Distributor against certain liabilities relating to untrue statements or omissions of material fact except those resulting from the reliance on information furnished to the Trust by the Distributor, or those resulting from the willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence of the Distributor, or the Distributor’s breach of confidentiality. The Distributor is a registered broker-dealer under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”).
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE
In all purchases and sales of securities for the Funds, the primary consideration is to seek to obtain the most favorable price and execution available. Pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement, the Adviser determines which securities are to be purchased and sold by the Funds and which broker-dealers are eligible to execute portfolio transactions, subject to the direction and control of the Board.
For equity trading, the Adviser’s objective in selecting brokers and dealers when buying or selling securities for the Funds is to seek to obtain best execution. The execution price and brokerage commissions are two of the many important factors that the Adviser considers in seeking best execution.
The Adviser may also consider:
• | its ability to access global markets in real time for blocks of a particular stock; |
• | its relationships with bulge-bracket and boutique brokerage firms; |
• | the liquidity of the security being traded; |
• | the market capitalization of the security being traded; |
• | the potential for information leakage; |
• | the different rules and regulations applicable in global markets; |
• | market conditions at the time of the trade (both general conditions and conditions impacting the specific stock); |
• | potential price movement in the security; |
• | the use of limit orders and the likelihood of getting within the limit or missing the desired trade if the trading process takes too long; |
• | its traders’ experience with Brandes securities; |
• | timing of order generation and market hours (ability to trade during local market hours diminishes the exposure against price movement); |
• | the nature of its investment committees’ desire (for example a desire for speed versus other factors, including concern with obtaining the stock within a price range for all accounts) to own the stock. |
60
The Adviser believes broker selection is an integral component of best execution process. When selecting brokers, it considers the following:
• | its experience with the broker on prices and other results obtained in prior trading transactions; |
• | the quality of the brokerage services provided to the Adviser; |
• | the broker’s ability to source and access to liquidity in the stock; |
• | the broker’s trading activity in a particular stock over a recent timeframe; |
• | the research services (if any) provided by the broker-dealer for the benefit of the Adviser’s clients; |
• | the speed and attention it receives from the broker which is evaluated, tracked and recorded via the bi-annual Trader Vote; |
• | whether the brokerage firm can and will commit its capital (if the Adviser requests this) to obtain or dispose of the position; |
• | any particular trading expertise of the firm in a particular sector, country or region; |
• | any past issues it encountered when using a particular broker-dealer for similar trades. |
The Adviser has procedures in place to monitor broker performance and execution.
The duty to seek best execution generally applies to all of the Funds’ portfolio transactions, including those relating to fixed-income securities. Certain factors outlined above with respect to the ability of a broker to provide best execution are also considered when the Adviser manages the fixed-income Funds. However, certain factors would not be considered with respect to a broker’s ability to provide best execution with respect to fixed-income securities, such as the Adviser’s knowledge of the negotiated commission rates currently available and other current transaction costs and the ability and willingness of a broker-dealer to facilitate transactions by acting as principal and utilizing its own capital to facilitate trades. These, and other similar considerations, are not applicable to the best execution analysis utilized in trading fixed-income securities due to the nature of fixed-income securities and the way such securities are traded.
FINRA has adopted rules governing FINRA members’ execution of investment company portfolio transactions. These rules prohibit broker-dealers from selling the shares of, or acting as an underwriter for, any investment company if the broker-dealer knows or has reason to know that the investment company or its investment adviser or underwriter have directed brokerage arrangements in place that are intended to promote the sale of investment company securities. The Adviser does not consider whether a broker-dealer sells shares of the Fund when allocating the Fund’s brokerage.
When the Adviser executes portfolio transactions for the Funds and when it is consistent with its duty to seek best execution, the Adviser may execute securities transactions for the Funds with broker-dealers who provide the Adviser with research and brokerage products and services. When the Adviser receives research services from broker-dealers in connection with brokerage commissions generated with respect to client account including the funds, it receives a benefit in that it is not required to pay for from its own resources or produce on its own.
The research services may include tangible research products as well as access to analysts, companies, and traders. These services can be either proprietary or provided by a third party.
The brokerage commissions the Adviser uses to acquire research are known as “soft dollars.” The Adviser utilizes soft dollars in two ways:
• | Full service broker-dealers who provide research and trade execution services in exchange for brokerage commission generated by executing trades with that broker-dealer. |
• | Full service broker-dealers who provide research and trade execution services and participate in client commission arrangements. In a client commission arrangement, the Adviser agrees with a broker effecting trades for its client accounts that a portion of the commissions paid by the accounts will be credited to purchase research services either from the executing broker or another research provider, as directed from time to time by the Adviser. Participating in CCAs enables the Adviser to consolidate payments for research services through one or more channels using accumulated client commissions and helps to facilitate the Adviser’s receipt of research services and ability to seek best execution in the trading process. |
The Adviser makes investment decisions for the Funds independently from those of the Adviser’s other client accounts. Nevertheless, at times the same securities may be acceptable for the Fund and for one or more of such client accounts. To the extent any of these
61
client accounts and the Fund seek to acquire or sell the same security at the same time, the Funds may not be able to acquire/sell as large a portion of such security as it desires, or it may have to pay a higher price or obtain a lower yield for such security. Similarly, the Funds may not be able to obtain as high a price for, or as large an execution of, an order to sell any particular security at the same time. If the Funds and one or more of such other client accounts simultaneously purchases or sells the same security, the Adviser allocates each day’s transactions in such security between the Funds and all such client accounts as it decides is fair, taking into account the amount being purchased or sold and other factors it deems relevant. In some cases this system could have a detrimental effect on the price or value of the security insofar as the Funds are concerned. In other cases, however, the ability of the Funds to participate in volume transactions may produce better executions for the Funds.
During the fiscal years ended September 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021, the Predecessor Funds paid total brokerage commissions as follows:
Fund |
2023 | 2022 | 2021 | |||||||||
International Equity Fund(1) |
$ | 257,468 | $ | 324,199 | $ | 240,024 | ||||||
Global Equity Fund |
$ | 11,983 | $ | 7,993 | $ | 10,922 | ||||||
Emerging Markets Value Fund(1) |
$ | 622,134 | $ | 1,011,464 | $ | 803,298 | ||||||
International Small Cap Fund(1) |
$ | 220,685 | $ | 308,971 | $ | 203,049 | ||||||
Small Cap Value Fund(1) |
$ | 7,065 | $ | 8,598 | $ | 1,709 | ||||||
Core Plus Fund |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||
SMART Fund |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 |
(1) | The variances in the brokerage commissions year over year were due to fluctuations in the volume of trading in the portfolio. |
For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023, the Predecessor Funds listed below owned securities of their regular broker-dealers as defined by Rule 10b-1 under the 1940 Act. (Generally, a regular broker or dealer of an investment company is one of the ten brokers or dealers that received the greatest dollar amount of brokerage commissions from participating in portfolio transactions, engaged as principal in the largest dollar amount of portfolio transactions, or sold the largest dollar amount of portfolio securities during the Fund’s most recent fiscal year).
Global Equity Fund
Broker-dealer |
Amount | |||
UBS Group AG Registered |
$ | 1,227,570 |
International Equity Fund
Broker-dealer |
Amount | |||
Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. |
$ | 11,190,122 | ||
UBS Group AG Registered |
$ | 14,329,038 |
62
ADDITIONAL PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION
Net Asset Value
The net asset value per share of each Class of each of the Funds is calculated by adding the value of all portfolio securities and other assets of the Funds attributable to the Class, subtracting the liabilities of the Funds attributable to the Class, and dividing the result by the number of outstanding shares of such Class. Assets attributable to a Class consist of the consideration received upon the issuance of shares of the Class together with all net investment income, realized gains/losses and proceeds derived from the investment thereof, including any proceeds from the sale of such investments, and any funds or payments derived from any reinvestment of such proceeds.
Net asset value for purposes of pricing purchase and redemption orders is determined as of 4:00 p.m. Eastern time, the normal close of regular trading hours on the New York Stock Exchange, on each day the Exchange is open for trading and the Federal Reserve Bank’s Fedline System is open. Currently, the Exchange observes the following holidays: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Juneteenth National Independence Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving and Christmas Day.
The Funds use pricing services approved by the Board for purposes of valuing the assets held in the Funds. The following sets out the primary pricing methodology for each security type. The Funds value securities and other assets for which market quotations are not readily available at fair value as determined by the Advisor, as valuation designee, pursuant to policies and procedures approved by the Board.
• | Equity securities that are traded on a national or foreign securities exchange are valued at the last sale price on the exchange on which they are primarily traded on the day of valuation or, if there has been no sale on such day, at the mean between the last bid and ask price. |
• | Rights and warrants are valued at the last reported sale price on the exchange on which they are traded. |
• | Over-the-counter (“OTC”) equity securities are valued at the last sale price on the exchange on which they are primarily traded on the day of valuation or, if there has been no sale on such day, at the mean between the last bid and ask price. |
• | Bonds, notes, debentures and other debt securities are valued using the evaluated price received from the pricing service. |
• | Options are valued at the last sale price on the exchange on which they are primarily traded on the day of valuation or, if there has been no sale on such day, at the mean between the last bid and ask price on any of such exchanges on such day closest in time to the close of New York Stock Exchange. |
• | Futures contracts and options are valued at the last sale price on the exchange on which they are primarily traded on the day of valuation or, if there has been no sale on such day, at the mean between the last bid and ask price on any of such exchanges on such day closest in time to the close of New York Stock Exchange. |
Foreign securities markets normally complete trading well before the close of the New York Stock Exchange. In addition, foreign securities trading may not take place on all days on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading and may occur in certain foreign markets on days on which the Fund’s net asset value is not calculated. Except as described below, calculations of net asset value will not reflect events affecting the values of portfolio securities that occur between the time their prices are determined and the close of the New York Stock Exchange. The Fund translates assets or liabilities expressed in foreign currencies into U.S. dollars based on the spot exchange rates at 4:00 p.m., Eastern time, or at such other rates as the Advisor may determine to be appropriate. In addition, the Board has approved the use of Interactive Data Pricing and Reference Data Fair Value Information Service (“IDC”) to assist in determining the fair value of the Fund’s foreign equity securities in the wake of certain significant events. Specifically, when changes in the value of a certain index suggest that the closing prices on the foreign exchange no longer represent the amount that the Fund could expect to receive for the securities, IDC will provide adjusted prices for certain foreign equity securities based on an analysis showing historical correlations between the prices of those securities and changes in the index.
The Funds value securities and other assets for which market quotations are not readily available at fair value as determined by the Advisor, as valuation designee, pursuant to policies and procedures approved by the Board. Fair values are determined by a valuation committee of the Advisor, in consultation with the Advisor’s portfolio managers and research and credit analyst, on the basis of factors such as the cost of the security or asset, transactions in comparable securities or assets, relationships among various securities and assets, and other factors as the Advisor may determine will affect materially the value of the security. All determinations of such committee are reviewed at the next meeting of the full Board.
Extraordinary Circumstances Affecting Redemptions.
Under the extraordinary circumstances discussed under Section 22(e) under the 1940 Act, the Trust may suspend the right of redemption or postpone the date of payment of a redemption for longer than seven days for any Fund. Generally, those extraordinary circumstances are when: (1) the New York Stock Exchange is closed or trading thereon is restricted; (2) an emergency exists which makes the disposal by a Fund of securities it owns, or the fair determination of the value of the Fund’s net assets not reasonable or practical; or (3) the SEC, by order, permits the suspension of the right of redemption for the protection of shareholders.
Purchases and Redemptions Through Brokers and/or Their Affiliates.
A broker may charge transaction fees on the purchase and/or sale of Fund shares in addition to those fees described in the Prospectuses in the Summary of Expenses. The Trust has authorized one or more brokers to receive on its behalf purchase and redemption orders, and such brokers are authorized to designate other intermediaries to receive purchase and redemption orders on the Trust’s behalf. The Trust will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order for Fund shares when an authorized broker or, if applicable, a broker’s authorized designee, receives the order, and such orders will be priced based on the Fund’s NAV next calculated after they are received by the authorized broker or the broker’s designee.
63
SHAREHOLDER SERVICE PLAN
The Trust has adopted a Shareholder Service Plan on behalf of certain Funds that allows a Fund to pay fees to broker-dealers and other financial intermediaries for certain non-distribution services provided to Class C Shares of the Global Equity Fund, International Equity Fund, International Small Cap Fund and Emerging Markets Value Fund. Because these fees are paid out of the assets attributable to each applicable Fund’s share class, over time they will increase the cost of your investment in such shares. The maximum annual shareholder servicing fees paid as a percentage of the average daily net assets of each Fund under the Shareholder Service Plan are as follows:
Fund |
Maximum Shareholder Servicing Fee Class C Shares |
|||
International Equity Fund |
0.25 | % | ||
Global Equity Fund |
0.25 | % | ||
Emerging Markets Value Fund |
0.25 | % | ||
International Small Cap Fund |
0.25 | % | ||
Small Cap Value Fund |
N/A | |||
Core Plus Fund |
N/A | |||
SMART Fund |
N/A |
For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023 the Predecessor Funds paid the following in Shareholder Servicing Fees:
Fund |
Shareholder Servicing Fee | |||
International Equity Fund |
$ | 18,133 | ||
Global Equity Fund |
$ | 1,561 | ||
Emerging Markets Value Fund |
$ | 12,510 | ||
International Small Cap Fund |
$ | 8,166 | ||
Small Cap Value Fund |
N/A | |||
Core Plus Fund |
N/A | |||
SMART Fund |
N/A |
As authorized by the Shareholder Service Plan, each Fund may enter into a Shareholder Service Agreement with a service provider pursuant to which the service provider agrees to provide certain shareholder support services to its customers who own Class C shares of the Fund. Such shareholder support services may include, but are not limited to: (1) maintaining shareholder accounts; (2) providing information periodically to shareholders showing their positions in shares; (3) arranging for bank wires; (4) responding to shareholder inquiries relating to the services performed by the service provider; (5) responding to inquiries from shareholders concerning their investments in shares; (6) forwarding shareholder communications from the Fund (such as proxies, shareholder reports, annual and semi-annual financial statements and dividend, distribution and tax notices) to shareholders; (7) processing purchase, exchange and redemption requests from shareholders and placing such orders with the Fund or its service providers; (8) assisting shareholders in changing dividend options, account designations, and addresses; (9) providing sub-accounting with respect to shares beneficially owned by shareholders; (10) processing dividend payments from the Fund on behalf of shareholders; and (11) providing such other similar services as the Fund may reasonably request to the extent that the service provider is permitted to do so under applicable laws or regulations.
SUB-TRANSFER AGENCY SERVICE FEES
In addition to the fees that the Funds may pay to their Transfer Agent, the Board has authorized Class I shares of the Funds to pay service fees, at the annual rate of up to 0.05% of applicable average net assets to intermediaries such as banks, broker-dealers, financial advisers or other financial institutions, for sub-administration, sub-transfer agency, recordkeeping (collectively, “sub-accounting services”) and other shareholder services associated with shareholders whose shares are held of record in omnibus, networked, or other group accounts or accounts traded through registered securities clearing agents.
64
The Funds pay certain financial intermediaries fees for sub-transfer agency services or other shareholder services. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023, the Predecessor Funds paid the following amounts for sub-transfer agency services:
Fund |
Sub-Transfer Agency Payments (Class I) |
|||
International Equity Fund |
$ | 231,715 | ||
Global Equity Fund |
$ | 14,199 | ||
Emerging Markets Value Fund |
$ | 233,222 | ||
International Small Cap Fund |
$ | 110,948 | ||
Small Cap Value Fund |
$ | 2,656 | ||
Core Plus Fund |
$ | 15,701 | ||
SMART Fund |
N/A |
DISTRIBUTION PLAN
The Trust has adopted a Distribution Plan applicable to Class A shares and Class C Shares, in accordance with Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act, which regulates circumstances under which an investment company may directly or indirectly bear expenses relating to the distribution of its shares. Because these fees are paid out of the assets attributable to each applicable Fund’s share class, over time they will increase the cost of your investment in such shares. The Board has determined that the Distribution Plan is in the best interests of the Funds’ Class A and Class C shareholders.
Continuance of the Distribution Plan must be approved annually by a majority of the Trustees and by a majority of the Trustees who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Distribution Plan or in any agreements related to the Plan (“Qualified Trustees”). All material amendments to the Distribution Plan must be approved by a majority of the Trustees and of the Qualified Trustees. In addition, the Distribution Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amount that may be spent under the Distribution Plan without approval by a majority of the outstanding shares of the Class of each Fund affected.
The Distribution Plan provides that the Trust will pay the Distributor an annual fee of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets attributable to each Fund’s Class A shares. The Distribution Plan also provides that the Trust will pay the Distributor an annual fee of up to 0.75% of the average daily net assets attributable to of the Class C shares of the Global Equity Fund, the International Equity Fund, the International Small Cap Fund, and the Emerging Markets Value Fund. The Distributor can use such payments to compensate broker-dealers and service providers that provide distribution-related services to the Class A or Class C shareholders or to their customers who beneficially own Class A or Class C shares. Such services include reviewing purchase and redemption orders, assisting in processing purchase, exchange and redemption requests from customers, providing certain shareholder communications requested by the Distributor, forwarding sales literature and advertisements provided by the Distributor, and arranging for bank wires.
Distribution fees paid by a particular Class of a Fund may only be used to pay for the distribution expenses of that Class of the Fund. Distribution fees are accrued daily and paid monthly, and are charged as expenses as accrued. Shares are not obligated under the Distribution Plan to bear any distribution expense in excess of the distribution fee. Thus, if the Distribution Plan is terminated or otherwise not continued with respect to a Fund, no amounts (other than current amounts accrued but not yet paid) would be owed by the Class A or Class C shares of the Fund to the Distributor.
The Distribution Plan (and any distribution-related agreement among the Fund, the Distributor and a selling agent with respect to the shares) may be terminated with respect to a Class of shares of a Fund without penalty upon at least 60 days’ notice by the Distributor, or by the Trust by vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees, or by vote of a majority of the outstanding shares (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the applicable Class of the Fund.
All distribution fees paid by a Fund under the Distribution Plan will be paid in accordance with Rule 2830 of the Rules of Conduct of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, as such Rule may change from time to time. Pursuant to the Distribution Plan, the Trustees will review at least quarterly a written report of the distribution expenses incurred by the Distributor on behalf of the shares of the Funds. In addition, as long as the Distribution Plan remains in effect, the selection and nomination of Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust will be made by the Independent Trustees.
65
The tables below show the amount of 12b-1 fees incurred by the Predecessor Funds for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023.
Fund |
12b-1 fees incurred by Class A and Class C Shares |
|||
International Equity Fund |
$ | 150,015 | ||
Global Equity Fund |
$ | 7,053 | ||
Emerging Markets Value Fund |
$ | 385,460 | ||
International Small Cap Fund |
$ | 137,859 | ||
Small Cap Value Fund |
$ | 3,494 | ||
Core Plus Fund |
$ | 2,053 | ||
SMART Fund |
N/A |
Fund |
Advertising and Marketing |
Printing and Postage |
Payment to Distributor |
Payment to Dealers |
Compensation to Sales Personnel |
Interest, Carrying, or Other Financing Charges |
Other Expenses |
|||||||||||||||||||||
International Equity Fund |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 150,015 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||||||
Global Equity Fund |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 7,053 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||||||
Emerging Markets Value Fund |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 385,460 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||||||
International Small Cap Fund |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 137,859 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||||||
Small Cap Value Fund |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 3,494 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||||||
Core Plus Fund |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 2,053 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||||||
SMART Fund |
N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A |
Class A Shares – Dealer Commissions and Compensation
The Adviser may pay dealers a commission of up to 1.00% on certain investments in Class A shares that are not subject to an initial sales charge. These purchases consist of purchases of $1 million or more, purchases by employer-sponsored defined contribution-type retirement plans investing $1 million or more or with 100 or more eligible employees, and purchases made at net asset value by certain retirement plans, endowments and foundations with assets of $50 million or more. Commissions on such investments (other than IRA rollover assets that roll over at no sales charge under the Fund’s IRA rollover policy as described in the Prospectus) are paid to dealers at the following rates:
1.00% on amounts of less than $4 million, 0.50% on amounts of at least $4 million but less than $10 million and 0.25% on amounts of at least $10 million. Commissions are based on cumulative investments over the life of the account with no adjustment for redemptions, transfers, or market declines. For example, if a shareholder has accumulated investments in excess of $4 million (but less than $10 million) and subsequently redeems all or a portion of the account(s), purchases following the redemption will generate a dealer commission of 0.50%. A dealer concession of up to 0.25% may be paid by a Fund under its Class A plan of distribution to reimburse the principal underwriter in connection with dealer and wholesaler compensation paid by it with respect to investments made with no initial sales charge.
The table below shows the aggregate amount of underwriting commissions for each Predecessor Fund for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023.
Aggregate Amount of Underwriting Commissions |
Amount Retained by Principal Underwriter |
|||||||
International Equity Fund |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||
Global Equity Fund |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||
Emerging Markets Fund |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||
International Small Cap Equity Fund |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||
Small Cap Value Fund |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||
Core Plus Fund |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||
SMART Fund |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 |
66
REDEMPTIONS IN KIND
The Funds do not intend to redeem shares in any form except cash. However, if the amount redeemed is over the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of a Fund’s net assets, the Fund has the right to redeem shares by giving the redeeming shareholder the amount that exceeds the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the Fund’s net assets in securities instead of cash. In the event that an in-kind distribution is made, a shareholder may incur additional expenses, such as the payment of brokerage commissions, and may recognize taxable gain or loss, on the sale or other disposition of the securities received from the Funds. A redemption is generally a taxable event for shareholders, regardless of whether the redemption is satisfied in cash or in kind.
TAXATION
The Funds have elected (or will elect) and intend to continue to qualify each year for treatment as RICs under the Code. In each taxable year that a Fund so qualifies, the Fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on income and gains distributed in a timely manner to shareholders.
In order to qualify for treatment as a RIC, each Fund must distribute annually to shareholders an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) 90% of its investment company taxable income for such year (which includes, among other things, dividends, taxable interest, and the excess of any net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses, as reduced by certain deductible expenses) without regard to the deduction for dividends paid, and (ii) 90% of the Fund’s net tax-exempt interest income, if any, over certain disallowed deductions; and each Fund must meet several additional requirements relating to the composition of its income and the diversification of its holdings. One of these additional requirements for RIC qualification is that a Fund must receive at least 90% of its gross income each taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to a Fund’s business of investing in such stock, securities, foreign currencies and net income from interests in qualified publicly traded partnerships (the “90% Test”). A second requirement for qualification as a RIC is that a Fund must diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year: (a) at least 50% of the market value of the Fund’s total assets is represented by cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities, with these other securities limited, in respect to any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer; and (b) not more than 25% of the value of its total assets is invested, including through corporations in which the Fund owns a 20% or more voting stock interest, in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs) of any one issuer or the securities (other than the securities of another RIC) of two or more issuers that the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same, similar, or related trades or businesses, or the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships (the “Asset Test”). These rules may affect the Funds’ ability to fully implement their investment strategies.
If a Fund fails to satisfy the 90% Test or the Asset Test, the Fund may be eligible for relief provisions if the failures are due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect and if a penalty tax is paid with respect to each failure to satisfy the applicable requirements. Additionally, relief is provided for certain de minimis failures of the Asset Test where a Fund corrects the failure within a specified period of time. In order to be eligible for the relief provisions with respect to a failure to meet the Asset Test, a Fund may be required to dispose of certain assets. If these relief provisions are not available to a Fund and it fails to qualify for treatment as a RIC for a taxable year, all of its taxable income would be subject to tax at the regular corporate income tax rate without any deduction for distributions to shareholders, and its distributions (including capital gains distributions) generally would be taxable as ordinary income dividends to its shareholders, subject to the dividends received deduction for corporate shareholders and the lower tax rates on qualified dividend income received by noncorporate shareholders. In addition, a Fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest, and make substantial distributions before requalifying as a RIC. If a Fund determines that it will not qualify for treatment as a RIC, the Fund will establish procedures to reflect the anticipated tax liability in the Fund’s NAV.
The Funds will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the regular corporate tax rate on any taxable income or gains that they do not timely distribute to shareholders. The Funds will also be subject to a nondeductible 4% excise tax to the extent they fail to distribute by the end of any calendar year substantially all of their ordinary income for that year and substantially all of their capital gain net income for the one-year period ending on October 31 of that year, plus certain other amounts.
A Fund may elect to treat part or all of any “qualified late year loss” as if it had been incurred in the succeeding taxable year in determining the Fund’s taxable income, net capital gain, net short-term capital gain and earnings and profits. The effect of this election is to treat any such “qualified late year loss” as if it had been incurred in the succeeding taxable year in characterizing Fund distributions for any calendar year. A “qualified late year loss” generally includes net capital loss, net long-term capital loss or net short-term capital loss incurred after October 31 of the current taxable year (commonly referred to as “post-October losses”) and certain other late-year losses.
67
Capital losses in excess of capital gains (“net capital losses”) are not permitted to be deducted against the Fund’s net investment income. Instead, potentially subject to certain limitations, the Fund may carry net capital losses from any taxable year forward to subsequent taxable years to offset capital gains, if any, realized during such subsequent taxable years. The Fund may carry net capital losses forward to one or more subsequent taxable years without expiration. The Fund must apply such carryforwards first against gains of the same character. The carryover of capital losses may be limited under the general loss limitation rules if a Fund experiences an ownership change as defined in the Code.
The Funds may invest in complex securities and these investments may be subject to numerous special and complex tax rules. These rules could affect a Fund’s ability to qualify as a RIC, affect whether gains and losses recognized by the Funds are treated as ordinary income or capital gain, accelerate the recognition of income to the Funds and/or defer the Funds’ ability to recognize losses, and, in limited cases, subject the Funds to U.S. federal income tax on income from certain of their foreign securities. In turn, these rules may affect the amount, timing or character of the income distributed to you by the Funds, and, therefore, the amount of tax you are required to pay.
To the extent a Fund invests in foreign securities, it may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by foreign countries. Any such tax would, if imposed, reduce the yield on or return from those investments. Tax conventions between certain countries and the U.S. may reduce or eliminate such taxes. If more than 50% in value of a Fund’s total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of stock or securities of foreign corporations, that Fund will be eligible, and intends, to file an election with the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to pass through to its shareholders their proportionate share of qualified foreign taxes. Pursuant to this election, its shareholders will be required to include their proportionate share of such qualified foreign taxes in their gross income, will treat such proportionate share as taxes paid by them, and may, subject to applicable limitations, deduct such proportionate share in computing their taxable incomes or, alternatively, take foreign tax credits against their U.S. income taxes. No deduction for such taxes will be permitted to individuals in computing their alternative minimum tax liability.
A Fund’s transactions in foreign currencies and forward foreign currency contracts will be subject to special provisions of the Code that, among other things, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by the Fund (i.e., may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital), accelerate recognition of income to the Fund and defer losses. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. These provisions also may require a Fund to mark-to-market certain types of positions in its portfolio (i.e., treat them as if they were closed out), which may cause a Fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the RIC distribution requirements for avoiding income and excise taxes. The Funds intend to monitor their transactions, intend to make the appropriate tax elections, and intend to make the appropriate entries in their books and records when they acquire any foreign currency or forward foreign currency contract in order to mitigate the effect of these rules so as to prevent disqualification of a Fund as a RIC and minimize the imposition of income and excise taxes.
If a Fund purchases shares in certain foreign entities treated as PFICs and does not timely make certain elections, it may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the Fund to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the Fund in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains.
If a Fund were to invest in a PFIC and timely elect to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under the Code for the first year of its holding period in the PFIC stock, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, the Fund would generally be required to include in income each year a portion of the ordinary earnings and net capital gains of the qualified electing fund, even if not distributed to the Fund, and such amounts would be subject to the distribution requirements described above. In order to distribute this income and avoid a tax at the Fund level, a Fund might be required to liquidate portfolio securities that it might otherwise have continued to hold, potentially resulting in additional taxable gain or loss. In order to make the “qualified electing fund” election in respect of a PFIC, a Fund would be required to obtain certain annual information from the PFIC, which may be difficult or impossible to obtain. Amounts included in income each year by a Fund arising from a “qualified electing fund” election, will be “qualifying income” for purposes of the 90% Test (as described above) even if not distributed to the Fund, if the Fund derives such income from its business of investing in stock, securities or currencies.
If a Fund were to invest in a PFIC and make a mark-to-market election, the Fund would be treated as if it had sold and repurchased all of the PFIC stock at the end of each year. In such case, the Fund would report any such gains as ordinary income and would deduct any such losses as ordinary losses to the extent of previously recognized gains. Such an election must be made separately for each PFIC owned by a Fund and, once made, would be effective for all subsequent taxable years of the Fund, unless revoked with the consent of the IRS. By making the election, a Fund could potentially ameliorate the adverse tax consequences with respect to its ownership of shares in a PFIC, but in any particular year might be required to recognize income in excess of the distributions it receives from PFICs and its proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock. The Fund might have to distribute such excess income and gain to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement and to avoid imposition of the 4% excise tax. In order to distribute this income and avoid a tax at the Fund level, a Fund might be required to liquidate portfolio securities that it might otherwise have continued to hold, potentially resulting in additional taxable gain or loss.
68
With respect to investments in zero coupon securities which are sold at original issue discount and thus do not make periodic cash interest payments, a Fund will be required to include as part of its current income the imputed interest on such obligations even though the Fund has not received any interest payments on such obligations during that period. In order to satisfy the distribution requirements describe above for qualification as a RIC and to avoid the imposition of the 4% excise tax, a Fund may have to sell Fund securities to distribute such imputed income which may occur at a time when the Adviser would not have chosen to sell such securities and which may result in taxable gain or loss.
Any market discount recognized on a bond is taxable as ordinary income. A market discount bond is a bond acquired in the secondary market at a price below redemption value or adjusted issue price if issued with original issue discount. Absent an election by a Fund to include the market discount in income as it accrues, gain on the Fund’s disposition of such an obligation will be treated as ordinary income rather than capital gain to the extent of the accrued market discount.
Certain Funds may invest in U.S. REITs. Investments in REIT equity securities may require a Fund to accrue and distribute income not yet received. To generate sufficient cash to make the requisite distributions, a Fund may be required to sell securities in its portfolio (including when it is not advantageous to do so) that it otherwise would have continued to hold. A Fund’s investments in REIT equity securities may at other times result in a Fund’s receipt of cash in excess of the REIT’s earnings; if a Fund distributes these amounts, these distributions could constitute a return of capital to such Fund’s shareholders for federal income tax purposes. Dividends paid by a REIT, other than capital gain distributions, will be taxable as ordinary income up to the amount of the REIT’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Capital gain dividends paid by a REIT to a Fund will be treated as long-term capital gains by the Fund and, in turn, may be distributed by the Fund to its shareholders as a capital gain distribution. Dividends received by a Fund from a REIT generally will not constitute qualified dividend income or qualify for the dividends received deduction. If a REIT is operated in a manner such that it fails to qualify as a REIT, an investment in the REIT would become subject to double taxation, meaning the taxable income of the REIT would be subject to federal income tax at the regular corporate rate without any deduction for dividends paid to shareholders and the dividends would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income (or possibly as qualified dividend income) to the extent of the REIT’s current and accumulated earnings and profits.
“Qualified REIT dividends” (i.e., ordinary REIT dividends other than capital gain dividends and portions of REIT dividends designated as qualified dividend income eligible for capital gain tax rates) generally give rise to a 20% deduction for non-corporate taxpayers. This deduction results in a reduced effective tax rate on the qualified REIT dividends. Distributions by a Fund to its shareholders that are attributable to qualified REIT dividends received by such Fund and which such Fund properly reports as “section 199A dividends,” are treated as “qualified REIT dividends” in the hands of non-corporate shareholders. A section 199A dividend is treated as a qualified REIT dividend only if the shareholder receiving such dividend holds the dividend-paying RIC shares for at least 46 days of the 91-day period beginning 45 days before the shares become ex-dividend, and is not under an obligation to make related payments with respect to a position in substantially similar or related property. A Fund is permitted to report such part of its dividends as section 199A dividends as are eligible, but is not required to do so.
REITs in which a Fund invests often do not provide complete and final tax information to the Funds until after the time that the Funds issue a tax reporting statement. As a result, a Fund may at times find it necessary to reclassify the amount and character of its distributions to you after it issues your tax reporting statement. When such reclassification is necessary, a Fund (or its administrative agent) will send you a corrected, final Form 1099-DIV to reflect the reclassified information. If you receive a corrected Form 1099-DIV, use the information on this corrected form, and not the information on the previously issued tax reporting statement, in completing your tax returns.
Dividends from a Fund’s investment company taxable income (computed without regard to the dividends-paid deduction), whether paid in cash or invested in additional shares, will be taxable to shareholders (other than qualified retirement plans and other tax-exempt investors) as ordinary income or “qualified dividend income” (if so designated by the Fund) to the extent of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Distributions of investment company taxable income (computed without regard to the dividends-paid deduction) reported by a Fund as “qualified dividend income” will be taxed in the hands of noncorporate shareholders at the rates applicable to long-term capital gain, provided that both the shareholder and the Fund meet certain holding period and other requirements. Distributions of a Fund’s net capital gain (whether paid in cash or invested in additional shares) will be taxable to shareholders at the tax rates applicable to long-term capital gain, regardless of how long they have held their Fund shares. Certain of the Funds’ investment strategies may significantly limit their ability to distribute dividends eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income.
Certain dividends received by a Fund from U.S. corporations and distributed and appropriately so reported by the Fund may be eligible for the 50% dividends-received deduction generally available to corporations under the Code. Capital gain dividends
69
distributed to a Fund from other RICs are generally not eligible for the dividends-received deduction. In order to qualify for the deduction, corporate shareholders must meet the minimum holding period requirements with respect to their shares in a Fund, taking into account any holding period reductions from certain hedging or other transactions or positions that diminish their risk of loss with respect to their shares, and, if they borrow to acquire or otherwise incur debt attributable to their shares, they may be denied a portion of the dividends-received deduction with respect to those shares. Certain of the Funds’ investment strategies may significantly limit their ability to distribute dividends eligible for the dividends received deduction for corporate shareholders.
Under Section 163(j) of the Code, a taxpayer’s business interest expense is generally deductible to the extent of its business interest income plus certain other amounts. If a Fund earns business interest income, it may report a portion of its dividends as “Section 163(j) interest dividends,” which its shareholders may be able to treat as business interest income for purposes of Section 163(j) of the Code. A Fund’s “Section 163(j) interest dividend” for a tax year will be limited to the excess of its business interest income over the sum of its business interest expense and other deductions properly allocable to its business interest income. In general, a Fund’s shareholders may treat a distribution reported as a Section 163(j) interest dividend as interest income only to the extent the distribution exceeds the sum of the portions of the distribution reported as other types of tax-favored income. To be eligible to treat a Section 163(j) interest dividend as interest income, a shareholder may need to meet certain holding period requirements in respect of the applicable Fund’s shares and must not have hedged its position in the shares in certain ways.
A tax generally applies to all or a portion of the net investment income of a shareholder who is an individual and not a nonresident alien for U.S. federal income tax purposes and who has adjusted gross income (subject to certain adjustments) that exceeds a threshold amount. This 3.8% tax also applies to all or a portion of the undistributed net investment income of certain shareholders that are estates and trusts. For these purposes, Fund dividends and certain capital gains (among other categories of income) are generally taken into account in computing a shareholder’s net investment income.
Dividends declared by the Funds in October, November or December of any year and payable to shareholders of record on a date in one of those months will be deemed to have been paid by the Funds and received by the shareholders on December 31 if the dividends are paid by the Funds during the following January. Accordingly, such dividends will be taxed to shareholders for the year in which the dividend is declared rather than the year in which it is paid. You may wish to avoid purchasing shares of a Fund shortly before the Fund pays a dividend or capital gain distribution, as such a dividend or distribution will be taxable to you, even though it effectively represents a return of a portion of your investment.
At September 30, 2023, the Predecessor Funds had capital losses expiring and capital loss carryforwards utilized as indicated below:
Capital Loss Carryforwards as of September 30, 2023 |
Indefinite | Utilized | Expired | |||||||||
International Fund |
$ | (98,739,806 | ) | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | |||||
Global Equity Fund |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||
Emerging Markets Value Fund |
$ | (274,015,145 | ) | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | |||||
International Small Cap Fund |
$ | (143,150,333 | ) | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | |||||
Small Cap Value Fund |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||
Core Plus Fund |
$ | (2,444,590 | ) | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | |||||
Separately Managed Reserve Fund |
$ | (11,350,306 | ) | $ | 0 | $ | 0 |
Upon the sale or exchange of shares in a Fund, a shareholder will generally recognize a taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized and the shareholder’s basis in the shares. A redemption of shares by a Fund and an exchange of a Fund’s shares for shares of another Brandes fund will be treated as a sale for this purpose. Such gain or loss will be treated as capital gain or loss if the shares are capital assets in the shareholder’s hands, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for more than one year and short-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for one year or less. Any loss realized by a shareholder on the sale of shares held by the shareholder for six months or less will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any distributions or deemed distributions of long-term capital gains received by the shareholder (including amounts credited to the shareholder as undistributed capital gains) with respect to such shares.
Losses on redemptions or other dispositions of shares may be disallowed under “wash sale” rule in the event of other investments in a Fund (including those made pursuant to reinvestment of dividends and/or capital gain distributions) within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after a redemption or other disposition of shares. In such a case, the disallowed portion of any loss generally would be included in the U.S. federal tax basis of the shares acquired in the other investments. Gain may be increased (or loss reduced) upon a redemption of shares of a Fund within 90 days after their purchase followed by any purchase (including purchases by exchange or by reinvestment), without payment of an additional sales charge, of shares of the same Fund or of another Brandes fund (or any other shares of a Brandes fund generally sold subject to a sales charge) before February 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the original shares were redeemed.
70
Each Fund is required to withhold (as “backup withholding”) 24% of all dividends, capital gain distributions and repurchase proceeds payable to any individuals and certain other non-corporate shareholders who do not provide the applicable Fund with a correct taxpayer identification number or make required certifications. A Fund also is required to withhold 24% of all dividends and capital gain distributions paid to such shareholders who otherwise are subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amount withheld may be credited against a shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liabilities provided that the necessary information is timely provided to the IRS.
Under Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder (or certain greater amounts over a combination of years), the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on IRS Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a RIC are not excepted. A shareholder who fails to make the required disclosure to the IRS may be subject to adverse tax consequences, including significant penalties. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisers to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.
The Funds must report to the IRS and furnish to shareholders the cost basis information and holding period for Fund shares sold or redeemed. The Funds will permit shareholders to elect from among several IRS-accepted cost basis methods, including the average cost basis method. In the absence of an election, shareholder cost basis will be determined under the default method selected by a Fund. The cost basis method a shareholder elects (or the cost basis method applied by default) may not be changed with respect to a repurchase of shares after the settlement date of the repurchase. Shareholders should consult their tax advisers prior to any repurchase of their respective shares to determine the best IRS-accepted cost basis method for their tax situation and to obtain more information about how the cost basis reporting rules apply to them.
Certain tax-exempt shareholders, including qualified pension plans, individual retirement accounts, salary deferral arrangements, 401(k)s, and other tax-exempt entities, generally are exempt from federal income taxation except with respect to their unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”). Tax-exempt entities are not permitted to offset losses from one trade or business against the income or gain of another trade or business. Certain net losses incurred prior to January 1, 2018 are permitted to offset gain and income created by an unrelated trade or business, if otherwise available. Under current law, the Funds generally serve to block UBTI from being realized by their tax-exempt shareholders. However, notwithstanding the foregoing, a tax-exempt shareholder could realize UBTI by virtue of an investment in a Fund where, for example: (i) the Fund invests in residual interests of Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits (“REMICs”), (ii) the Fund invests in a REIT that is a taxable mortgage pool (“TMP”) or that has a subsidiary that is a TMP, or (iii) shares in the Fund constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of section 514(b) of the Code. Charitable remainder trusts are subject to special rules and should consult their tax adviser. The IRS has issued guidance with respect to these issues and prospective shareholders, especially charitable remainder trusts, are strongly encouraged to consult their tax advisers regarding these issues.
A Fund’s shares held in a tax-qualified retirement account will generally not be subject to federal taxation on income and capital gains distributions from the Fund until a shareholder begins receiving payments from their retirement account. Because each shareholder’s tax situation is different, shareholders should consult their tax adviser about the tax implications of an investment in the Funds.
Any non-U.S. investors in the Funds may be subject to U.S. withholding and estate tax and are encouraged to consult their tax advisers prior to investing in the Funds. Foreign shareholders (i.e., nonresident alien individuals and foreign corporations, partnerships, trusts and estates) are generally subject to U.S. withholding tax at the rate of 30% (or a lower tax treaty rate) on distributions derived from taxable ordinary income. A Fund may, under certain circumstances, report all or a portion of a dividend as an “interest-related dividend” or a “short-term capital gain dividend,” which would generally be exempt from this 30% U.S. withholding tax, provided certain other requirements are met. Short-term capital gain dividends received by a nonresident alien individual who is present in the U.S. for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the taxable year are not exempt from this 30% withholding tax. Gains realized by foreign shareholders from the sale or other disposition of shares of a Fund generally are not subject to U.S. taxation, unless the recipient is an individual who is physically present in the U.S. for 183 days or more per year. Foreign shareholders who fail to provide an applicable IRS form may be subject to backup withholding on certain payments from a Fund. Backup withholding will not be applied to payments that are subject to the 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate) withholding tax described in this paragraph. Different tax consequences may result if the foreign shareholder is engaged in a trade or business within the United States. In addition, the tax consequences to a foreign shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of a tax treaty may be different than those described above.
Under legislation generally known as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”), the Funds are required to withhold 30% of certain ordinary dividends they pay to shareholders that fail to meet prescribed information reporting or certification requirements. In general, no such withholding will be required with respect to a U.S. person or non-U.S. person that timely provides the certifications required by a Fund or its agent on a valid IRS Form W-9 or applicable series of IRS Form W-8, respectively. Shareholders potentially subject to withholding include foreign financial institutions (“FFIs”), such as non-U.S. investment funds, and
71
non-financial foreign entities (“NFFEs”). To avoid withholding under FATCA, an FFI generally must enter into an information sharing agreement with the IRS in which it agrees to report certain identifying information (including name, address, and taxpayer identification number) with respect to its U.S. account holders (which, in the case of an entity shareholder, may include its direct and indirect U.S. owners), and an NFFE generally must identify and provide other required information to the Fund or other withholding agent regarding its U.S. owners, if any. Such non-U.S. shareholders also may fall into certain exempt, excepted or deemed compliant categories as established by regulations and other guidance. A non-U.S. shareholder resident doing business in a country that has entered into an intergovernmental agreement with the U.S. to implement FATCA will be exempt from FATCA withholding, provided that the shareholder and the applicable foreign government comply with the terms of the agreement.
A non-U.S. entity that invests in a Fund will need to provide the Fund with documentation properly certifying the entity’s status under FATCA in order to avoid FATCA withholding. Non-U.S. investors in the Fund should consult their tax advisers in this regard.
The description of certain federal tax provisions above relates only to U.S. federal income tax consequences for shareholders who hold their shares as capital assets. Except as otherwise provided, this description does not address the special tax rules that may be applicable to particular types of investors, such as financial institutions, insurance companies, securities dealers, other RICs, or tax-exempt or tax-advantaged plans, accounts or entities.
Distributions by a Fund to shareholders and the ownership of shares may be subject to state and local taxes. Rules of state and local taxation of dividend and capital gains distributions from RICs often differ from the rules for federal income taxation described above. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisers as to the consequences of these and other state and local tax rules affecting an investment in Fund shares.
Shareholders should consult their own tax advisers regarding their particular situation and the possible application of foreign, state and local tax laws.
Securities Lending Agent
The Predecessor Funds participated in, and the Funds intend to participate in, securities lending arrangements whereby they lend certain of their portfolio securities to brokers, dealers and financial institutions (not with individuals) in order to receive additional income and increase the rate of return of their portfolios. The Northern Trust Company, the Funds’ custodian, also serves as the Funds’ securities lending agent. For the most recent fiscal year ended September 30, 2023, the Predecessor Funds’ securities lending activities resulted in the following:
International Equity Fund |
Global Equity Fund |
International Small Cap Fund |
||||||||||
Gross income from securities lending activities: |
$ | 146,647 | $ | 2,060 | $ | 217 | ||||||
Fees and/or compensation for securities lending activities and related services: |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||
Fees paid to securities lending agent from a revenue split |
$ | 29,330 | $ | 409 | $ | 43 | ||||||
Fees paid for any cash collateral management service (including fees deducted from a pooled cash collateral reinvestment vehicle) that are not included in the revenue split |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||
Administrative fees not included in revenue split |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||
Indemnification fee not included in revenue split |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||
Rebates (paid to borrower) |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||
Other fees not included in revenue split (specify) |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||
Aggregate fees/compensation for securities lending activities: |
$ | 29,330 | $ | 409 | $ | 43 | ||||||
Net income from securities lending activities: |
$ | 117,317 | $ | 1,651 | $ | 174 |
The Northern Trust Company oversees the securities lending process, which includes the screening, selection and ongoing review of borrowers, monitoring the availability of securities, negotiating rebates, daily marking to market of loans, monitoring and maintaining cash collateral levels, processing securities movements and reinvesting cash collateral as directed by the Adviser.
72
MARKETING AND SUPPORT PAYMENTS
The Adviser, out of its own resources and without additional cost to the Funds or their shareholders, may provide additional cash payments or other compensation to certain financial intermediaries who sell shares of the Fund. Such payments may be divided into categories as follows:
Support Payments. Payments may be made by the Advisor to certain financial intermediaries in connection with the eligibility of the Funds to be offered in certain programs and/or in connection with meetings between the Funds’ representatives and financial intermediaries and its sales representatives. Such meetings may be held for various purposes, including providing education and training about the Funds and other general financial topics to assist financial intermediaries’ sales representatives in making informed recommendations to, and decisions on behalf of, their clients.
Entertainment, Conferences and Events. The Adviser also may pay cash or non-cash compensation to sales representatives of financial intermediaries in the form of (i) occasional gifts; (ii) occasional meals, tickets or other entertainments; and/or (iii) sponsorship support for the financial intermediary’s client seminars and cooperative advertising. In addition, the Adviser pays for exhibit space or sponsorships at regional or national events of financial intermediaries.
The prospect of receiving, or the receipt of additional payments or other compensation as described above by financial intermediaries may provide such intermediaries and/or their salespersons with an incentive to favor sales of shares of the Funds, and other mutual funds whose affiliates make similar compensation available, over sale of shares of mutual funds (or non-mutual fund investments) not making such payments. You may wish to take such payment arrangements into account when considering and evaluating any recommendations relating to the Funds’ shares.
CUSTODIAN
The Northern Trust Company (the “Custodian”), PO Box 4766, Chicago, IL 60680-4766, is the custodian of the assets of the Fund. The Custodian’s responsibilities include safeguarding and controlling the Fund’s cash and securities, handling the receipt and delivery of securities, and collecting interest and dividends on the Fund’s investments. The Custodian does not determine the investment policies of the Fund or decide which securities the Fund will buy or sell.
TRANSFER AGENT
The Northern Trust Company (the “Transfer Agent”), PO Box 4766, Chicago, IL 60680-4766, is the Trust’s registrar, transfer agent, and dividend disbursing agent. The Transfer Agent processes purchase and redemption orders, maintains records of Fund shareholders, and disburses dividends and other distributions.
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Deloitte & Touche LLP, the Trust’s independent registered public accounting firm, provides audit services to the Trust. An affiliate of Deloitte & Touche LLP provides tax compliance and tax consulting services to the Trust. Deloitte & Touche LLP’s address is 111 South Wacker Drive, Chicago, IL 60606-4301.
CODE OF ETHICS
The Trust, the Adviser and Foreside Financial Group, LLC (d/b/a ACA Group), on behalf of the Distributor, an unaffiliated principal underwriter of the Trust, have adopted codes of ethics (the “Codes of Ethics”) under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act. The Codes of Ethics permit personnel, subject to the Codes of Ethics and their provisions, to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Trust.
PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
The Funds have delegated the responsibility for voting proxies to the Adviser, subject to the Board’s continuing oversight. The Funds’ proxy voting policies are summarized below.
73
Policies of the Funds’ Investment Adviser
The Adviser shall take reasonable steps under the circumstances to ensure that proxies are received and voted in the best interest of its clients, including the Funds, which generally means voting proxies with a view to enhancing the long-term value of the shares of stock held in client accounts. The long-term financial interest of the Adviser’s clients, including the Funds, is the primary consideration in determining how proxies should be voted.
The Adviser votes proxies in accordance with the following three governing principles:
1. Proxy Voting
One of the most significant rights as shareholders is the right to vote at a company’s annual and extraordinary meetings. In voting proxies on behalf of the Adviser’s clients, the Adviser ensures that our clients’ votes are cast in a manner that is most consistent with the Adviser’s Proxy Voting Guidelines, and which are based on the underlying guiding principle of voting in the best economic interests of shareholders over the long term.
2. Corporate Governance
The Adviser believes well-governed companies should apply prudent principles to their corporate governance structure and demonstrate consistency with them through the decisions they make. Fundamental to a well-governed company is an appropriately structured and functioning board that is comprised of qualified and engaged directors. The Adviser’s assessment process consists of consulting a variety of sources, including relevant company filings and research materials provided by proxy advisers and other third parties, as well as engaging with company management. Accordingly, the Adviser believes all corporate boards of directors should display the following traits:
• | Act independently from management, free from conflicts of interest and in the best interests of the shareholders |
• | Make decisions that are consistently in the best interests of the shareholders and be held accountable for such decisions and actions |
• | Give the highest priority to shareholder rights and equality in treatment of shareholders |
• | Evaluate management in an objective manner, ensuring that compensation programs are reasonable in size and commensurate with performance |
• | Communicate with shareholders in a timely, responsive, and transparent manner |
The Adviser considers the following principles in assessing corporate governance votes in order to encourage companies to take the actions that the Adviser believes, in the long run, are in the best economic interest of the shareholders, and therefore, will analyze and consider individual company circumstances in light of the following:
• | Independence and Effectiveness of the Board of Directors |
• | Alignment of Management and Director Remuneration |
• | Protection of Shareholder Rights |
3. Responsible Ownership
While proxy voting is a basic and important fundamental right, it is only one of the Adviser’s areas of focus on behalf of its clients as shareholders. The Adviser is also committed to continuing to monitor a company’s financial and non-financial performance after each investment has been made. In doing so, the Adviser embraces the concept of being an active, engaged, and responsible owner of the companies the firm invests in on behalf of the Adviser’s clients. Accordingly, the Adviser participates in a number of activities on a case-by-case basis, including:
• | Ongoing engagement and dialogue with companies |
• | Assessment of the ability of the board of directors to make effective decisions that are in the best interests of shareholders |
• | Collaboration with other shareholders where appropriate |
74
At least annually, The Adviser presents to the Board its policies, procedures and other guidelines for voting proxies. In addition, The Adviser shall notify the Board promptly of material changes to any of these documents. The Board will monitor the implementation of these policies to ensure that the Adviser’s voting decisions:
• | Are consistent with the Adviser’s fiduciary duty to each Fund and its shareholders; |
• | Seek to maximize shareholder return and the value of Fund investments; |
• | Promote sound corporate governance; and |
• | Are consistent with each Fund’s investment objectives and policies. |
International Proxy Voting
Voting proxies with respect to shares of foreign companies may involve significantly greater effort and corresponding cost due to the variety of regulatory schemes and corporate practices in foreign countries with respect to proxy voting. Logistical challenges in voting foreign proxies include the following:
• | Each country has its own rules and practices regarding shareholder notification, voting restrictions, registration conditions, and share blocking. |
• | To vote shares in some countries, the shares may be “blocked” by the custodian or depository (or bearer shares deposited with a specified financial institution) for a specified number of days (usually five or fewer but sometimes longer) before or after the shareholder meeting. When blocked, shares typically may not be traded until the day after the blocking period. The Adviser may refrain from voting shares of foreign stocks subject to blocking restrictions where, in the Adviser’s judgment, the benefit from voting the shares is outweighed by the interest of maintaining client liquidity in the shares. This decision generally is made on a case-by-case basis based on relevant factors, including the length of the blocking period, the significance of the holding, and whether the stock is considered a long-term holding. |
• | Often it is difficult to ascertain the date of a shareholder meeting because certain countries do not require companies to publish announcements in any official stock exchange publication. |
• | Time frames between shareholder notifications, distribution of proxy materials, book-closure and the actual meeting date may be too short to allow timely action. |
• | Language barriers will generally mean that an English translation of proxy information must be obtained or commissioned before the relevant shareholder meeting. |
• | Some companies and/or jurisdictions require that, in order to be eligible to vote, the shares of the beneficial holders be registered in the company’s share registry. |
• | Lack of a “proxy voting service” by custodians in certain countries. In countries in which custodians do not offer a “proxy voting service”, the Adviser will attempt, on a best efforts basis, to lodge votes in such countries. |
• | Presence of voting fees in countries in which custodians do not offer a “proxy voting service”, may limit the Adviser’s ability to lodge votes in such countries. |
• | Due to limited voting ability of some ADR programs, the Adviser will attempt on a best efforts basis, to vote when it is prudent to do so and if the Depositary offers a path to receive our vote instructions. |
Because the cost of voting on a particular proxy proposal could exceed the expected benefit to a client (including an ERISA Plan), the Adviser may weigh the costs and benefits of voting on proxy proposals relating to foreign securities and make an informed decision on whether voting a given proxy proposal is prudent.
Conflicts of Interest
The Adviser is sensitive to conflicts of interest that may arise in the proxy decision-making process. For example, conflicts of interest may arise when:
(i) | Proxy votes regarding non-routine matters are solicited by an issuer who has an institutional separate account relationship with the Adviser; |
(ii) | The Adviser has material business relationships with participants in proxy contests, corporate executives, corporate directors or director candidates; |
(iii) | Proxy votes regarding non-routine matters are solicited by an issuer in which the Adviser has a vested interest involving different products, type or class of securities; or |
75
(iv) | An Adviser employee has a material personal interest in the outcome of a particular matter before shareholders. |
The Adviser is committed to resolving all such and similar conflicts in its clients’ best interests. The Adviser has developed these policies and procedures to serve the best interests of its clients, and accordingly, will generally vote pursuant to its Guidelines when conflicts of interest arise. Proxy voting proposals that give rise to conflicts of interest that are not addressed by the Guidelines, including conflicts that may arise when the Adviser holds both equity and fixed income securities of the same issuer on behalf of its clients and there are contested situations, will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis by the Adviser’s ESG Oversight Committee, in consultation with the Global Head of Compliance (“GHOC”) and the steps taken to address the issue will be documented in writing.
If necessary, the ESG Oversight Committee, GHOC and senior management will consult with an independent consultant or outside counsel to resolve any material conflicts of interest. Possible resolutions of such conflicts may include:
(i) | Voting in accordance with the guidance of an independent consultant or outside counsel; |
(ii) | Erecting information barriers around the person or persons making voting decisions; |
(iii) | Designating a person or committee to vote that has no knowledge of any relationship between the Adviser and the issuer, its officers or directors, director candidates, or proxy proponents; or voting in other ways that are consistent with the Adviser’s obligation to vote in its clients’ best interests. |
More Information
The actual voting records relating to portfolio securities of the Funds during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 are available without charge, upon request by calling toll-free, 1-800-395-3807 or by accessing the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. In addition, a copy of the Funds’ proxy voting policies and procedures is available by calling 1-800-395-3807 and will be sent within three business days of receipt of a request.
LEGAL COUNSEL
Ropes & Gray LLP, Prudential Tower, 800 Boylston Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02199-3600, serves as counsel to the Trust.
SHAREHOLDER LIABILITY
Under Massachusetts law, shareholders could, under certain circumstances, be held personally liable for the obligations of the Trust. However, the Trust’s Declaration of Trust disclaims shareholder liability for acts or obligations of the Trust. The Trust’s Declaration of Trust provides for indemnification out of the relevant Fund’s property for all loss and expense of any shareholder held personally liable for the obligations of such Fund. Thus, the risk of a shareholder’s incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability is limited to circumstances in which the Funds would be unable to meet its obligations.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023 for the Predecessor Funds are included in the Predecessor Funds’ Annual Report, which was filed with the SEC on December 1, 2023 as part of the Predecessor Fund’s filing on Form N-CSR and is incorporated into this SAI by reference. The Annual Report is available, without charge, upon request, by calling 1-800-395-3807 or by visiting www.brandesfunds.com or on the EDGAR database by visiting the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. Following the closing of the Reorganization, the Funds’ Annual Report will be available, without charge, upon request, by calling 1-800-395-3807 or by visiting www.brandesfunds.com or on the EDGAR database by visiting the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.
76
APPENDIX A – NOMINATING PROCEDURES
The Committee will recommend qualified candidates to the Board as the need arises. Recommendations to the Board shall be accompanied by a report outlining the skills, experiences and attributes considered by the Committee in evaluating the candidate. The report should be accompanied by a Trustee and Officer Questionnaire completed by the candidate. Should a shareholder of the Trust wish to present one or more candidates for Trustee of the Trust for consideration by the Governance Committee, the Secretary of the Trust will forward the shareholder communication to the Chairperson of the Committee for evaluation.
Each signed written request shall contain the following information:
(a) | Name and address of the shareholder (or if a group of shareholders, the names and addresses of each member of the group of shareholders) submitting the candidate(s); |
(b) | The number of shares owned by the shareholder (or group of shareholders) submitting the candidate(s); |
(c) | The Fund or Funds of the Trust which are the issuer(s) of these shares; |
(d) | If the shares are owned indirectly through a broker or other record owner, the name(s) of such broker or other record owner; |
(e) | Whether the shareholder (or if a group of shareholders, each member of the group) and the candidate or candidates that the shareholder is proposing consent to being identified in any proxy statement utilized in connection with the election of Trustees; |
(f) | The name or names of the candidate(s) for Trustee that the shareholder is proposing, together with comprehensive and appropriate background information about the candidate(s) to permit an evaluation against the criteria set forth in Exhibit A; and |
(g) | A representation that the candidate or candidates are willing to provide additional information about themselves, including assurances as to their independence, that the Governance Committee may request. |
APPENDIX B – SUMMARY OF CREDIT RATINGS
The following summarizes the descriptions for some of the general ratings referred to in the Funds’ prospectuses and this SAI. Ratings represent only the opinions of the rating organizations about the safety of principal and interest payments, not market value. The rating of an issuer is heavily influenced by past developments and does not necessarily reflect probable future conditions. A lag frequently occurs between the time a rating is assigned and the time it is updated. Ratings are therefore general and are not absolute standards of quality.
Credit Ratings – General Securities
The following summarizes the descriptions for some of the general ratings referred to in the Funds’ prospectus and Statement of Additional Information. The descriptions for the ratings for municipal securities and commercial paper follow this section. Ratings represent only the opinions of these rating organizations about the quality of the securities which they rate. They are general and are not absolute standards of quality.
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.
The purpose of Moody’s ratings is to provide investors with a single system of gradation by which the relative investment qualities of bonds may be rated.
Bonds
Aaa: Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as “gilt edged.” Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of such issues.
Aa: Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards. Together with the Aaa group, they comprise what are generally known as high grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the long-term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.
A: Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered as upper medium grade obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.
Baa: Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium grade obligations. They are neither highly protected nor poorly secured. Interest payments and security appear adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well.
Ba: Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements; their future cannot be considered as well assured. Often, the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate, and thereby not well safeguarded during both good and bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this asset class.
B: Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of the desirable investment — they are considered speculative and subject to high credit risk. Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.
Caa: Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues may be in default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.
Ca: Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are speculative in a high degree. Such issues are often in default or have other marked short-comings.
C: Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds, and issues so rated can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.
Rating Refinements: Moody’s may apply numerical modifiers, 1, 2, and 3 in each generic rating classification from Aa through B in its bond rating system. The modifier 1 indicates that the security ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and modifier 3 indicates that the issue ranks in the lower end of its generic rating category.
Standard & Poor’s Corporation
A Standard & Poor’s debt rating is a current assessment of the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific obligation. This assessment may take into consideration obligors such as guarantors, insurers, or lessees. The ratings are based on current information furnished by the issuer or obtained by Standard & Poor’s from other sources it considers reliable. Standard & Poor’s does not perform any audit in connection with any rating and may, on occasion, rely on unaudited financial information. The ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following considerations: (a) likelihood of default—capacity and willingness of the obligor as to the timely payment of interest and repayment of principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation; (b) nature of and provisions of the obligation; and (c) protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.
Bonds
AAA: Bonds rated AAA have the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation (i.e., pay interest and repay principal) is extremely strong.
AA: Bonds rated AA differ from the highest-rated obligations only in a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation (i.e., pay interest and repay principal) is very strong.
A: Bonds rated A are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation (i.e., pay interest and repay principal) is still strong.
BBB: Bonds rated BBB exhibit adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation (i.e., pay interest and repay principal).
BB: Bonds rated BB are less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, they face major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation (i.e., pay interest and repay principal).
B: Bonds rated B are more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated BB, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation (i.e., pay interest and repay principal). Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CCC: An obligation rated CCC is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CC: An obligation rated CC is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.
C: The C rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action has been taken, but payments on this obligation are being continued.
D: An obligation rated D is in payment default. The D rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.
The Standard & Poor’s ratings may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.
r: This symbol is attached to the ratings of instruments with significant noncredit risks. It highlights risks to principal or volatility of expected returns which are not addressed in the credit rating. Examples include: obligations linked or indexed to equities, currencies, or commodities; obligations exposed to severe prepayment risk-such as interest-only or principal-only mortgage securities; and obligations with unusually risky interest terms, such as inverse floaters.
Fitch Ratings
Fitch investment grade bond ratings provide a guide to investors in determining the credit risk associated with a particular security. The ratings represent Fitch’s assessment of the issuer’s ability to meet the obligations of a specific debt issue or class of debt in a timely manner. The rating takes into consideration special features of the issue, its relationship to other obligations of the issuer, the current and prospective financial condition and operating performance of the issuer and any guarantor, as well as the economic and political environment that might affect the issuer’s future financial strength and credit quality. Fitch ratings do not reflect any credit enhancement that may be provided by insurance policies or financial guarantees unless otherwise indicated.
Bonds
AAA: Bonds considered to be investment grade and of the highest credit quality. The obligor has an exceptionally strong ability to pay interest and repay principal, which is unlikely to be affected by reasonably foreseeable events.
AA: Bonds considered to be investment grade and of very high credit quality. The obligor’s ability to pay interest and repay principal is very strong, although not quite as strong as bonds rated “AAA.” Because bonds rated in the “AAA” and “AA” categories are not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable future developments, short-term debt of these issuers is generally rated “F-1+”.
A: Bonds considered to be investment grade and of high credit quality. The obligor’s ability to pay interest and repay principal is considered to be strong, but may be more vulnerable to adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances than bonds with higher ratings.
BBB: Debt rated BBB is considered to be of satisfactory credit quality. Ability to pay interest and principal is adequate. Adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances are more likely to impair timely payment than higher rated bonds.
BB: Bonds are considered speculative. The obligor’s ability to pay interest and repay principal may be affected over time by adverse economic changes. However, business and financial alternatives can be identified, which could assist in the obligor satisfying its debt service requirements.
B: Bonds are considered highly speculative. While bonds in this class are currently meeting debt service requirements, the probability of continued timely payment of principal and interest reflects the obligor’s limited margin of safety and the need for reasonable business and economic activity throughout the life of the issue.
CCC: Bonds have certain identifiable characteristics that, if not remedied, may lead to default. The ability to meet obligations requires an advantageous business and economic environment.
CC: Bonds are minimally protected. Default in payment of interest and/or principal seems probable over time.
C: Bonds are in imminent default in payment of interest or principal.
DDD, DD, and D: Bonds are in default on interest and/or principal payments. Such bonds are extremely speculative and should be valued on the basis of their ultimate recovery value in liquidation or reorganization of the obligor. “DDD” represents the highest potential for recovery on these bonds, and “D” represents the lowest potential for recovery.
Plus (+) and minus (-) signs are used with a rating symbol to indicate the relative position of a credit within the rating category. Plus and minus signs, however, are not used in the “AAA” or “D” categories.
Credit Ratings – Municipal Securities and Commercial Paper
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.
The purpose of Moody’s ratings is to provide investors with a single system of gradation by which the relative investment qualities of bonds may be rated.
U.S. Tax-Exempt Municipals
Moody’s ratings for U.S. Tax-Exempt Municipals range from Aaa to B and utilize the same definitional elements as are set forth above under the “Bonds” section of the Moody’s descriptions.
Advance refunded issues: Advance refunded issues that are secured by escrowed funds held in cash, held in trust, reinvested in direct non-callable United States government obligations or non-callable obligations unconditionally guaranteed by the U.S. government are identified with a # (hatchmark) symbol, e.g., # Aaa.
Municipal Note Ratings
Moody’s ratings for state and municipal notes and other short-term loans are designated Moody’s Investment Grade (MIG), and for variable rate demand obligations are designated Variable Moody’s Investment Grade (VMIG). This distinction recognizes the differences between short-term credit risk and long-term risk. Loans bearing the designation MIG 1/VMIG 1 are of the best quality, enjoying strong protection from established cash flows for their servicing or from established and broad-based access to the market for refinancing, or both. Loans bearing the designation MIG2/VMIG 2 are of high quality, with ample margins of protection, although not as large as the preceding group. Loans bearing the designation of MIG 3/VMIG 3 are of acceptable quality, but have narrow liquidity and cash-flow protection and less well-established access to refinancing.
Commercial Paper
Moody’s short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to repay punctually senior debt obligations. These obligations have an original maturity not exceeding one year, unless explicitly noted. Moody’s employs the following three designations, all judged to be investment grade, to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:
Prime-1: Issuers rated Prime-1 (or related supporting institutions) have a superior ability for repayment of short-term promissory obligations. Prime-1 repayment capacity will normally be evidenced by the following characteristics: (a) leading market positions in well-established industries; (b) high rates of return on funds employed; (c) conservative capitalization structures with moderate reliance on debt and ample asset protection; (d) broad margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges and high internal cash generation; and (e) well-established access to a range of financial markets and assured sources of alternate liquidity.
Prime-2: Issuers rated Prime-2 (or supporting institutions) have a strong ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations. This will normally be evidenced by many of the characteristics cited above but to a lesser degree. Earnings trends and coverage ratios, while sound, may be more subject to variation. Capitalization characteristics, while still appropriate, may be more affected by external conditions. Ample alternate liquidity is maintained.
Prime-3: Issuers rated Prime-3 (or supporting institutions) have an acceptable ability for repayment of senior short-term obligations. The effect of industry characteristics and market compositions may be more pronounced. Variability in earnings and profitability may result in changes in the level of debt protection measurements and may require relatively high financial leverage. Adequate alternate liquidity is maintained.
Standard & Poor’s Corporation
A Standard & Poor’s debt rating is a current assessment of the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific obligation. This assessment may take into consideration obligors such as guarantors, insurers, or lessees. The ratings are based on current information furnished by the issuer or obtained by Standard & Poor’s from other sources it considers reliable. Standard & Poor’s does not perform any audit in connection with any rating and may, on occasion, rely on unaudited financial information. The ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following considerations: (a) likelihood of default—capacity and willingness of the obligor as to the timely payment of interest and repayment of principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation; (b) nature of and provisions of the obligation; and (c) protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.
Municipal Bond Ratings
AAA — Prime Grade: These are obligations of the highest quality. They have the strongest capacity for timely payment of debt service.
General Obligations Bonds: In a period of economic stress, the issuers will suffer the smallest declines in income and will be least susceptible to autonomous decline. Debt burden is moderate. A strong revenue structure appears more than adequate to meet future expenditure requirements. Quality of management appears superior.
Revenue Bonds: Debt service coverage has been, and is expected to remain, substantial, stability of the pledged revenues is also exceptionally strong due to the competitive position of the municipal enterprise or to the nature of the revenues. Basic security provisions (including rate covenant, earnings test for issuance of additional bonds and debt service reserve requirements) are rigorous. There is evidence of superior management.
AA — High Grade: The investment characteristics of bonds in this group are only slightly less marked than those of the prime quality issues. Bonds rated AA have the second strongest capacity for payment of debt service.
A — Good Grade: Principal and interest payments on bonds in this category are regarded as safe although the bonds are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than bonds in higher rated categories. This rating describes the third strongest capacity for payment of debt service. Regarding municipal bonds, the rating differs from the two higher ratings because:
General Obligation Bonds: There is some weakness, either in the local economic base, in debt burden, in the balance between revenues and expenditures, or in quality of management. Under certain adverse circumstances, any one such weakness might impair the ability of the issuer to meet debt obligations at some future date.
Revenue Bonds: Debt service coverage is good, but not exceptional. Stability of the pledged revenues could show some variations because of increased competition or economic influences on revenues. Basic security provisions, while satisfactory, are less stringent. Management performance appearance appears adequate.
Rating Refinements: Standard & Poor’s letter ratings may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or a minus (-) sign, which is used to show relative standing within the major rating categories, except in the AAA rating category.
Municipal Note Ratings
Municipal notes with maturities of three years or less are usually given note ratings (designated SP-1, or SP-2) to distinguish more clearly the credit quality of notes as compared to bonds. Notes rated SP-1 have a very strong or strong capacity to pay principal and interest. Those issues determined to possess overwhelming safety characteristics are given the designation of SP-1. Notes rated SP-2 have a satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest. Notes rated SP-3 have a speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.
Commercial Paper
A-1: A short-term obligation rated A-1 is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.
A-2: A short-term obligation rated A-2 is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.
A-3: A short-term obligation rated A-3 exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
B: A short-term obligation rated B is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. Ratings of B-1, B-2, and B-3 may be assigned to indicate finer distinctions within the B category. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
Fitch Ratings
Fitch investment grade bond ratings provide a guide to investors in determining the credit risk associated with a particular security. The ratings represent Fitch’s assessment of the issuer’s ability to meet the obligations of a specific debt issue or class of debt in a timely manner. The rating takes into consideration special features of the issue, its relationship to other obligations of the issuer, the current and prospective financial condition and operating performance of the issuer and any guarantor, as well as the economic and political environment that might affect the issuer’s future financial strength and credit quality. Fitch ratings do not reflect any credit enhancement that may be provided by insurance policies or financial guarantees unless otherwise indicated.
Commercial Paper
F-1: Highest Credit Quality. Indicates the strongest capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.
F-2: Good Credit Quality. A satisfactory capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, but the margin of safety is not as great as in the case of the higher ratings.
F-3: Fair Credit Quality. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate; however, near-term adverse changes could result in a reduction to non-investment grade.
B: Speculative. Uncertain capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus high vulnerability to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.
C: High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.
D: Default. Denotes actual or imminent payment default.
PART C
OTHER INFORMATION
Item 28. | Exhibits. |
Item 29. | Control Persons. None. |
Item 30. | Indemnification. |
Reference is made to Article VIII of the Registrant’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust. The application of these provisions is limited by the following undertaking set forth in the rules promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission:
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to trustees, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in such Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a trustee, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such trustee, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in such Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue. The Registrant may maintain a standard mutual fund and investment advisory professional and directors and officers’ liability policy. The policy, if maintained, would provide coverage to the Registrant, its Trustees and officers, and could cover its advisers, among others. Coverage under the policy would include losses by reason of any act, error, omission, misstatement, misleading statement, neglect or breach of duty.
Item 31. | Business and Other Connections of Investment Adviser. |
Polar Capital LLP, 16 Palace Street, London, SW1E 5JD, United Kingdom is registered as an investment adviser. Additional information about the adviser and its officers is incorporated by reference to the Statement of Additional Information filed herewith, and the adviser’s Form ADV, file number 801-64644. Neither the adviser, nor its officers or directors, have engaged in another business of a substantial nature during the last two years.
Brandes Investment Partners, L.P., 4275 Executive Square, 5th Floor, La Jolla, California 92037, is registered as an investment adviser. Additional information about the business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature of Brandes Investment Partners, L.P. and its officers is incorporated by reference to the Statement of Additional Information filed herewith, and the adviser’s Form ADV, file number 801-24896. Neither the adviser, nor its officers or directors, have engaged in another business of a substantial nature during the last two years.
Item 32. | Principal Underwriter. |
(a) Foreside Financial Services, LLC (the “Distributor”) serves as principal underwriter for the following investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended:
1. | 13D Activist Fund, Series of Northern Lights Fund Trust |
2. | 2nd Vote Funds |
3. | AAMA Equity Fund, Series of Asset Management Fund |
4. | AAMA Income Fund, Series of Asset Management Fund |
5. | Advisers Investment Trust |
6. | AG Twin Brook Capital Income Fund |
7. | AltShares Trust |
8. | American Beacon AHL Trend ETF, Series of American Beacon Select Funds |
9. | American Beacon GLG Natural Resources ETF, American Beacon Select Funds |
10. | Aristotle Funds Series Trust |
11. | Boston Trust Walden Funds (f/k/a The Boston Trust & Walden Funds) |
12. | Bow River Capital Evergreen Fund |
13. | Constitution Capital Access Fund, LLC |
14. | Cook & Bynum Funds Trust |
15. | Datum One Series Trust |
16. | Diamond Hill Funds |
17. | Driehaus Mutual Funds |
18. | FMI Funds, Inc. |
19. | Impax Funds Series Trust I (f/k/a Pax World Funds Series Trust I) |
20. | Impax Funds Series Trust III (f/k/a Pax World Funds Series Trust III) |
21. | Inspire 100 ETF, Series of Northern Lights Fund Trust IV |
22. | Inspire 500 ETF, Series of Northern Lights Fund Trust IV |
23. | Inspire Corporate Bond ETF, Series of Northern Lights Fund Trust IV |
24. | Inspire Faithward Mid Cap Momentum ETF, Series of Northern Lights Fund Trust IV |
25. | Inspire Fidelis Multi Factor ETF, Series of Northern Lights Fund Trust IV |
26. | Inspire Global Hope ETF, Series of Northern Lights Fund Trust IV |
27. | Inspire International ETF, Series of Northern Lights Fund Trust IV |
28. | Inspire Small/Mid Cap ETF, Series of Northern Lights Fund Trust IV |
29. | Inspire Tactical Balanced ETF, Series of the Northern Lights Fund Trust IV |
30. | Macquarie Energy Transition ETF, Series of Macquarie ETF Trust |
31. | Macquarie Global Listed Infrastructure ETF, Series of Macquarie ETF Trust |
32. | Macquarie Tax-Free USA Short Term ETF, Series of Macquarie ETF Trust |
33. | Meketa Infrastructure Fund |
34. | Nomura Alternative Income Fund |
35. | PPM Funds |
36. | Praxis Mutual Funds |
37. | Primark Private Equity Investments Fund |
38. | SA Funds – Investment Trust |
39. | Sequoia Fund, Inc. |
40. | Simplify Exchange Traded Funds |
41. | Siren ETF Trust |
42. | Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund, Series of Two Roads Shared Trust |
43. | TCW ETF Trust |
44. | Zacks Trust |
(b) The following are the Officers and Manager of the Distributor, the Registrant’s underwriter. The Distributor’s main business address is Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100, Portland, Maine 04101.
Name |
Address |
Position with Underwriter |
Position with Registrant | |||
Teresa Cowan |
Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100, Portland, ME 04101 |
President/Manager | None | |||
Chris Lanza |
Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100, Portland, ME 04101 |
Vice President | None | |||
Kate Macchia |
Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100, Portland, ME 04101 |
Vice President | None | |||
Jennifer A. Brunner |
Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100, Portland, ME 04101 |
Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer | None | |||
Kelly B. Whetstone |
Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100, Portland, ME 04101 |
Secretary | None | |||
Susan L. LaFond |
Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100, Portland, ME 04101 |
Treasurer | None | |||
Weston Sommers |
Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100, Portland, ME 04101 |
Financial and Operations Principal and Chief Financial Officer | None |
(c) Not applicable.
Item 33. | Location of Accounts and Records. |
Accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended and the Rules promulgated thereunder will be maintained by the Registrant at 50 S. LaSalle St., Chicago, IL 60603; the Registrant’s administrator, transfer agent, fund accounting agent, and custodian, The Northern Trust Company, 50 S. LaSalle St., Chicago, IL 60603; the Registrant’s compliance and financial control services service provider, Foreside Fund Officer Services, LLC, Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100, Portland, Maine 04101; the Registrant’s distributor, Foreside Financial Services, LLC, LLC, Three
Canal Plaza, Suite 100, Portland, Maine 04101; Polar Capital LLP, 16 Palace Street, London, SW1E 5JD, United Kingdom for certain records of the Funds advised by Polar Capital LLP; and Brandes Investment Partners, L.P., 4275 Executive Square, 5th Floor, La Jolla, California 92037for certain records of the Funds advised by Brandes Investment Partners, L.P.
Item 34. | Management Services. Not applicable. |
Item 35. | Undertakings. None |
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant certifies that it has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, duly authorized, in the City of Chicago, State of Illinois, on the 30th day of April, 2024.
Datum One Series Trust | ||
By: | /s/ Barbara J. Nelligan | |
Barbara J. Nelligan, President |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Post-Effective Amendment to the Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature | Title | Date | ||
/s/ Barbara J. Nelligan |
President (Principal Executive Officer) | April 30, 2024 | ||
Barbara J. Nelligan | ||||
Ryan D. Burns |
Trustee | April 30, 2024 | ||
Ryan D. Burns* | ||||
JoAnn S. Lilek |
Trustee | April 30, 2024 | ||
JoAnn S. Lilek* | ||||
Patricia A. Weiland |
Trustee | April 30, 2024 | ||
Patricia A. Weiland* | ||||
Lloyd A. Wennlund |
Trustee | April 30, 2024 | ||
Lloyd A. Wennlund* | ||||
/s/ Tracy L. Dotolo |
Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer) | April 30, 2024 | ||
Tracy L. Dotolo |
By: | /s/ Barbara J. Nelligan | |
Barbara J. Nelligan, as Attorney-in-Fact |
* | Pursuant to Power of Attorney |
Exhibit Index
Exhibit (d)(iv)
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
AGREEMENT made this 1st day of May, 2024, between DATUM ONE SERIES TRUST (the Trust), a Massachusetts business trust having its principal place of business at 50 S. LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603, on behalf of each series of the Trust listed on Schedule A (each series is individually referred to herein as a Fund and collectively as the Funds) and Brandes Investment Partners, L.P. (the Manager), an investment manager having its principal place of business at 4275 Executive Square, 5th Floor, La Jolla, CA 92037.
WHEREAS, the Trust is registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the Commission) as an open-end, management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 1940 Act);
WHEREAS, the Manager is registered with the Commission as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the Advisers Act); and
WHEREAS, the Trust desires to retain the Manager to furnish investment advisory and related services to the Fund(s), and the Manager represents that it is willing and possesses legal authority to so furnish such services without violation of applicable laws and regulations;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual covenants herein contained, and intending to be legally bound hereby, it is agreed between the parties hereto as follows with respect to the Fund(s):
1. | Appointment. The Trust hereby appoints the Manager to act as investment manager to the Fund(s) for the period and on the terms set forth in this Agreement. The Manager accepts such appointment and agrees to furnish the services herein set forth for the compensation herein provided. Additional series of the Trust may from time to time be added to those covered by this Agreement by the parties executing a new Schedule A, which shall become effective upon its execution (subject to the approval procedures in Section 12) and shall supersede any Schedule A having an earlier date. |
The Manager shall for all purposes herein be deemed to be an independent contractor and shall, unless otherwise expressly provided or authorized, have no authority to act for or represent the Trust or the Fund(s) in any way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Trust or the Fund(s).
2. | Delivery of Documents. The Trust has furnished the Manager with copies, properly certified or authenticated, of each of the following: |
(a) | the Trusts Declaration of Trust, filed with the Secretary of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts on February 28, 2020, and any and all amendments thereto or restatements thereof (such Declaration, as presently in effect and as it shall from time to time be amended or restated, is herein called the Declaration of Trust); |
(b) | the Trusts By-Laws and any amendments thereto; |
(c) | resolutions of the Trusts Board of Trustees (the Board) authorizing the appointment of the Manager and approving this Agreement; |
(d) | the Trusts Notification of Registration on Form N-8A under the 1940 Act, as filed with the Commission, and all amendments thereto; and |
(e) | the most recent Prospectus, Summary Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information of the Fund(s), as applicable (such Prospectus, Summary Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information, as presently in effect, and all amendments and supplements thereto, are herein collectively referred to as the Prospectus). |
The Trust will furnish the Manager from time to time with copies of all amendments of or supplements to the foregoing.
3. | The Managers Representations. The Manager represents, warrants and agrees that: |
(a) | It has all requisite power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement, and has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize its execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement; |
(b) | It is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act and will continue to be so registered during the term of this Agreement; |
(c) | It maintains professional errors and omissions liability insurance with insurance carriers approved by the Chief Compliance Officer of the Trust covering services provided hereunder by the Manager in an appropriate amount; |
(d) | It has adopted and implemented a written code of ethics complying with the requirements of Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act (the Code of Ethics) and, if it has not already done so, will provide the Trust with a copy of such Code of Ethics and any amendments thereto. Within 60 days following the end of the last quarter of each calendar year that this Agreement is in effect, a duly authorized officer of the Manager shall certify to the Chief Compliance Officer of the Fund that the Manager has complied with the requirements of Rule 17j-1 during the previous calendar year and that there has been no material violation of the Managers code of ethics or, if such a violation has occurred, that appropriate action was taken in response to such violation; |
(e) | It has appointed a chief compliance officer under Rule 206(4)-7 under the Advisers Act and adopted and implemented written policies and procedures, as required by Rule 206(4)-7, which are reasonably designed to prevent violations of federal securities laws by the Manager, its employees, officers and agents, to detect violations that have occurred, and to correct promptly any violations that have occurred (Compliance Procedures) and, if it has not already done so, will provide the Trust with a copy of the Compliance Procedures and any amendments thereto and will provide promptly notice of any material violations relating to the Fund to the Chief Compliance Officer of the Fund; |
2
(f) | It will vote all proxies for securities held by a Fund and exercise all other voting rights with respect to such securities in accordance with the Managers written proxy voting policies and procedures, and will file claims in class action settlements related to securities currently or previously held by the Fund(s) in accordance with the Managers written procedures; |
(g) | It has delivered to the Trust copies of its Form ADV as most recently filed with the Commission and will provide the Trust with a copy of any future filings of Form ADV or any amendments thereto; |
(h) | It is not prohibited by the 1940 Act or the Advisers Act from performing the services contemplated by this Agreement and will promptly notify the Trust of the occurrence of any event that would disqualify the Manager from serving as an investment manager to a Fund pursuant to Section 9(a) of the 1940 Act or other applicable law, rule or regulation; |
(i) | It has met, and will seek to continue to meet for so long as this Agreement remains in effect, any other applicable federal or state requirements, or the applicable requirements of any self-regulatory agency, necessary to be met by the Manager in order to perform its services contemplated by this Agreement; and |
(j) | This Agreement, when executed and delivered, will constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Manager, enforceable against the Manager in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and secured parties. |
4. | The Trusts Representations. The Trust represents, warrants and agrees that: |
(a) | This Agreement has been duly authorized by appropriate action of the Trust and its shareholders to the extent required under the 1940 Act; |
(b) | It has received a copy of Part 2A of the Managers Form ADV as is currently in effect as of the date of this Agreement. |
5. | Plenary Authority of the Board of Trustees. The Manager acknowledges that each Fund is a mutual fund that operates as a series of the Trust under the supervision and direction of the Board. |
6. | Management. Subject to the supervision of the Trusts Board, the Manager will provide a continuous investment program for the Fund(s), including investment research and management with respect to all securities and investments and cash equivalents in the Fund(s). The Manager will determine from time to time what securities and other investments will be purchased, retained or sold by the Trust with respect to the Fund(s). The Manager will provide the services under this Agreement in accordance with: (A) the |
3
requirements of the 1940 Act, the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, as applicable to the Fund(s), and all other applicable federal and state laws and regulations; (B) each Funds investment objectives, policies, and restrictions as stated in the each Funds registration statement (including each Funds Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information); (C) resolutions , instructions and directions of the Trusts Board of Trustees; and (D) the compliance policies and procedures of the Trust and the Compliance Procedures. The Manager further agrees that it: |
(a) | Will use the same skill and care in providing such services as it uses in providing services to its other similar accounts for which it has investment responsibilities; |
(b) | Will conform with all applicable Rules and Regulations of the Commission under the 1940 Act and, in addition, will conduct its activities under this Agreement in accordance with any applicable regulations of any governmental authority pertaining to the investment advisory activities of the Manager; |
(c) | Will place or cause to be placed orders for the Fund(s) either directly with the issuer or with such persons, brokers, dealers or futures commission merchants (including, but not limited to, broker-dealers that are affiliated with Manager) as may be selected by Manager; provided, however, that such orders shall be consistent with the brokerage policy set forth in the applicable Funds registration statement, or approved by the Board of the Trust; conform with federal securities laws; and be consistent with seeking best execution. Subject to the provisions of Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Manager may effect securities transactions which cause the Fund(s) to pay an amount of commission in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged, provided that the Manager determined in good faith that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the value of brokerage and research services provided by the broker or dealer utilized by the Manager. However, a brokers or dealers sale or promotion of each Funds shares shall not be a factor considered by the Manager or its personnel responsible for selecting brokers or dealers to effect securities transactions on behalf of the Fund(s), nor shall the Manager enter into any agreement or understanding under which it will direct brokerage transactions or revenue generated by those transactions to brokers or dealers to pay for distribution of each Funds shares. In no instance will portfolio securities be purchased from or sold to the Trusts principal underwriter, the Manager, or any affiliated person of the Trust, the Trusts principal underwriter, or the Manager, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act and the Commission; |
(d) | Will use its best efforts to assist the Trust in connection with the Trusts compliance with the Federal securities laws, as such term is defined in Rule 38a-1 under the 1940 Act, (Federal Securities Laws), including, without limitation and upon reasonable request, providing the Chief Compliance Officer of the Trust with: |
(i) | Compliance Procedures, as may be amended from time to time (including prompt notice of any material changes relating to the Fund thereto); |
4
(ii) | a summary of the Compliance Procedures in connection with the annual review thereof by the Trust; |
(iii) | upon request, a certificate of the chief compliance officer of the Manager to the effect that the policies and procedures of the Manager are reasonably designed to prevent violation of the Federal Securities Laws; |
(iv) | direct access to the Managers chief compliance officer, as reasonably requested by the Chief Compliance Officer of the Trust; |
(v) | a completed quarterly informational questionnaire regarding the Managers compliance program; and |
(vi) | quarterly certifications indicating whether there were Material Compliance Matters (as that term is defined by Rule 38a-1) that arose under the compliance policies and procedures of the Trust and/or Compliance Procedures in such detail as may be reasonably requested by the Chief Compliance Officer of the Trust. |
(e) | Shall provide pricing and valuation information at the request of the Trust from time to time with respect to particular securities it has purchased for each Fund if the Trust has determined that such pricing and valuation information is not otherwise reasonably available to it through standard pricing services. In the event that the Manager believes a valuation provided by a pricing service for a security it has purchased for a Fund is materially inaccurate, the Manager agrees to promptly notify the Trust. |
(f) | Will from time to time at the request of the Trust: |
(i) | meet, either in person or via teleconference, with such other persons as the Trust may designate, including the Board or outside legal counsel to the Trust, on reasonable notice and at reasonable times and locations, to discuss general economic conditions, performance, investment strategy and other matters relating to the Fund(s); and/or |
(ii) | provide written materials to the Trust, including the Board, on reasonable notice, discussing general economic conditions, performance, investment strategy and other matters relating to each Fund. |
(g) | Shall be responsible for timely filing any required reports on its behalf with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the 1934 Act) and the rules and regulations thereunder. |
(h) | Will maintain all books and records with respect to the securities transactions of the Fund(s) and will furnish the Trusts Board of Trustees with such periodic and special reports as the Board may reasonably request; and |
5
(i) | Will treat confidentially and as proprietary information of the Trust all records and other information relative to the Trust and the Fund(s), including each Funds prior, present, or potential shareholders, and will not use such records and information for any purpose other than performance of its responsibilities and duties hereunder, except after prior notification to and approval in writing by the Chief Compliance Officer of the Trust, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld and may not be withheld where the Manager may be exposed to civil or criminal contempt proceedings for failure to comply when requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities, or when so requested by the Trust. For the avoidance of doubt, the performance of the Fund(s) and related portfolio holdings shall not be treated as confidential. However, publication and distribution of such portfolio holdings must comply with the 1940 Act and other applicable laws and the Funds policies with respect to the disclosure of portfolio holdings. To the extent permitted under applicable law, performance and portfolio holdings may be used by the Manager to market the related strategy and/or to be combined in a performance composite. |
The Manager may not appoint a sub-manager or a sub-adviser to provide the services contemplated hereunder.
7. | Certain Ongoing Certification(s). As requested, the Manager shall timely provide to the Fund (i) information and commentary for the Funds annual and semi-annual reports, registration statements and other disclosure documents, and shall (A) certify that such information and commentary discuss the factors that materially affected the performance of the Fund, including the relevant market conditions and the investment techniques and strategies used, and do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the information and commentary not misleading, and (B) provide additional certifications related to the Managers management of the Fund in order to support the Funds regulatory filings and other disclosure documents, and the Funds Principal Executive Officers and Principal Financial Officers certifications under Rule 30a-2 under the 1940 Act, thereon; and (ii) a quarterly sub-certification with respect to compliance matters related to the Manager and the Managers management of the Fund, in a format reasonably requested by the Chief Compliance Officer of the Fund, as it may be amended from time to time. |
8. | Services Not Exclusive. The investment management services furnished by the Manager hereunder are not to be deemed exclusive, and the Manager shall be free to furnish similar services to others so long as its services under this Agreement are not impaired thereby. |
(a) | Aggregation of Trades. On occasions when the Manager deems the purchase or sale of a security or other asset to be in the best interest of a Fund as well as other clients of the Manager, the Manager, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, may, but shall be under no obligation to, aggregate the securities or other asset to be sold or purchased in order to seek best execution. In such event, Manager will make allocation of the securities or other asset so purchased or sold, as well as the expenses incurred in the transaction, in the manner the Manager considers to be the most equitable and consistent with its fiduciary obligations to the Fund and to such other clients. |
6
9. | Expenses. During the term of this Agreement, the Manager will pay all expenses incurred by it in connection with its activities under this Agreement. Specifically, but not intended as an exhaustive list, the Manager will pay the expenses of printing and distributing copies of a Funds prospectus, statement of additional information and sales and advertising materials (but not the legal, auditing or accounting fees attendant thereto) to prospective investors (but not to existing shareholders) to the extent such expenses are not covered by any applicable plan adopted pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (each, a 12b-1 Plan); the costs of any special Board meetings or shareholder meetings convened for the primary benefit of, and requested by, the Manager; and any costs of liquidating or reorganizing the Fund(s) if the liquidation or reorganization is made at the request of the Manager (unless such cost is otherwise allocated by the Board). |
If the Manager has agreed to limit the operating expenses of a Fund, the Manager also shall be responsible on a monthly basis for any operating expenses that exceed the agreed upon expense limit, subject to the terms of such agreement.
The Manager shall not be obligated under this Agreement to pay expenses of or for the Trust or the Fund(s) expressly assumed by the Trust or the Fund(s) in this Section 9. The Manager may voluntarily assume certain expenses by separate written agreement.
The Fund(s) shall pay all brokers commissions and other charges relating to the purchase and sale of portfolio securities and other investments for its own account. The Fund(s) shall pay its pro rata share of expenses of its operation related to the following: all charges of depositories, custodians and other agencies for the safekeeping and servicing of its cash, securities and other property and of its transfer agents and registrars and its dividend disbursing and redemption agents, if any; all expenses in determination of daily price computations; all charges of legal counsel and of independent accountants; all compensation of independent Trustees and all expenses incurred in connection with their services to the Fund(s); all costs of borrowing money; all expenses of publication of notices and reports to its shareholders and to governmental bodies or regulatory agencies; all expenses of proxy solicitations of the Fund(s) or of the Board of Trustees (unless such expenses are a direct result of actions taken by the Manager); all expenses of shareholder meetings (unless such expenses are a direct result of actions taken by the Manager); all expenses of typesetting of each Funds prospectuses and of printing and mailing copies of the prospectuses furnished to each then-existing shareholder or beneficial owner; all taxes and fees payable to federal, state or other governmental agencies, domestic or foreign; all stamp or other similar taxes; all expenses of printing and mailing certificates for shares of the Fund(s); all expenses of bond and insurance coverage required by law or deemed advisable by the Board of Trustees; all indemnification expenses to which it is obligated contractually or pursuant to the organizational documents of the Trust; all expenses of qualifying and maintaining qualification of shares of the Fund(s) under the securities laws of such United States jurisdictions as the Trust may from time to time reasonably designate; and all expenses of maintaining the registration of the Trust under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act.
7
10. | Compensation. For the services provided and the expenses assumed pursuant to this Agreement, the Fund(s) will pay the Manager and the Manager will accept as full compensation therefor a fee as set forth on Schedule A hereto. The obligation of the Fund(s) to pay the above-described fee to the Manager will begin as of the date of the initial public sale of shares in the Fund(s). The fee attributable to a Fund shall be the obligation of that particular Fund and not of any other Fund or any other series of the Trust. |
11. | Liability; Standard of Care. |
(a) | The Manager shall have responsibility for the accuracy and completeness (and liability for the lack thereof) of any information with respect to the Manager, its personnel or a Funds strategies provided in writing to the Trust for inclusion in each Funds offering materials (including the registration statement, statutory prospectus, statement of additional information, summary prospectus and advertising and sales materials). |
(b) | The Manager shall act at all times in the best interests of each Fund and shall discharge its duties with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of a similar enterprise. The Manager shall not be liable to the Trust, a Fund or a Funds shareholders for any action or inaction of the Manager relating to any event whatsoever in the absence of bad faith, willful misfeasance or gross negligence in the performance of, or the reckless disregard of, the Managers duties or obligations under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, federal securities laws and certain state laws impose liabilities under certain circumstances on persons who have acted in good faith, and therefore nothing herein shall in any way constitute a waiver or limitation of any rights which the Trust, a Fund or any shareholder of the Fund may have under federal securities laws or state laws. |
(c) | In no event shall the Manager be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in performance of its obligations under this Agreement arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control including, without limitation, acts of civil or military authority, national emergencies, labor difficulties (other than those related to the Managers employees), fire, mechanical breakdowns, flood or catastrophe, acts of God, insurrection, war, riots or failure of the mails, transportation, communication or power supply. |
(d) | The Manager, and its affiliates, agents and employees shall not be liable to the Trust or a Fund for failure to act or any action taken in good faith reliance upon: |
(i) | The Funds directions to the custodian, or brokers, dealers or others with respect to the making, retention or sale of any investment or reinvestment hereunder; or |
(ii) | Acts or omissions of the custodian or a Fund, or their respective affiliates, agents or employees. For the avoidance of doubt, the Manager shall not be liable for the acts or omissions of any custodian or foreign sub-custodians, any Trust pricing agents, and all other agents, affiliates or representatives of the Trust, except where such act or omission is the result of information or an instruction provided by the Manager, its affiliate, agent or employee and reasonably relied upon by the custodian, foreign sub-custodian, Trust pricing agent or other agent, affiliate or representative of the Trust. |
8
(e) | No party to this Agreement shall be liable to another party for consequential damages under any provision of this Agreement. |
(f) | The Manager shall not be deemed by virtue of this Agreement to have made any representation or warranty that any level of investment performance or level of investment results will be achieved. |
(g) | Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each party to this Agreement (as an Indemnifying Party) shall indemnify and hold harmless the other party and the shareholders, directors, officers and employees of the other parties (any such person, an Indemnified Party) against any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense (including the reasonable cost of investigating and defending any alleged loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense and reasonable legal counsel fees incurred in connection therewith) arising out of the Indemnifying Partys performance or nonperformance of any duties under this Agreement, provided, however, that indemnification shall not be paid hereunder with respect to any matter to the extent to which the loss, liability, claim, damage or expense was caused by the Indemnified Partys willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of duties hereunder or reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement, and provided further, however, that the Manager shall only be required to indemnify and hold harmless an Indemnified Party to the extent the loss, liability, claim, damage or expense of such Indemnified Party was attributable to (i) the Managers willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of duties hereunder or reckless disregard of the Managers obligations or duties hereunder; (ii) any untrue statement of a material fact contained in the registration statement, proxy materials, reports, advertisements, sales literature or other materials pertaining to the Fund or the omission to state therein a material fact known to Manager which was required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and was made in reliance upon written information furnished by Manager for use therein; or (iii) any violation of federal or state statutes or regulations by the Manager. |
(h) | If indemnification is to be sought hereunder, then the Indemnified Party shall promptly notify the Indemnifying Party of the assertion of any claim or the commencement of any action or proceeding in respect thereof and will keep the Indemnifying Party advised with respect to all developments concerning such claim, action or proceeding; provided, however, that the failure so to notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party from any liability that it may otherwise have to the Indemnified Party provided such failure shall not affect in a material adverse manner the position of the Indemnifying Party or the Indemnified Party with respect to such claim. Following such notification, the Indemnifying Party may elect in writing to assume the defense of such action or proceeding and, upon |
9
such election, it shall not be liable for any legal costs incurred by the Indemnified Party (other than reasonable costs of investigation previously incurred) in connection therewith, unless (i) the Indemnifying Party has failed to provide legal counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party in a timely manner or (ii) legal counsel which has been provided by the Indemnifying Party reasonably determines that its representation of the Indemnified Party would present it with a conflict of interest. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Indemnified Party shall be entitled to employ separate legal counsel at its own expense and, in such event, the Indemnified Party may participate in such defense as it deems necessary. The Indemnified Party shall in no case confess any claim or make any compromise in any case in which the Indemnifying Party may be required to indemnify it except with the Indemnifying Partys prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; notwithstanding this Section 11, in the event the Indemnified Party has not secured such consent, the Indemnifying Party will have no obligation to indemnify the Indemnified Party. Upon request and at the Indemnifying Partys expense, the Indemnified Party shall provide reasonable assistance to the Indemnifying Party so that the Indemnifying Party can defend against such claim, action or proceeding. |
(i) | The provisions of Sections 11(g) and (h) shall not apply in any action where the Indemnified Party is the party adverse, or one of the parties adverse, to the other party. |
12. | Duration and Termination. This Agreement will become effective with respect to each Fund listed on Schedule A as of the effective date of the initial registration statement with respect to each such Fund., provided that the Agreement shall have been approved by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of such Fund and approved by the vote of a majority of those members of the Trusts Board of Trustees who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons of any party to this Agreement, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, in accordance with the requirements under the 1940 Act, and, unless sooner terminated as provided herein, shall continue in effect for a two-year period from the effective date for a Fund. Thereafter, if not terminated, this Agreement shall continue in effect for successive one-year terms, provided that such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the vote of a majority of those members of the Trusts Board of Trustees who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons of any party to this Agreement, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, and (b) by the vote of a majority of the Trusts Board of Trustees or by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of such Fund. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be terminated as to a particular Fund at any time (i) on 60 days written notice or (ii) upon material breach by a party of any representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement, if such breach has not been cured within 20 days after written notice of such breach, in each case without the payment of any penalty, by the Trust (by vote of the Trusts Board of Trustees or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of such Fund) or by the Manager. The Trust may terminate this Agreement immediately if, in the reasonable judgment of the Trust, the Manager becomes unable to discharge its |
10
duties and obligations under this Agreement, including circumstances such as the insolvency of the Manager or other circumstances that could adversely affect the Fund. This Agreement will immediately terminate in the event of its assignment. As used in this Agreement, the terms majority of the outstanding voting securities, interested persons, and assignment shall have the same meanings as ascribed to such terms in the 1940 Act. |
13. | Use of Name. The Trust and the Manager acknowledge that all rights to the name DATUM ONE SERIES TRUST or any variation thereof belong to the Trust. The Trust and the Manager acknowledge that all rights to the name BRANDES or any variations thereof belong to the Manager and that the Trust is being granted a limited license to use BRANDES in the name of the Fund(s) or in the name of any class of shares of the Fund(s). In the event that the Manager ceases to be a manager to a Fund, the Funds right to the use of the name BRANDES shall automatically cease on the ninetieth (90th) day following the termination of this Agreement. The right to BRANDES may also be withdrawn by the Manager during the term of this Agreement upon ninety (90) days written notice by the Manager to the Trust. Nothing contained herein shall impair or diminish in any respect the Managers right to use the name Brandes in the name of, or in connection with, any other business enterprises with which the Manager is or may become associated. There is no charge to the Fund(s) or the Trust for the right to use this name. |
14. | Confidentiality. Without the prior consent of the other party, no party shall disclose Confidential Information (as defined below) of any other party received in connection with the services provided under this Agreement. The receiving party shall use the same degree of care as it uses to protect its own confidential information of like nature, but no less than a reasonable degree of care, to maintain in confidence the Confidential Information of the disclosing party. The foregoing provisions shall not apply to any information that (i) is, at the time of disclosure, or thereafter becomes, part of the public domain through a source other than the receiving party, (ii) is subsequently learned from a third party that, to the knowledge of the receiving party, is not under an obligation of confidentiality to the disclosing party, (iii) was known to the receiving party at the time of disclosure, (iv) is generated independently by the receiving party, or (v) is disclosed pursuant to applicable law, subpoena, applicable professional standards, request of a governmental or regulatory agency, or other process after reasonable notice to the other party. The parties further agree that a breach of this provision would irreparably damage the other party and accordingly agree that each of them is entitled, in addition to all other remedies at law or in equity, to an injunction or injunctions without bond or other security to prevent breaches of this provision. |
For the purpose of this Agreement, Confidential Information shall mean NPPI (as defined below), any information identified by either party as Confidential and/or Proprietary or which, under all of the circumstances, ought reasonably to be treated as confidential and/or proprietary, or any nonpublic information obtained hereunder concerning the other party.
11
Nonpublic personal information relating to shareholders of the Trust (NPPI) provided by, or at the direction of, the Trust to the Manager, or collected or retained by the Manager in the course of performing its duties and responsibilities under this Agreement, shall remain the sole property of the Trust. The Manager shall not give, sell or in any way transfer NPPI to any person or entity, other than affiliates of the Manager except in connection with the performance of the Managers duties and responsibilities under this Agreement, at the direction of the Trust or as required or permitted by law (including applicable anti-money laundering laws). The Manager represents, warrants and agrees that it has in place and will maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards reasonably designed to protect the security, confidentiality and integrity of, and to prevent unauthorized access to or use of records and information relating to shareholders of the Trust. The Manager represents to the Trust that it has adopted a statement of its privacy policies and practices as required by Regulation S-P and agrees to provide the Trust with a copy of that statement annually.
The parties agree to comply with any and all regulations promulgated by the Commission or other applicable laws regarding the confidentiality of shareholder information.
The provisions of this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
15. | Books and Records. In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the 1940 Act, the Manager hereby agrees that all records which it maintains for the Fund(s) are the property of the Trust and further agrees to surrender promptly to the Trust any of such records upon the Trusts request. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Manager may retain copies of any and all records necessary to comply with applicable law and regulations. The Manager further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act the records required to be maintained by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act. |
16. | Records and Reports. |
(a) | The Manager will provide all services necessary to maintain complete records relating to the portfolio transactions of the Fund(s) implemented by the Manager. On each business day, the Manager shall provide to the Funds custodian and the Funds administrator information relating to all transactions concerning the Funds assets and shall provide the Board with such information upon the Boards request. |
(b) | The Manager shall provide to the Trust, on a monthly, quarterly or such other basis as the Trust and the Manager may agree, statements of the investment portfolio of the Fund(s) as soon as reasonably possible following the completion of each reporting period together with all such additional information (including, without limitation, information as to illiquid assets, related issuers and debentures secured by real estate) requested by the Trust to determine compliance with the investment objectives of the Fund(s). |
(c) | The Manager shall review on a regular basis and certify semi-annually to the Trust that all provisions of a Funds registration statement, including the investment objectives of each Fund, have been complied with by the Manager. |
12
(d) | Representatives of the Manager will meet with the Board, on a quarterly basis, or as requested by the Board, to discuss the investment philosophy and investment policy of the Fund(s) and to report on past results. |
(e) | The Manager agrees that the Trust and their respective agents, auditors and representatives shall be entitled to examine all records maintained by or on behalf of the Manager with respect its services as provided for under this Agreement. |
(f) | Upon termination of this Agreement, or upon request by the Trust, the Manager shall forthwith deliver to the Trust all records, documents and books of account in respect of the Fund(s), which are in the possession or control of the Manager and relate directly or indirectly to the performance by the Manager of its obligations under this Agreement; provided, however, that the Manager may retain notarial or other copies of such records, documents and books of accounts. |
17. | Anti-Money Laundering Compliance. The Manager acknowledges that, in compliance with the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended, the USA PATRIOT Act, and any implementing regulations thereunder (together, AML Laws), the Trust has adopted an Anti-Money Laundering Policy. The Manager agrees to cooperate with the Trust in connection with the Trusts compliance with the Trusts Anti-Money Laundering Policy and the AML Laws by providing the Trust and/or each Funds administrator such reports, certifications and contractual assurances as may be reasonably requested upon reasonable notice by the Trust in order for the Trust and each Funds administrator to fulfill its obligations under the AML Laws provided that nothing herein shall impose any obligation on the Manager to provide any reports, certifications or assurances with respect to the beneficial owners of the Trust. The Trust may disclose information regarding the Manager to governmental and/or regulatory or self-regulatory authorities to the extent required by applicable law or regulation and may file reports with such authorities as may be required by applicable law or regulation. |
18. | Certifications; Disclosure Controls and Procedures. The Manager acknowledges that, in compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), and the implementing regulations promulgated thereunder, the Trust and each Fund are required to make certain certifications and have adopted disclosure controls and procedures. To the extent reasonably requested by the Trust, the Manager agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to assist the Trust and each Fund in complying with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and implementing the Trusts disclosure controls and procedures. The Manager agrees to inform the Trust of any material development related to the services it provides to a Fund that the Manager reasonably believes is relevant to the Funds certification obligations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. |
19. | Amendment of this Agreement. No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, and no amendment of this Agreement shall be effective until approved by the Trusts Board of Trustees, including a majority of the trustees who are not interested persons of the Manager or of the Trust, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, and (if required under interpretations of the 1940 Act by the Commission or its staff) by vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund to which the amendment relates. |
13
20. | Notification. The Manager agrees that it will provide prompt notice to the Trust about material changes in the employment status of key investment management personnel involved in the management of the Fund(s), material changes in the investment process used to manage the Fund(s) and any changes in senior management, operations or ownership of the Manager. |
21. | Notices. Notices and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing, shall be deemed to be effectively delivered when actually received, and may be delivered by U.S. mail (first class, postage prepaid), by facsimile transmission, by hand or by commercial overnight delivery service, addressed as follows: |
MANAGER:
4275 Executive Square,
5th Floor,
LA Jolla, CA 92037
FUND:
50 S. LaSalle Street,
Chicago, IL 60603
22. | Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. |
23. | Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and its provisions shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois. All actions arising from or related to this Agreement shall be brought in the state and federal courts sitting in the City of Chicago, and the parties hereby submit themselves to the exclusive jurisdiction of those courts. |
24. | Forum for Adjudication of Disputes. Any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement or the services provided hereunder or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect hereof brought by the other party hereto or its successors or assigns may be brought and determined in the state courts of the State of Illinois, and each party hereto submits with regard to any action or proceeding for itself and in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts. Each party hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, counterclaim or otherwise, in any action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement, (a) any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts for any reason other than the failure to lawfully serve process, (b) that it or its property is exempt or immune from the jurisdiction of any such court or from any |
14
legal process commenced in such courts (whether through service of notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of judgment, execution of judgment or otherwise), and (c) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, that (i) the suit, action or proceeding in any such court is brought in an inconvenient forum, (ii) the venue of such suit, action or proceeding is improper and (iii) this Agreement, or the subject matter hereof, may not be enforced in or by such courts. |
25. | Partial Invalidity. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the parties shall immediately negotiate in good faith in order to agree upon a new provision which is either (i) the economic equivalent of the invalid provision or (ii) acceptable to the party adversely affected by the invalidity of the prior provision. |
26. | Limitation of Shareholder and Trustee Liability. This Agreement is executed by or on behalf of the Trust with respect to the Fund(s) and the obligations hereunder are not binding upon any of the Trustees, officers or shareholders of the Trust individually but are binding only upon the Fund to which such obligations pertain and the assets and property of such Fund. The Manager agrees that in asserting any rights or claims under this Agreement, it shall look only to the assets and property of the Fund to which the Managers rights or claims relate in settlement of such rights or claims, and not to the Trustees of the Trust or the shareholders of any Fund or other series of the Trust, nor to the assets of any other series of the Trust. |
27. | No Third-Party Beneficiaries. No shareholder or any person other than the Fund and the Manager is a party to this Agreement or shall be entitled to any right or benefit arising under or in respect of this Agreement; there are no third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement is intended to, or shall be read to, (i) create in any shareholder or person other than the Fund(s) in question (including without limitation any shareholder in any Fund) any direct, indirect, derivative or other rights against the Manager, or (ii) create or give rise to any duty or obligation on the part of the Manager (including without limitation any fiduciary duty) to any shareholder or person other than the Fund, all of which rights, benefits, duties and obligations are hereby expressly excluded. |
28. | Miscellaneous. A copy of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust establishing the Trust is on file with the Secretary of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and notice is hereby given that this Agreement is executed by the Trust on behalf of the Fund(s) by an officer of the Trust as an officer and not individually and that the obligations of or arising out of this Agreement are not binding upon any of the Trustees, officers or shareholders individually but are binding only upon the assets and property belonging to the Fund(s), as set forth in Section 26 hereof. |
15
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this instrument to be executed by their officers designated below as of the day and year first above written.
DATUM ONE SERIES TRUST |
By: /s/ Barbara J. Nelligan |
Name: Barbara J. Nelligan |
Title: President |
BRANDES INVESTMENT PARNTERS, L.P. |
By: /s/ Oliver Murray |
Name: Oliver Murray |
Title: Chief Executive Officer |
16
DATED: May 1, 2024
SCHEDULE A
TO THE
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
BETWEEN DATUM ONE SERIES TRUST
AND
BRANDES INVESTMENT PARTNERS, L.P.
Name of Fund |
Compensation* | |
Brandes International Equity Fund | 0.75% on average daily net assets up to $2.5 billion; 0.70% between $2.5 billion and $5.0 billion; 0.67% on average daily net assets greater than $5.0 billion. | |
Brandes Global Equity Fund | 0.80% | |
Brandes Emerging Markets Value Fund | 0.95% on average daily net assets up to $2.5 billion; 0.90% on average daily net assets from $2.5 billion to $5.0 billion; and 0.85% on average daily net assets greater than $5.0 billion. | |
Brandes International Small Cap Equity Fund | 0.95% on average daily net assets up to $1 billion; and 0.90% on average daily net assets greater than $1 billion. | |
Brandes Small Cap Value Fund | 0.70% | |
Brandes Core Plus Fixed Income Fund | 0.35% | |
Brandes Separately Managed Account Reserve Trust | 0.00% |
DATUM ONE SERIES TRUST |
By: /s/ Barbara J. Nelligan |
Name: Barbara J. Nelligan |
Title: President |
BRANDES INVESTMENT PARTNERS, L.P. |
By: /s/ Oliver Murray |
Name: Oliver Murray |
Title: Chief Executive Officer |
* | All fees are computed daily and paid monthly. |
17
Exhibit (e)(v)
SECOND AMENDMENT TO
THE DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
This second amendment (Amendment) to the distribution agreement (the Agreement) dated as of September 30, 2021, by and between Datum One Series Trust and Foreside Financial Services, LLC (together, the Parties), is effective as of April 1, 2024.
WHEREAS, the Parties desire to amend Exhibit A to the Agreement.
WHEREAS, Section 18 of the Agreement requires that all amendments and modifications to the Agreement be in writing and executed by the Parties.
NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:
1. | Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement. |
2. | Exhibit A to the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced by Exhibit A attached hereto. |
3. | Except as expressly amended hereby, all of the provisions of the Agreement shall remain unamended and in full force and effect to the same extent as if fully set forth herein. |
4. | This Amendment shall be governed by, and the provisions of this Amendment shall be construed and interpreted under and in accordance with, the laws of the State of |
Delaware.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed in their names and on their behalf by and through their duly authorized officers.
DATUM ONE SERIES TRUST | FORESIDE FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC | |
/s/ Barbara J. Nelligan |
/s/ Teresa Cowan | |
Barbara J. Nelligan, President | Teresa Cowan, President | |
Date: April 8, 2024 | Date: April 8, 2024 |
EXHIBIT A
Fund Names
Polar Capital Emerging Market Stars Fund
Polar Capital Emerging Market ex-China Stars Fund
Brandes Core Plus Fixed Income Fund
Brandes Emerging Markets Value Fund
Brandes Global Equity Fund
Brandes International Equity Fund
Brandes International Small Cap Equity Fund
Brandes Small Cap Value Fund
Brandes Separately Managed Account Reserve Trust
Exhibit (h)(xii)
EXPENSE LIMITATION AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT, dated as of May 1, 2024, is made and entered into by and between Datum One Series Trust, a Massachusetts business trust (the Trust), on behalf of each of the investment series set forth on Schedule A attached hereto (each a Fund and collectively the Funds); and Brandes Investment Partners, L.P., an investment adviser registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the Manager).
WHEREAS, the Manager has been appointed the investment manager of each of the Fund(s) pursuant to an Investment Management Agreement between the Trust and the Manager dated as of May 1, 2024 (the Management Agreement); and
WHEREAS, the Trust and the Manager (collectively, the Parties) each desire to enter into the arrangements described herein relating to certain expenses of the Fund(s);
NOW, THEREFORE, the Parties hereby agree as follows:
1. The Manager agrees, subject to Section 2 hereof, to reduce the fees payable under the Management Agreement (but not below zero) and/or reimburse other expenses of the Fund(s) (including, but not limited to, organizational and offering costs), to the extent necessary to limit the total operating expenses of each Fund (exclusive of acquired fund feeds and expenses, taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, expenses incurred in connection with any merger or reorganization or extraordinary expenses such as litigation) (Non-Waivable Expenses)), to the amount of the Maximum Operating Expense Limit applicable to each class of each Fund as set forth on the attached Schedule A. Schedule A may be amended to add or delete a Fund or class, or to increase or decrease the Maximum Operating Expense Limit applicable to a Fund, as provided in this Agreement.
2. Each Fund agrees to repay to Manager (i) the amount of fees (including any amounts foregone through limitation or reimbursed pursuant to Section 1 hereof) that, but for Section 1 hereof, would have been payable by the Fund to Manager pursuant to the Management Agreement and (ii) the amount of expenses reimbursed by Manager in accordance with Section 1 (the Deferred Fees), subject to the limitations provided in this Section. Such repayment shall be made monthly, but only if the operating expenses of the Fund (exclusive of Non-Waivable Expenses), without regard to such repayment, are at an annual rate equal to or less than the Maximum Operating Expense Limit for each respective class of shares of the Fund, as set forth on Schedule A. Furthermore, the amount of Deferred Fees paid by a Fund in any month shall be limited so that the sum of (a) the amount of such payment and (b) the other operating expenses of the Fund (exclusive of Non-Waivable Expenses) do not exceed the Maximum Operating Expense Limit for such Fund.
3. Deferred Fees are subject to repayment by a Fund for 36 months following the waiver or reimbursement if the Fund is able to make the repayment without exceeding the lesser of (a) its current Maximum Operating Expense Limit or (b) the Maximum Operating Expense Limit at the time of the initial waiver and/or reimbursement. In no event will a Fund be obligated to pay any fees waived or deferred with respect to any other Fund of the Trust.
4. This Agreement shall be in effect until July 15, 2026 and shall automatically renew upon the effective date of the annual update to the Funds registration statement (after the Funds second fiscal year end) and annually from year to year on the effective date of each subsequent annual update to the Funds registration statement, until such time as the Manager provides written notice of non-renewal to the Trust. Such annual renewal will have the effect of extending this Agreement for an additional one-year term. Any notice of non-renewal of this Agreement shall be prospective only, and shall not affect a Partys existing obligations under this Agreement.
5. No amendment or modification to this Agreement, or any Schedule thereto, shall be valid unless made in writing and executed by the Trust and the Manager.
6. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original.
7. A copy of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust establishing the Trust is on file with the Secretary of Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and notice is hereby given that this Agreement is executed by the Trust on behalf of the Fund by an officer of the Trust as an officer and not individually and that the obligations of or arising out of this Agreement are not binding upon any of the Trustees, officers or shareholders individually but are binding only upon the assets and property belonging to the Fund.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
DATUM ONE SERIES TRUST | BRANDES INVESTMENT PARTNERS, L.P. | |||||||
By: | /s/ Barbara J. Nelligan |
By: | /s/ Oliver Murray | |||||
Name: | Barbara J. Nelligan | Name: | Oliver Murray | |||||
Title: | President | Title: | Chief Executive Officer |
Dated as of: May 1, 2024
SCHEDULE A
to the
EXPENSE LIMITATION AGREEMENT
OPERATING EXPENSE LIMITS
Fund Name |
Class of Shares | Maximum Operating Expense Limit1 |
||||
Brandes International Equity Fund |
Class A | 1.20 | % | |||
Class C | 1.95 | % | ||||
Class I | 0.85 | % | ||||
Class R6 | 0.75 | % | ||||
Brandes Global Equity Fund |
Class A | 1.25 | % | |||
Class C | 2.00 | % | ||||
Class I | 1.00 | % | ||||
Class R6 | 0.82 | % | ||||
Brandes Emerging Markets Value Fund |
Class A | 1.37 | % | |||
Class C | 2.12 | % | ||||
Class I | 1.12 | % | ||||
Class R6 | 0.97 | % | ||||
Brandes International Small Cap Equity Fund |
Class A | 1.40 | % | |||
Class C | 2.15 | % | ||||
Class I | 1.15 | % | ||||
Class R6 | 1.00 | % | ||||
Brandes Small Cap Value Fund |
Class A | 1.15 | % | |||
Class I | 0.90 | % | ||||
Class R6 | 0.72 | % | ||||
Brandes Core Plus Fixed Income Fund |
Class A | 0.50 | % | |||
Class I | 0.30 | % | ||||
Class R6 | 0.30 | % | ||||
Brandes Separately Managed Account Reserve Trust |
N/A | N/A |
1 | Expressed as a percentage of a Funds average daily net assets. |
DATUM ONE SERIES TRUST | BRANDES INVESTMENT PARTNERS, L.P. | |||||||
By: | /s/ Barbara J. Nelligan |
By: | /s/ Oliver Murray | |||||
Name: | Barbara J. Nelligan | Name: | Oliver Murray | |||||
Title: | President | Title: | Chief Executive Officer |
Exhibit (j)(i)
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Datum One Series Trust of our reports dated November 20, 2023, relating to the financial statements and financial highlights, which appears in Brandes International Equity Fund, Brandes Global Equity Fund, Brandes Emerging Markets Value Fund, Brandes International Small Cap Equity Fund, Brandes Small Cap Value Fund, Brandes Core Plus Fixed Income Fund and Brandes Separately Managed Account Reserve Trusts Annual Report on Form N-CSR for the year ended September 30, 2023. We also consent to the references to us under the headings: Financial Highlights in such Registration Statement.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Los Angeles, California
April 30, 2024
Exhibit (m)(i)
DATUM ONE SERIES TRUST
DISTRIBUTION PLAN
December 5, 2023
This Distribution Plan (the Plan) is adopted in accordance with Rule 12b-1 (the Rule) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 1940 Act), by Datum One Series Trust, a Massachusetts Business Trust (the Trust), with respect to each series of its shares and each class of shares of such series (if separate classes shall be designated) identified on Schedule A attached hereto and incorporated herein (each such series covered by this Plan, a Fund and each such class, a Class).
As a general rule, an investment company may not finance any activity primarily intended to result in the sale of its shares, except pursuant to the Rule. Uncertainty may exist from time to time with respect to whether payments to be made by the Trust to Foreside Financial Services, LLC (the Distributor), or to other firms under agreements with respect to a Fund or Class, may be deemed to constitute impermissible distribution expenses. Accordingly, payments by the Trust and expenditures made by others out of monies received from the Trust which are later deemed to be for the financing of any activity primarily intended to result in the sale of Fund shares shall be deemed to have been made pursuant to the Plan.
The provisions of the Plan are as follows:
1. Annual Fee. The Trust will pay to the Distributor an annual fee for the Distributors services in such capacity, including its expenses in connection with the promotion and distribution of each Funds or Classs shares. The annual fee paid to the Distributor under the Plan will be calculated daily and paid monthly by each Fund or Class on the first day of each month based on the average daily net assets of each Fund or Class up to the amount set forth on Schedule A hereto. The fees are not tied exclusively to actual distribution and service expenses, and the fee may exceed the expenses actually incurred.
2. Expenses Covered by the Plan. The fees paid under Section 1 of the Plan may be used to pay for any expenses primarily intended to result in the sale of shares of the Funds and Classes (distribution services), including, but not limited to: (a) costs of payments, including incentive compensation, made to agents for and consultants to the Distributor, including pension administration firms that provide distribution services and brokerdealers that engage in the distribution of the shares of the Funds and Classes; (b) payments made to, and expenses of, persons who provide support services in connection with the distribution of shares of a Fund or a Class including, but not limited to, personnel of the Distributor and its affiliates, office space and equipment, telephone facilities, answering routine inquiries regarding the Funds, processing shareholder transactions and providing any other shareholder services not otherwise provided by the Trusts transfer agency or other servicing arrangements; (c) payments made pursuant to any dealer agreements between the Distributor and certain brokerdealers, financial institutions and other service providers; (d) costs relating to the formulation and implementation of marketing and promotional activities, including, but not limited to, direct mail promotions and television, radio, newspaper, magazine and other mass media advertising; (e) costs of printing and distributing prospectuses, statements of additional information and reports of the Funds to prospective shareholders of the Funds; (f) costs involved in preparing, printing and distributing sales literature pertaining to the Funds; and (g) costs involved in obtaining whatever information, analyses and reports with respect to marketing
and promotional activities that the Trust may, from time to time, deem advisable. Such expenses shall be deemed incurred whether paid directly by the Distributor or by a third party to the extent reimbursed therefor by the Distributor.
3. Written Reports. The Distributor shall furnish to the Board of Trustees of the Trust, for its review, on at least a quarterly basis, a written report of the monies paid to it under the Plan with respect to each Fund and each Class, and shall furnish the Board of Trustees of the Trust with such other information as the Board of Trustees may reasonably request in connection with the payments made under the Plan in order to enable the Board of Trustees to make an informed determination of whether the Plan should be continued as to each Fund or Class.
4. Termination. The Plan may be terminated as to any Fund or Class at any time, without penalty, by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund or Class or by vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust and have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plan or in any agreements related to the Plan (the independent Trustees), and any dealer agreement under the Plan may be likewise terminated on not more than sixty (60) days written notice. The Plan and any dealer agreement under the Plan will also terminate automatically in the event of their assignment, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. Once terminated, no further payments shall be made under the Plan or any dealer agreement under the Plan.
5. Amendments. The Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amount to be spent for distribution services with respect to shares of a Fund or a Class pursuant to Section 1 hereof without approval by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund or Class. All material amendments to the Plan shall be approved by a majority of the independent Trustees by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on any such amendment and by the Trusts Board of Trustees, as required by Rule 12b-1.
6. Selection of Independent Trustees. So long as the Plan is in effect, the selection and nomination of the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust shall be committed to the discretion of such Trustees.
7. Effective Date of Plan. The Plan shall take effect as to a Fund or Class at such time as it has received requisite Trustee and shareholder approval (if any) with respect to such Fund or Class and, unless sooner terminated, shall continue in effect for such Fund or Class for a period of more than one year from such date of its effectiveness only so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the Board of Trustees of the Trust, including the independent Trustees, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such continuance.
8. Preservation of Materials. The Trust will preserve copies of the Plan, any agreements relating to the Plan and any report made pursuant to Section 3 above, for a period of not less than six years (the first two years in an easily accessible place) from the date of the Plan, agreement or report.
9. Meanings of Certain Terms. As used in the Plan, the terms assignment, interested person, and majority of the outstanding voting securities will be deemed to have the same meaning that those terms have under the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations under the 1940 Act, subject to any exemption that may be granted to the Trust under the 1940 Act by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
SCHEDULE A
ANNUAL FEES PAID WITH RESPECT TO THE RULE 12B-1
DISTRIBUTION PLAN OF DATUM ONE SERIES TRUST
Fund |
Class A | Class C | ||||||
Brandes International Equity Fund |
0.25 | % | 0.75 | % | ||||
Brandes Global Equity Fund |
0.25 | % | 0.75 | % | ||||
Brandes Emerging Markets Value Fund |
0.25 | % | 0.75 | % | ||||
Brandes International Small Cap Equity Fund |
0.25 | % | 0.75 | % | ||||
Brandes Small Cap Value Fund |
0.25 | % | N/A | |||||
Brandes Core Plus Fixed Income Fund |
0.25 | % | N/A | |||||
Brandes Separately Managed Account Reserve Trust |
N/A | N/A |
Exhibit (m)(ii)
DATUM ONE SERIES TRUST
SHAREHOLDER SERVICES PLAN
This constitutes the Shareholder Services Plan (Plan) with respect to each of the series of Datum One Series Trust, a Massachusetts business trust (the Trust), listed on Exhibit A (each a Fund).
Section 1. The Trust, on behalf of each Fund, will pay to securities broker-dealers, retirement plan sponsors and administrators, banks and their affiliates, and other institutions and service professionals which shall from time to time serve in accordance with a written contract as shareholder servicing agent of such Fund (each, a Servicing Agent), an annual fee (the Shareholder Servicing Fee) for non-distribution services rendered and expenses borne by the Servicing Agent in connection with the provision of certain services by the Servicing Agent to its clients (Clients) who are beneficial owners of Class C, and Class E (each a Class) shares of beneficial interest (Shares) of such Fund. The Shareholder Servicing Fee shall be the following portion of each Funds average daily net assets attributable to each Class of Shares of such Fund held by Clients of the Servicing Agent: Classes C and E up to 0.25%. Such services may include, without limitation: (i) transfer agent and sub-transfer agent services for Clients with respect to Shares, (ii) aggregating and processing Share purchase, exchange and redemption orders for Clients, (iii) investing, or causing to be invested, the assets of Clients accounts in Shares pursuant to specific or pre-authorized instructions, (iv) establishing and maintaining accounts and records relating to Clients who invest in Shares of a Fund, (v) providing beneficial owners of Shares who are not record owners with statements showing their positions in such Fund, (vi) processing dividend and distribution payments for Shares, (vii) arranging for bank wires, (viii) responding to Client inquiries relating to the services performed by any Servicing Agent, (ix) providing sub-accounting services with respect to Shares beneficially owned by Clients or the information to the Trust necessary for sub-accounting services, (x) preparing any necessary tax reports or forms on behalf of Clients, (xi) if required by law, forwarding shareholder communications, such as proxies, annual and semi-annual shareholder reports, dividend, distribution and tax notices, and updated prospectuses to Clients, (xii) receiving, tabulating and transmitting proxies executed by Clients, and (xiii) providing such other similar services as the Trust may reasonably request to the extent a Servicing Agent is permitted to do so under applicable statues, rules and regulations (collectively, the Shareholder Services).
Section 2. For purposes of determining the amounts payable under this Plan, the value of a Funds net assets shall be computed in the manner specified in the Funds prospectus and statement of additional information as then in effect for the computation of the value of each such Funds net assets.
Section 3. Management of the Trust shall provide the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the Board), at least quarterly, with a written report of all amounts expended pursuant to this Plan. The report shall state the purpose for which the amounts were expended.
Section 4. This Plan shall continue in full force and effect upon approval and adoption by the Board and shall continue thereafter automatically for successive annual periods
provided such continuance is approved by a majority of the Board. This Plan may be amended at any time by the Board, provided that any material amendments of the terms of this Plan shall become effective only upon the approval by a majority of the Board. This Plan is terminable without penalty at any time by the Board.
ADOPTED as of December 5, 2023
EXHIBIT A TO
SHAREHOLDER SERVICES PLAN OF
DATUM ONE SERIES TRUST
Shareholder Servicing Fee | ||||||||||||
Fund |
Class A | Class C | Class I | |||||||||
Brandes International Equity Fund |
None | 0.25 | % | None | ||||||||
Brandes Global Equity Fund |
None | 0.25 | % | None | ||||||||
Brandes Emerging Markets Value Fund |
None | 0.25 | % | None | ||||||||
Brandes International Small Cap Equity Fund |
None | 0.25 | % | None | ||||||||
Brandes Small Cap Value Fund |
None | N/A | None | |||||||||
Brandes Core Plus Fixed Income Fund |
None | N/A | None | |||||||||
Brandes Separately Managed Account Reserve Trust |
N/A | N/A | N/A |
Exhibit (n)(i)
DATUM ONE SERIES TRUST
MULTIPLE CLASS PLAN
This Multiple Class Plan (this Plan), dated December 5, 2023, is adopted pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 18f3 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 1940 Act).
This Plan shall govern the terms and conditions under which Datum One Series Trust (the Trust) may issue separate classes of shares representing interests in the following series of the Trust which are also listed in Appendix A: Brandes International Equity Fund, Brandes Global Equity Fund, Brandes Emerging Markets Value Fund, Brandes International Small Cap Equity Fund, Brandes Small Cap Value Fund, (each a Fund and together the Brandes Equity Funds) and Brandes Core Plus Fixed Income Fund (a Fund or the Brandes Fixed Income Funds and collectively with the Brandes Equity Funds, the Funds). In addition, the Plan sets forth the maximum initial sales charges, contingent deferred sales charges (CDSCs), Rule 12b-1 distribution fees, shareholder servicing fees, conversion features, exchange privileges and other shareholder services applicable to each class of shares of the Funds.
The Trust is an open-end series investment company registered under the 1940 Act, the shares of which are registered on Form N-1A under the Securities Act of 1933. To the extent that a subject matter herein is covered by the Trusts Agreement and Declaration of Trust or Bylaws, the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and Bylaws will control in the event of any inconsistencies with the descriptions herein.
SECTION 1. Rights and Obligations.
Except as set forth herein, all classes of shares issued by a Fund shall have identical voting, dividend, liquidation and other rights, preferences, powers, restrictions, limitations, qualifications, designations, and terms and conditions. The only differences among the various classes of shares relate solely to the following: (a) each class may be subject to different class expenses as discussed under Section 3 of this Plan; (b) each class may bear a different identifying designation; (c) each class has exclusive voting rights with respect to matters solely affecting such class; (d) each class may have different exchange privileges; and (e) each class may be offered to different types of investors.
SECTION 2. Classes of Shares and Designation Thereof.
Each Fund may offer any or all of the following classes of shares:
(a) | Class A Shares |
1. | Maximum Initial Sales Charge: |
| Brandes Equity Funds: 5.75% |
| Brandes Fixed Income Funds: 3.75% |
2. | Maximum CDSC: None, with the following exception: If no initial sales charge was assessed in certain circumstances, such as on a purchase of $1 million or more, a Fund may charge a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00% of the lesser of the initial offering price of the shares redeemed or the amount redeemed within one year of purchase. |
1
3. | Maximum Annual Rule 12b-1 Distribution Fee: 0.25%. |
4. | Maximum Annual Shareholder Servicing Fee: None. |
5. | Conversion Features: Investors holding Class A shares who meet the criteria for eligible investors may convert to Class I or Class R6 shares. |
6. | Exchange Privileges: Investors may exchange their shares of Class A of any Fund for shares of Class A of any other series of the Trust listed in Appendix A. |
7. | Redemption Fees: None |
(b) | Class C Shares |
1. | Maximum Initial Sales Charge: None |
2. | Maximum CDSC: 1.00% on shares redeemed within one year of purchase. |
3. | Maximum Annual Rule 12b-1 Distribution Fee: 0.75%. |
4. | Maximum Annual Shareholder Servicing Fee: 0.25%. |
5. | Conversion Features: Class C shares will automatically convert to Class A shares when held for 10 years. Investors holding Class C shares who meet the criteria for eligible investors may convert to Class I or Class R6 shares. |
6. | Exchange Privileges: Investors may exchange their shares of Class C of any applicable Fund for shares of the Class C of any other applicable series of the Trust listed in Appendix A. |
7. | Redemption Fees: None |
(c) | Class I Shares |
1. | Maximum Initial Sales Charge: None. |
2. | Maximum CDSC: None. |
3. | Maximum Annual Rule 12b-1 Distribution Fee: None |
4. | Maximum Annual Shareholder Servicing Fee: None. However, Class I shares can charge up to 0.05% in sub-transfer agency fees. |
5. | Conversion Features: Holders through Financial Intermediaries: Holders of Class I shares of the Fund through a fee-based program at a financial intermediary may become ineligible to participate in the program, withdraw from the program, or change to a non-fee-based program and therefore become subject to conversion of their Class I shares to Class A or Class C shares. Such a conversion is considered to be tax-free. |
2
6. | Exchange Privileges: Investors may exchange their shares of Class I of any applicable Fund for shares of Class I of any other applicable series of the Trust listed in Appendix A. |
7. | Redemption Fees: None |
(d) | Class R6 Shares |
1. | Maximum Initial Sales Charge: None. |
2. | Maximum CDSC: None. |
3. | Maximum Annual Rule 12b-1 Distribution Fee: None |
4. | Maximum Annual Shareholder Servicing Fee: None. |
5. | Conversion Features: None. |
6. | Exchange Privileges: Investors may exchange their shares of Class R6 of any applicable Fund for shares of Class R6 of any other applicable series of the Trust listed in Appendix A. |
7. | Redemption Fees: None |
SECTION 3. Allocation of Expenses.
(a) | Class Expenses. Each class of shares may be subject to different class expenses consisting of: (1) shareholder service fees, if applicable to a particular class; (2) transfer agency and other recordkeeping costs to the extent allocated to a particular class; (3) Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and blue sky registration fees incurred separately by a particular class; (4) litigation or other legal expenses relating solely to a particular class; (5) printing and postage expenses related to the preparation and distribution of class-specific materials such as shareholder reports, prospectuses and proxies to shareholders of a particular class; (6) expenses of administrative personnel and services as required to support the shareholders of a particular class; (7) audit or accounting fees or expenses relating solely to a particular class; (8) Trustee fees and expenses incurred as a result of issues relating solely to a particular class; (9) distribution (Rule 12b-1) fees, if applicable to a particular class; and (10) any other expenses subsequently identified that should be properly allocated to a particular class, which shall be approved by the Board of Trustees (collectively, the Class Expenses). |
(b) | Other Expenses. Except for the Class Expenses discussed above (which will be allocated to the appropriate class), all expenses incurred by each Fund will be allocated in accordance with Rule 18f-3 (c). |
3
(c) | Waivers and Reimbursements of Expenses. Brandes Investment Partners, L.P. (the Adviser) and any other provider of services to the Funds may waive or reimburse the expenses of a particular class or classes, provided, however, that such waiver shall not result in crosssubsidization between classes. |
SECTION 4. Allocation of Income.
The Funds will allocate income and realized and unrealized capital gains and losses in accordance with Rule 18f-3 (c).
SECTION 5. Exchange Privileges.
Shareholders of a Fund may exchange shares of any Class of the Fund for shares of the same Class of any other series of the Trust listed in Appendix A, subject to the Trusts right to reject any exchange request, in whole or in part, for any reason and without prior notice. The Trust may decide to restrict purchase and sale activity (including exchanges) in shares of any Fund at any time based on various factors, including whether in its judgment, frequent purchase and sale activity will disrupt portfolio management strategies and adversely affect its performance. The Trust reserves the right to terminate or modify the exchange privileges of Fund shareholders in the future. Shares to be exchanged will be redeemed at their next calculated net asset value following receipt of an exchange request in the form of a proper redemption request, as described in the applicable prospectus. An exchange of shares will be subject to any redemption fee applicable to a redemption of shares.
SECTION 6. Conversions.
Class C shares of a Fund convert automatically to Class A shares of the same Fund on a monthly basis in the month of, or the month following, the 10-year anniversary of the Class C shares purchase date. Class C shares that automatically convert to Class A shares of the same Fund convert on the basis of the relative net asset values of the two classes. Shareholders do not pay a sales charge, including a CDSC, upon the conversion of their Class C shares to Class A shares pursuant to the Funds current prospectus. Class C shares of the Fund acquired through automatic reinvestment of dividends or distributions convert to Class A shares of the Fund on the conversion date pro rata with the converting Class C shares of the Fund that were not acquired through reinvestment of dividends or distributions. Class C shares held through a financial intermediary in an omnibus account automatically convert into Class A shares only if the intermediary can document that the shareholder has met the required holding period.
A shareholder of Class A or Class C shares may request to convert to Class I shares if they are eligible in accordance with the Funds current prospectus.
Investors who hold Class I shares of the Funds through a fee-based program at a financial intermediary but who subsequently become ineligible to participate in the program, withdraw from the program, or change to a non-fee based program, may be subject to conversion of their Class I shares by their financial intermediary to another class of shares of the Funds having expenses (including Rule 12b-1 fees) that may be higher than the expenses of the Class I shares. Shareholders do not pay a sales charge, including a CDSC, upon the conversion of their Class I shares to Class A or Class C shares pursuant to the Funds current prospectus. Investors should contact their program provider to obtain information about their eligibility for the providers program and the class of shares they would receive upon such a conversion. There are no tax consequences for such conversion and investors are not charged a redemption/exchange fee by the Fund.
4
Any implementation of a conversion feature is subject to the continuing availability of a ruling or regulations of the Internal Revenue Service, or of an opinion of counsel or tax adviser, stating that the conversion of one Class of shares to another does not constitute a taxable event under federal income tax law. The conversion feature may be suspended if such a ruling, regulation or opinion is not available.
SECTION 7. Effective Date.
This Plan shall not take effect with respect to a Fund until (a) a majority of the Trustees of the Trust, including a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust (as defined in the 1940 Act), find that the Plan, as proposed and including the expense allocations, is in the best interests of each class individually and the Trust as a whole, and (b) an amendment to the Trusts registration statement under the 1940 Act and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to multiple classes of the Fund has become effective. The provisions of this Plan may not be materially amended unless such amendment is approved in the manner specified in item (a).
SECTION 8. Board Review.
The Board of Trustees of the Trust shall review the Plan as it deems necessary. Prior to any material amendment(s) to the Plan with respect to any of a Funds shares, the Trusts Board of Trustees, including a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust, shall find that the Plan, as proposed to be amended (including any proposed amendments to the method of allocating class and/or fund expenses), is in the best interest of each class of shares of the Fund individually and the Funds as a whole. In considering whether to approve any proposed amendment(s) to the Plan, the Trustees of the Trust shall request and evaluate such information as they consider reasonably necessary to evaluate the proposed amendment(s) to the Plan.
5
APPENDIX A
Multiple Classes and Respective Fees and Sales Charges
FUND |
Maximum Initial Sales Charge |
Maximum CDSC |
Maximum 12b-1 Fee |
Maximum Shareholder Servicing Fee |
||||||||||||
Brandes Global Equity Fund |
||||||||||||||||
Class A BGEAX |
5.75 | % | None | * | 0.25 | % | None | |||||||||
Class C BGVCX |
None | 1.00 | %** | 0.75 | % | 0.25 | % | |||||||||
Class I BGVIX |
None | None | None | None | *** | |||||||||||
Class R6 BGVRX |
None | None | None | None | ||||||||||||
Brandes International Equity Fund |
||||||||||||||||
Class A BIEAX |
5.75 | % | None | * | 0.25 | % | None | |||||||||
Class C BIECX |
None | 1.00 | %** | 0.75 | % | 0.25 | % | |||||||||
Class I BIIEX |
None | None | None | None | *** | |||||||||||
Class R6 BIERX |
None | None | None | None | ||||||||||||
Brandes Emerging Markets Value Fund | ||||||||||||||||
Class A BEMAX |
5.75 | % | None | * | 0.25 | % | None | |||||||||
Class C BEMCX |
None | 1.00 | %** | 0.75 | % | 0.25 | % | |||||||||
Class I BEMIX |
None | None | None | None | *** | |||||||||||
Class R6 BEMRX |
None | None | None | None | ||||||||||||
Brandes International Small Cap Equity Fund |
||||||||||||||||
Class A BISAX |
5.75 | % | None | * | 0.25 | % | None | |||||||||
Class C BINCX |
None | 1.00 | %** | 0.75 | % | 0.25 | % | |||||||||
Class I BISMX |
None | None | None | None | *** | |||||||||||
Class R6 BISRX |
None | None | None | None | ||||||||||||
Brandes Core Plus Fixed Income Fund |
||||||||||||||||
Class A BCPAX |
3.75 | % | None | * | 0.25 | % | None | |||||||||
Class I BCPIX |
None | None | None | None | *** | |||||||||||
Class R6 BCPRX |
None | None | None | None | ||||||||||||
Brandes Small Cap Value Fund |
||||||||||||||||
Class A BSCAX |
5.75 | % | None | * | 0.25 | % | None | |||||||||
Class I BSCMX |
None | None | None | None | *** | |||||||||||
Class R6 BSCRX |
None | None | None | None |
* | A charge of 1.00% will be imposed on Class A shares redeemed within one year of purchase by certain investors who did not pay any initial sales charge. |
** | A charge of 1.00% will be imposed on Class C shares redeemed within one year of purchase by any investor. |
*** | Class I shares may charge up to 0.05% of sub-transfer agency fees. |
6
BRANDES INVESTMENT PARTNERS, L.P.
CODE OF ETHICS
FEBRUARY 2023
BRANDES INVESTMENT PARTNERS, L.P.
CODE OF ETHICS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 | ||
4 | ||
4 | ||
5 | ||
6 | ||
9 | ||
9 | ||
9 | ||
10 | ||
11 | ||
11 | ||
13 | ||
14 | ||
14 | ||
16 | ||
17 | ||
17 | ||
18 | ||
18 | ||
19 | ||
19 | ||
19 | ||
20 | ||
H. Pre-Approval of any Referral Fee Arrangements and Use of Third-Party Marketers |
20 | |
21 | ||
21 | ||
21 | ||
22 | ||
23 | ||
24 |
i
25 | ||||
26 | ||||
27 | ||||
27 | ||||
27 | ||||
28 | ||||
30 | ||||
31 | ||||
32 |
ii
BRANDES INVESTMENT PARTNERS, L.P.
CODE OF ETHICS
Initially Adopted April 1, 1997
I. | PREAMBLE |
This Code of Ethics is being adopted to effectuate the purposes and objectives of Sections 204A and Section 206 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the Advisers Act) and Rule 204-2 under the Advisers Act and Rule 17j-1 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the 40 Act). Section 204A of the Advisers Act requires the establishment and enforcement of policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent the misuse of material, nonpublic information by investment advisers.1 Rule 204-2 imposes record keeping requirements with respect to personal securities transactions of certain persons employed by investment advisers.2 Section 206 of the Advisers Act makes it unlawful, among other things, for an investment adviser to employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud any client or prospective clients; to engage in any transaction, practice or course of business which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon any client or prospective client; or to engage in any act, practice, or course of business which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon any client or prospective client; or to engage in any act, practice, or course of business which is fraudulent, deceptive or manipulative.3
Rule 17j-1 makes it unlawful for any employee of Brandes Investment Partners, L.P., or its subsidiaries (all such entities hereafter referred to as Brandes) in connection with the purchase or sale, directly or indirectly, by such person of a security held or to be acquired, as defined in below, by a registered investment company (1) to employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud such registered investment company; (2) to make to such registered investment company any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state to such registered investment company a material fact necessary in order to make statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading; (3) to engage in any act, practice, or course of business, which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon any such registered investment company; or (4) to engage in any manipulative practice with respect to such registered investment company.4
For purposes of Rule 17j-1, security held or to be acquired by a registered investment company means any security which, within the most recent 15 days, (i) is or has been held by such company, or (ii) is being or has been considered by such company or its investment adviser for purchase by such company.
No employee shall violate Section 206 of the Advisers Act or rule 17j-1 of the Investment Company Act.
1 | 15 U.S. Code § 80b4a |
2 | 17 CFR § 275.204-2 |
3 | 15 U.S. Code § 80b6 |
4 | 15 U.S. Code § 80a17(j) |
1
Brandes has certain responsibilities to its clients. These include assuring that accounts are managed in a suitable manner, providing regular communications regarding the progress of accounts, providing accurate performance numbers and refraining from certain practices. These practices include over-trading the account, purchasing inappropriate issues for the account, making guarantees about future performance, making unauthorized transactions and borrowing clients fund or securities. They also include keeping the clients information confidential. Brandes recognizes that its own long-term interests lie in strict adherence to ethical treatment of its clients, thereby maintaining its reputation for honest and fair dealing. Employees are expected to act in accordance with this basic tenet.
Our most important compliance policy at Brandes is for each employee of Brandes to carry out his or her duties in accordance with Brandes operating procedures and consistent with our fiduciary duties to our clients. We do not view compliance as a separate task to be handled by designated personnel while the rest of the firm goes about their duties. Rather compliance with applicable laws, rules, regulations and Firm policies is the responsibility of each employee and is expected to be part of every employees daily routine. As such, all Brandes personnel have the following obligations:
| Review and understand the Firms compliance policies and procedures Employees are expected to understand the basic principles of all of the Firms compliance policies. With respect to your specific responsibilities, you are expected to review and understand the application of all compliance policies and procedures that could apply to your various job functions. While Brandes has an obligation to provide to you the resources to assist you in carrying out your duties consistent with the firms compliance policies and provide appropriate education and training, it is your obligation to take a proactive approach to the compliance culture of the firm. |
| Understand relevant laws, regulations and policies We conduct our business in a highly regulated field. The laws and regulations relating to asset management are subject to interpretative guidance, developing policies and industry best practices. All employees, not just those who work in our Legal and Compliance Department, should have a basic understanding of the relevant laws and regulations which underlie our policies and should not hesitate to contact representatives of the Legal and Compliance department with any questions that they may have. |
| Work to ensure that our compliance program is followed Each employee has a duty to follow our compliance policies and procedures and see to it that your colleagues do as well. In the event that you believe a particular policy or procedure is not being followed, it is your obligation to contact the Global Head of Compliance (GHOC) and report to him or her any instances of non-compliance. |
| Work together to improve our compliance program Our compliance policies and procedures are reasonably designed to ensure that Brandes conducts its business in accordance with applicable law. We have attempted to tailor our policies to the way we conduct our business. As with all aspects of our business, we expect that our employees will examine and work to improve our compliance policies and procedures. Please feel free to contact the Legal and Compliance department with any questions, comments and suggestions that you may have. |
2
This Code contains provisions reasonably necessary to prevent persons from engaging in acts in violation of the law and rules and to assure that Brandes clients interests are considered first. This Code also establishes procedures reasonably necessary to prevent violations of this Code. The Compliance Department or anyone who becomes aware of an apparent violation of the Code of Ethics shall promptly report such apparent violation to the GHOC. It is against Brandes policy for anyone to retaliate against a current or former employee who in good faith reports an ethics violation or a suspected violation of law. See the Whistleblower Protection Policy in the General and Supervisory Policy of the Compliance Manual and the No Retaliation section of the firms Anti-Discrimination/Harrassment policy and Employee handbook for more information.
All contractors, consultants, freelancers, temporary employees, or vendors (Consultants) engaged to provide services to Brandes are expected to act in strict adherence to ethical treatment of Brandes clients. All Consultants must place the interests of Brandes clients and Brandes and its clients before their own personal interests, keep confidential Brandes clients information and information obtained from their engagement with Brandes, and must not not use any of the information obtained from their engagement with Brandes for their own personal gain. Consultants who will have access to the Brandes network or Brandes proprietary information in connection with the services provided may be covered by the Code, or certain provisions thereof. The GHOC will determine if a Consultant is subject to any or all provisions of the Code on a case-by- case basis, based on a variety of factors including, but not limited to, the amount of access to Brandes network, systems and information, duration of contract, and role and responsibilities of the Consultant.
Each shareholder, officer, partner and employee of the administrator for Brandes Investment Trust (the Fund) and Northern Trust Corporation (the Administrator)is exempt from the reporting and other requirements of this Code of Ethics, but is required to comply with the reporting and other requirements of the Administrators or the Funds Code of Ethics, as applicable.
3
II. | PERSONAL TRADES POLICY |
A. | General Requirements |
While some firms prohibit their employees from making investments in individual securities on behalf of their own personal accounts, Brandes believes this is an unnecessarily restrictive measure. Brandes believes that it is beneficial to clients to have employees interests aligned with clients by having a personal financial stake in companies purchased for client accounts. Brandes permits its employees to trade their own accounts when the trades are done in such a manner as to avoid conflicts of interest with clients transactions. Brandes has adopted policies and procedures to control conflicts of interest and promote fairness to clients and employees in connection with personal trading. Brandes regularly monitors employees trading activity to assure compliance with the Firms policies and procedures.
It is not possible for this Code to address every situation involving the personal investments of an Employee and technical compliance with the Code will not automatically insulate any Employee from scrutiny of transactions that show a pattern of compromise or abuse of the individuals fiduciary duty to Brandes clients. Accordingly, all Employees must seek to avoid any actual or potential conflicts between their personal interests and the interests of Brandes. In sum, all Employees shall place the interests of Brandes and its clients before their own personal interests.
In order to administer personal trading in accordance with this policy and the applicable Advisers Act and 40 Act requirements, Brandes requires reporting from all Employees of the following items: 5
| Holdings of Reportable Securities |
| On initial hire |
| Thereafter - Once in every 12 month period |
| Transactions in Reportable Securities |
| Quarterly |
| Subject to the requirements outlined below |
| All Employee-Related accounts |
| Disclosed on initial hiring and upon account opening of any Employee-Related accounts after initial hiring. |
| See Appendix A for account opening and reporting requirements. Accounts holding Reportable Securities must be held at a firm that provides Brandes with an electonic feed or otherwise approved by the GHOC. |
5 | For the purposes of the Code, Brandes treats all employees as Access Persons. Per §275.204A-1(e)(1) of the Advisers Act, an Access Person means (i) Any of [the advisers] Supervised Persons: (A) Who has access to nonpublic information regarding any clients purchase or sale of securities, or nonpublic information regarding the portfolio holdings of any reportable fund, or (B) Who is involved in making securities recommendations to clients, or who has access to such recommendations that are nonpublic; (ii) If providing investment advice is your primary business, all of your directors, officers and partners are presumed to be access persons |
4
B. | Definitions |
Reportable Security means a security as defined in Section 2(a)(18) of the Advisers Act.6 Pursuant to this definition, a Reportable Security includes, but is not limited to:
| any note, stock, treasury stock, security future, or bond; |
| any share of a closed-end fund; |
| any share of an open- end mutual fund that is managed or sub-advised by Brandes; |
| any share of an exchange traded fund (ETF); |
| any evidence of indebtedness; |
| any certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement; |
| any certificate of deposit for a security; |
| any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege on any security (including a certificate of deposit) or on any group or index of securities (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof); |
| any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currency; |
| in general, any interest or instrument commonly known as a security; and, |
| any certificate of interest or participation in, temporary or interim certificate for, receipt for, guarantee of, or warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase, any of the foregoing. |
Reportable Security does not include:
| direct obligations of the Government of the United States; |
| bankers acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements; |
| shares issued by open-end investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 7 not managed or sub-advised by Brandes; |
| shares issued by money market funds; and, |
| shares issued by unit investment trusts that invested exclusively in one or more open- end funds, none of which are managed or sub-advised by Brandes. |
Employee-Related Account means refers to an investment account holding Reportable Securities (as defined below) for any of the following persons:
| The employee; |
| The employees spouse, registered domestic partner, or partner in a civil union (Spouse); |
| The employees minor children; |
| Any other adult relative of the employee or employees spouse, sharing the same home as the employee whose account is managed, controlled or influenced by or through the employee or the employees spouse. Such accounts are considered to |
6 | 15 U.S.C. 80b-2(a)(18) |
7 | 15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(20) |
5
managed, controlled or influenced by the employee unless approval has been obtained in writing from the GHOC following provision of details to rebut the presumption of control by the employee or employees spouse; |
| Any other person whose account is managed, controlled or influenced by or through the employee, or to whom the employee gives advice with regard to the acquisition or disposition of securities, other than a Brandes client; examples of such accounts are accounts where the employee is acting as trustee, executor, pledge, agent or in any similar capacity; and/or holds an interest in a partnership or other arrangement or through a closely held corporation or investment club. |
Third Party Managed Account means an Employee-Related Account where total investment discretion is with a non-employee third-party, where such third-party has full discretion to trade the account and does not confer with the employee regarding trades in such account (this may include accounts managed by Brandes over which Brandes has full discretion).
Where the employee has obtained approval from the Compliance Department to establish the Third Party Managed Account, such accounts are exempt from Pre-Clearance and Holding Period Requirements. In the event the account is no longer Third-Party Managed, the employee will be required to inform the Compliance Department immediately and receive pre-clearance for all transactions involving Reportable Securities in the account. Such accounts are also exempt from the requirement to report transactions or holdings. In certain. Circumstancse, an account holding a 401K plan of an employee or employees spouse may qualify as a Third-Party Managed Account.8
C. | Pre-Clearance Requirements |
All Employee-Related Accounts shall receive prior approval from a Pre-Clearance Designee before purchasing or selling any Reportable Securities. The Pre-Clearance Designee will be either the GHOC and/or individuals who have been authorized to review trade requests. Pre-clearance shall normally be obtained through the firms BasisCode Personal Trading System (BasisCode). In the absence of the Pre-Clearance Designee, or if the Pre-Clearance Designee is requesting approval, an alternate Pre-Clearance Designee or the GHOC may give the approval.
For an employees spousal 401(k)s, if the employees spouse has a 401K plan at a current employer or has left money in the 401(k) of a former employer (not an IRA roll-over), the account may be exempt from the Pre-clearance, Holding Period and Reporting requirements, so long as the spouse can not direct trades of reportable securities in the account. However, if the employees spouse is able to trade reportable securities in the account or if the account allows the participant to hold the employers stock or stock options, the account will be considered an Employee-Related Account subject to the Preclearance, Holding and Reporting requirements of the Code.
8 | For Brandes employees who have left money in a former employers 401K plan (not an IRA rollover) must report the account to the Compliance Department. Such accounts may be exempt from Pre-Clearance, Holding Period and Reporting Requirements, so long as the employee can not trade Reportable Securities in the plan. In the event the employee is able to trade reportable securities in the account, the account will be considered an Employee-Related Account subject to the Preclearance, Holding and Reporting requirements of the Code. |
For an employees spousal 401(k)s, if the employees spouse has a 401K plan at a current employer or has left money in the 401(k) of a former employer (not an IRA roll-over), the account may be exempt from the Pre-clearance, Holding Period and Reporting requirements, so long as the spouse can not direct trades of reportable securities in the account. However, if the employees spouse is able to trade reportable securities in the account or if the account allows the participant to hold the employers stock or stock options, the account will be considered an Employee-Related Account subject to the Preclearance, Holding and Reporting requirements of the Code.
6
When requesting approval of a transaction for an Employee-Related Account, the employee shall disclose any conflict of interest of which the employee is aware concerning the proposed transaction, such as the existence of any economic relationship between the transaction which is the subject of the pre-clearance request and securities held or to be acquired by any Brandes client, including any mutual fund portfolio managed by Brandes.
In determining whether to approve a Pre-clearance request, the Pre-clearance Designee shall review the securities currently on the Watchlist to ensure that the requested security is not onthe Watchlist and is not related to a security on the Watchlist by name, including but not limited to other forms of equity securities, fixed income securities or derivative securities.9 Note: Under no circumstances shall the Pre-Clearance Designee review their own trade pre-clearance requests. Pre-clearance request of the Pre-clearance Designee shall be reviewed by another member of the Compliance Department as designated by the GHOC. Pre-clearance requests of the GHOC shall be reviewed by the Code of Ethics Committee.
Pre-Clearance Approval Period
Pre-Clearance approval shall be valid until the close of U.S. trading (1:00 pm PST) the business day following the day on which the employee received approval (the Period). All approved transactions must be executed by close of market on the following business day.
If an Employee is unable to execute the approved transaction within the Period, the Employee must submit another preclerance request and receive another approval from a Pre-Clearance Designee before purchasing or selling securities. If an employee places a limit order on the transaction and the order is not completed during the Period for which the approval is given, the remaining order must be re-approved by the Pre-Clearance Designee.
Trades that Require Pre-Clearance
| Equity securities |
| Options on equity securities 10 |
| ETFs |
9 | The Watchlist comprises securities Brandes is closely observing or for which it anticipates imminent firmwide or product-wide action and, therefore, securities in which employees are generally prohibited from trading. The Compliance Department monitors e-mails received by the Watchlist e-mail alias and is responsible for adding a security to or removing a security from the Watchlist. Desktop procedures for maintaining the Watchlist are kept by the Compliance Department. No Employee-Related Account shall purchase or sell any Reportable Security that is currently listed on the firms Watchlist, unless authorized in writing by the GHOC after consultation with the Code of Ethics Committee. |
10 | With respect to permissible option contracts, transactions involving the underlying security upon the exercise of the option are subject to the pre-clearance and holding period provisions of the Code. Selling an uncovered call is prohibited. Employees should contact the Legal/Compliance Department if they have any questions regarding the purchase or sale of options. |
With respect to short sale positions on margin, involuntary transactions resulting from margin calls are subject to the pre-clearance and holding period provisions of the Code. Employees should ensure that their account holdings satisfy the minimum maintenance margin requirements to avoid involuntary liquidations of securities.
7
| Stock indices and their related entities (e.g. QQQQ, SPDR shares) |
| Closed-end mutual funds |
| Municipal and corporate bonds |
| Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs) |
| Private placements |
| IPOs |
| Automatic investments (initial set-up and changes) |
| Publicly traded partnerships (PTPs) and master limited partnerships (MLPs) |
| Open-end mutual funds that are managed or sub-advised by Brandes |
| Discretionary Cashless exercises securities obtained in a cashless exercise or other transaction involving employee stock options or other grant of employer-issued securities in which the employee has discretion as to timing of the transaction or other component of the transaction. |
| Voluntary tender offers - Brandes will permit employees to participate in voluntary tender offers so long as employees submit a request to the Compliance Department to tender their shares of a company for pre-approval prior to submitting their instructions to the custodian. |
Trades that Do Not Require Pre-Clearance
| Purchase/sale of open-end mutual funds that are not managed or sub-advised by Brandes; |
| Purchase/sale of U.S. Government Securities; |
| Bank Certificate of Deposit savings; |
| Money Market Transactions; |
| Securities traded in a Brandes or Third party-Managed Account; |
| Non-voluntary corporate actions of a security (stock dividend, dividend reinvestment, stock split, reverse split); |
| Non-discretionary Cashless exercises securities obtained in a cashless exercise of an employee stock option (whereby the exercise of the option and the sale of the securities received upon such exercise occurs simultaneously and the exercise price of the option is deducted from the sale proceeds of the acquired securities); provided, however, that the initial participation in the employee stock option was properly pre- cleared and the employee does not have discretion as to the timing of other component of the transaction (exercise of the option occurs systematically at the end of each option period; |
| Purchases which are part of an automatic dividend reinvestment plan (assuming the initial purchase of the security was properly pre-cleared, if required); |
| Purchases affected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities and sales of such rights so acquired; and |
| Involuntary tender offers it is assumed that the employee will have no other choice but to tender their shares or risk their shares becoming worthless. |
8
D. | Holding Period Requirement |
All Reportable Securities must be held for a minimum of 30 days if selling at a loss and 60 days if selling at a profit. In certain cases employees may request a hardship waiver of the holding period. Such requests will be considered by the GHOC.
Except for Exchange-Traded Funds, Restricted Stock Units and Employee Stock Purchase Plans, if an employee purchases additional shares of a Reportable Security that they already own, the 60 days starts over from the date of purchase of the additional shares.
E. | Initial Public Offering |
No Employee-Related Account may purchase any securities in an IPO 11; provided, however, an Employee-Related Account may, upon the prior written approval of Brandes, participate in the following IPOs:
a. | An IPO in connection with the de-mutualization of a savings bank or the de- mutualization of a mutual insurance company in which the holder of the Employee- Related Account owns a life insurance policy; |
b. | An IPO of a spin-off company where the Employee-Related Account owns stock in the company that spins off the issuer; |
c. | An IPO of a company in which the Employee-Related Account owns stock in the company and the stock was acquired through participation in a private placement previously approved by Brandes; and, |
d. | An IPO of the employer of the holder of the Employee-Related Account. |
If an employee would like to participate in an IPO please contact the Compliance Department for the proper forms.
F. | Private Placements |
No Employee-Related Account may purchase any securities in a private placement except upon the prior written approval of Brandes. 12
11 | An IPO generally means an offering of securities registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not required to file reports with the SEC. See, rule 17j-1(a)(6). |
12 | With respect to the participation in private placements or the permissible IPOs, an Employee-Related Account may obtain the prior written approval of Brandes by first submitting a written request for approval to the Compliance Department using the Request to Participate in an IPO/Private Placement in an Employee-Related Account Form in BasisCode. The Compliance Department shall review the proposed transaction to determine whether the proposed transaction would create any material conflicts of interest. If the Compliance Department determines that the proposed transaction would create no material conflicts of interests, the Compliance Department shall then seek written approval for the transaction from two members of the Executive Management Group. Such written approval shall include written justification for the decision of the managing partners. Any person authorized to purchase securities in an IPO or private placement shall disclose that s/he plays a part in any subsequent consideration by Brandes of an investment in the issuer of such securities. |
9
If an employee would like to participate in a Private Placement please contact the Compliance Department for the proper forms.
G. | Holdings Disclosures 13 |
1. | Initial Holdings and Disclosures |
a) | Within 10 business days of the start of employment at Brandes, employees are required to disclose interests in any corporation of which they are an officer or director or which they, or a family member hold 5% or more of the outstanding stock. They are also required to disclose any outside business ventures. |
b) | No later than 10 business days after the person becomes an Employee of Brandes, the Employee shall provide the Compliance Department with the following information: |
1) | The title, number of shares and principal amount of each Reportable Security in which the Employee had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership when the person became an Employee of Brandes; |
2) | The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Employee maintained an account in which any securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Employee as of the date the person became an employee of Brandes; and, |
3) | The date that the report is submitted by the Employee. |
2. | Annual Holdings Report 14 |
The Annual Holdings Report shall be submitted by each Employee no later than 30 days following the calendar year end to which the report relates with information current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date the report was submitted. The following information that must be provided:
| The title, number of shares and principal amount of each Reportable Security in which the Employee had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership; other than those Reportable Securities held in a Third-Party managed Account for which the employee has received a Third-Party Managed Account Exemption (see definition above). |
| The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom an Employee maintains an account in which securities are held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Employee; and |
| The date that the report is submitted by the Employee. |
13 | The Initial Holdings Report shall be reported to the firm using BasisCode. |
14 | The Annual Holdings Report will be completed using BasisCode. |
10
H. | Transaction Disclosures |
1. | Quarterly Employee Transaction Report |
Each employee shall complete a Quarterly Employee Transaction Report for each calendar quarter, even if the employee does not have any personal securities transactions to report and submit the report to the Compliance Department no later than 30 calendar days after the end of each calendar quarter. 15
Each transaction report must contain, at a minimum, the following information about each transaction involving a Reportable Security:
1. | The date of the transaction, the title, and as applicable the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, interest rate and maturity date, number of shares, and principal amount of each Reportable Security involved; |
2. | The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or other type of acquisition or disposition); |
3. | The price of the security at which the transaction was effected; |
4. | The name of the broker, dealer or bank through which the transaction was effected; and |
5. | The date the employee submits the report. |
Transaction Employee Transaction Reports are not required to include:
1. | Transactions in approved Third Party Managed Accounts; |
2. | Transactions effected pursuant to an automatic investment plan; or |
3. | Transactions which duplicate information contained in broker trade confirmations or account statements provided that such statements are provided to Compliance no later than 30 days after the end of the applicalbe calendar quarter.16 |
I. | Other Reports and Certifications |
1. | Changes |
Changes in an employees personal status or changes in the status of an employees investment account that may impact this Code of Ethics shall be reported to the Compliance Department within (30) calendar days of the occurrence of such change. Reportable changes may include, for example:
15 | The Quarterly Employee Transaction Report is available in BasisCode. |
16 | Note that for accounts established at approved brokers that provide electrinic feeds, this requirement is satisfied by the receipt of information directly from the broker. |
11
| Marriage; |
| Change of address; |
| Opening an investment account that will hold Reportable Securities (including a Third-Party Managed Account); |
| The change in status of a Third-Party Managed Account; and/or, |
| Obtaining discretionary authority over the investment account of another person. |
If, following a change in status and before the employee has formally reported the change to the Compliance Department, an employee is planning on engaging in a transaction that would require pre-clearance of that transaction, the employee must seek pre-clearance despite not having formally reported the change in status.
2. | Investments/Research Disclosures |
If an Employee-Related Account of a member of the Investment Committee or employee who conducts research on a security for potential investment or attends an Investment Committee meeting, holds a security being considered for purchase or sale by Brandes client accounts, or a security economically related thereto, or has a personal relationship with an officer or executive of the securitys issuer, shall disclose to the Investment Committee his holdings of the security or the nature of his personal relationship in connection with the security issuer, at the first occasion upon which the employee becomes aware that Brandes is considering the security for purchase for its clients. Research Analysts who provide research on a company for potential investment by Brandes Client accounts are required to disclose on the first page of the research report if a security issued by the Company being considered for potential investment is held in their Employee-Related Account.
3. | Annual Certification of Compliance 17 |
Each employee shall certify annually that:
1. | She/he has received a copy of the Firms Code of Ethics and any amendments; |
2. | S/he has read and understands the Code of Ethics and recognizes s/he is subject thereto; |
3. | S/he has complied with the requirements of the Code of Ethics; |
4. | S/he has reported all personal securities transactions required to be reported pursuant to the requirements of the Code of Ethics; and, |
5. | Other than as disclosed on the annual certification, s/he has no knowledge of the existence of any personal conflict of interest which may involve Brandes clients, such as any economic relationship between his/her transactions and securities held or to be acquired by Brandes clients including any mutual fund portfolio managed by Brandes. |
17 | The Annual Certification of Compliance is available in BasisCode. |
12
III. | OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT OR OTHER ACTIVITIES |
Any employment or other outside activity by an employee may result in possible conflicts of interests for the employee or for the firm and therefore must be reported to the GHOC for review and approval. Outside activities that must be reviewed and approved include activities such as the following:
| Being employed or compensated by any other entity; |
| Engaging in any other business including part-time, evening or weekend employment; |
| Serving as an officer, director, partner, etc., in any other entity; |
| Power of attorney over a Brandes client account; |
| Ownership interest in any non-publicly traded company or other private investments; |
| Any public speaking or writing activities; |
| Serving as a board member for a non-profit or charitable organization; or, |
| Serving on the finance or similar committee for a non-profit or charitable organization. |
No employee shall serve on a Board of Directors of any public company without the prior approval of the majority of the voting members of the Executive Management Group.
Written approval for any of the above activities is to be obtained by an employee before undertaking any such activity so that a determination may be made that the activities do not interfere with any of the employees responsibilities at the firm and any conflicts of interests in such activities may be addressed. The Employee Handbook contains specific rules regarding outside activities.
Registered Representatives of ALPS must also submit the Outside Business Activity form to ALPS and obtain ALPS approval of the activity in advance of engagement.
13
IV. | GIFT LIMITS AND TRACKING |
A. | Gift Limits and Tracking - All Employees |
1. | Gift Giving |
No employee shall give or offer to give anything of value to any person for the purpose of influencing the price of any security, influencing their decision-making, or making them feel beholden to Brandes.
No employee shall give during any calendar year any gifts or other consideration in merchandise, services or otherwise having a total value of more than $250 to any single person, firm, corporation, association or other entity that does, or is seeking to do, business with or on behalf of the Firm, without seeking approval from the GHOC. All gifts will be aggregated on a calendar year basis for review.
Note that a $100 annual limit, per person, per year applies to Registered Representatives as decribed in the Sales Practices Policy.
a. | Gifts to Foreign Officials |
The payment, gift, offer, or promise of anything of value that is to be made to or on behalf of a foreign official, party, party official, or candidate must be a reasonable and bona fide expenditure, such as travel and lodging expenses, incurred by or on behalf of the foreign official, party, party official, or candidate and must be directly related to:
| The promotion, demonstration, or explanation of products or services; or |
| The execution or performance of a contract with a foreign government or agency thereof. |
Given the restrictions contained in the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the UK Bribery Act and the potential impact on our business, Brandes employees must report any contact with foreign officials to the Compliance Department in accordance with procedures developed for such reporting so that appropriate records can be kept of the interaction.
The term foreign official is defined broadly and can include any officer or employee of a foreign government or any department, agency, or of a public international organization, or anyone acting on behalf of such government or department. Note that anyone involved with a sovereign wealth fund or public pension scheme may be considered a foreign official.
Contacts with foreign officials which do not involve the giving of anything of value or the spending of any money on a foreign official should be reported to the Compliance Department as soon as possible following the meeting.
2. | Gift Receiving |
The overriding principle of Brandes policy regarding gifts and entertainment is that employees should not accept inappropriate gifts, favors, entertainment, special accommodations, or other things of material value that could influence their decision-making
14
or make them feel beholden to a person, firm, corporation, association or other entity that does business with or on behalf of the firm, or is seeking to do business with or on behalf of the Firm, or has a material connection to the Firm.
a. | No employee shall receive during any calendar year any gifts or other consideration in merchandise, services or otherwise having a total value of more than $250 from any single person, firm, corporation, association or other entity that does, or is seeking to do, business with or on behalf of the Firm, without seeking approval from the GHOC.18 All gifts will be aggregated on a calendar year basis for review. Employees receiving gifts from any source of over $100 during any calendar year must report them promptly to the Compliance Department. Note that a $100 annual limit applies to Registered Representatives as decribed in the Sales Practices Policy. |
b. | In general, gifts should be valued at the higher of cost or market value, exclusive of tax and delivery charges. When valuing tickets, Employees should use the higher of cost or face value. If gifts are given to multiple recipients, Employees should record the names of each recipient and calculate and record the value of each gift on a pro rata per recipient basis, for purposes of ensuring compliance with the applicable limit. For example, a gift basket worth $300 delivered to an office of 3 individuals for the benefit of each individual would be permissible. |
c. | Any solicitations of gifts are prohibited and gifts given in the course of business entertainment and conferences are not excluded from restrictions, recordkeeping requirements or aggregation obligations. For example, an umbrella given at a golf outing is considered a gift. |
d. | Gifts of de minimis value, such as pens, notepads or modest desk ornaments, or promotional items that display a firms logo, such as shirts, tote bags, etc. are excluded from the annual gift limit. In order for a promotional item to fall within this exclusion, its value must be substantially below $100. Gifts valued near or above $100 would not be considered nominal and excluded, such as expensive luggage or crystal, etc., even if they do contain the firms logo. |
e. | Business entertainment is permitted provided that such entertainment is neither so frequent nor so extensive as to raise any question of propriety. The entertainment event should not appear to be so lavish as to appear to influence an employees decision-making or make them feel beholden to a person. Therefore, an occasional meal, ticket to a regular season sporting event or the theater, or comparable entertainment which is neither so frequent nor so extensive as to raise any question of propriety are permitted subject to the provisions of this Code. |
Inappropriate business expenses would include items that are so lavish and extensive in nature that an employee could feel compelled to act in a manner inconsistent with the interests of Brandes or our clients. Examples include: certain modes of private transportation (private jet charters), luxurious accommodations or destinations,
18 | Affiliates and divisions within a company are considered separate entities for purposes of the gift receipt policy (e.g. Broker Dealer XYZ (USA) and Broker Dealer XYZ (Europe)). |
15
expensive/exclusive sporting event tickets, cases of expensive wine or cigars, multiple-day golf outings or vacations, or anything considered illegal under any applicable law or which would expose the Firm, the giver or the recipient to any civil or criminal liability to any governmental authority or agency, such as illegal drugs.
3. | Definitions: |
a. | Gift: A gift is considered anything of value received from a person, firm, corporation, association or other entity that does, or is seeking to do, business with or on behalf of the Firm, and that does not fall within the definition of business entertainment below. |
b. | Business Entertainment: Business entertainment is entertainment in the form of any social event, hospitality event, charitable event, sporting event, entertainment event, meal, leisure activity or event of like nature and purpose in which the giver of the entertainment accompanies and participates with the Brandes employee. |
4. | Tracking and Monitoring |
a. | Department managers will report to the Compliance department, no less frequently than once per calendar quarter, all reportable gifts received by their employees. Compliance will review reported gifts quarterly, with a 12-month rolling look-back period to ensure that yearly gift limits have not been exceeded by any employees. In the event that a potential violation of the gift policy is detected, the potential violation will be brought to the attention of the GHOC. If in a given reporting period no reportable gifts were received, the manager will inform the Compliance department that there are no reportable gifts for that quarter. |
b. | Each department that engages in Business Entertainment shall keep a log of all businessentertainment, including: the firm/entity providing the entertainment, the venue of theentertainment, the nature of the entertainment, the purpose of the event and any and all receipts related to the business entertainment. |
c. | Research and Trading Departments have adopted customized gift reporting procedures intended to ensure the firm stays in compliance with the requirements of the section 28(e) safe habor in the receipt of research and execution services from broker dealers with which the firm does business. Please refer to the procedures. |
If in doubt about the giving or receiving of gifts or entertainment, please check
with a member of the Legal/Compliance department first
B. | Gift Limits and Tracking _ Registered Representatives |
Please refer to the Sales Practices Policy.
16
V. | POLICY ON POLITICAL ACTIVITIES AND CONTRIBUTIONS |
A. | General Policy |
Brandes is subject to stringent laws, regulations and policies on political activities and contributions. The failure of Brandes and its employees to follow these policies may result in loss of revenues, legal action, and foreclose our ability to pursue certain business opportunities.
Brandes will not make any contributions or expenditures to or for any political parties, committees, or candidates for any public office, or to any persons for any political purpose. The term contribution is broadly defined and includes any direct or indirect payments, gifts, use of office space or other company resources, reimbursement of expenses associated with political activity, tickets to dinners or other fund raising events, services (including transportation), equipment or any other items of value made to or for political candidates, political parties, or committees.
Brandes encourages its employees to volunteer and participate in civic affairs and in the political process. They may also express their views in a manner that is not offensive to other employees. However, they may not engage in political activity during work hours, and Brandes will not knowingly reimburse employees for any expenses incurred in connection with politically-related activities.
It is never acceptable, for those associated with Brandes to make political contributions, exchange gifts, or engage in any activity for the purpose of improperly influencing the decision of a public official. However, Rule 206(4)-5 does permit de minimis contributions (subject to potentially more stringent state and local restrictions), which are currently defined as up to $150 or $350, depending on whether or not the employee can vote in the election for which the contribution is being made. For example, the de minimis amount for a contibution to a congressional candidate outside of an employees district is $150, while the de minimis amount for a contribution to someone running for Congress in the district in which the employee is allowed to vote is $350.
All political contributions, including those of $150 or less, are subject to the pre-clearance requirement described below. Any questions regarding this policy should be directed to the Global Head of Compliance.
All persons associated with Brandes are expected to adhere to these policies. Questions may arise from time-to-time regarding application of the policies. If any doubt exists, you are strongly encouraged to submit your inquiry to the Compliance Department or the Global Head of Compliance. Anyone who becomes aware of a potential violation of these policies must immediately report the matter to the Global Head of Compliance. Prompt notice of a violation of our policies may allow the firm to eliminate or reduce potentially adverse consequences.
17
B. | Policies Applicable to all Brandes Employees, Including Persons Designated by Complaince as Covered Associates. |
Specific provisions of the federal securities laws found in Rule 206(4)-5 (Rule) apply to political contributions and activities of persons who fall within the definition a Covered Associate or CA. CAs generally are persons who either solicit business from public funds, directly or indirectly supervise solicitors, and those who are executive officers, managers, partners, or policy makers of Brandes. Although the Rule applies specifically to individuals who fall within the definition of a CA, Brandes is adopting this policy for all of its employees. Employees will be contacted by Compliance and requested, among other things, to sign an acknowledgement that they understand the limits on their activity. Individuals with questions regarding their status should contact Compliance prior to making any contributions or engaging in activities covered by these policies.
The limitations and restrictions on political contributions and activity generally pertain only to political contributions and activity relating to state or local incumbents and candidates. However, political activity and contributions made to current state and local officials campaigning for Federal office also are covered by the Rule. As a matter of policy, the requirements outlined below are applicable to all Employees, and apply to all political contributions and activity, regardless of the office being sought, and include contributions and activity relating to political parties as well as political committees:
C. | Pre-Clearance of All Political Contributions |
All contributions by Employees, family members (including a spouse, registered domestic partner, partner in a civil union, and children) living in the same household must be pre-cleared in writing by Compliance.
As noted above, contributions may include not only cash contributions, whether made by check or credit card, but also anything of value that is contributed to a campaign as well as transition expenses. A contribution also may include a ticket for a fundraiser or other event designed to raise campaign funds. In addition to contributions made directly to candidates, Employees must also receive pre-clearance of any contributions made to state parties and political action committees.
Employees will be notified by Compliance via e-mail or via the BasisCode Personal Trading system whether or not their contribution request has been approved. No contributions should be made without approval.
Upon receipt of approval, the contribution must be made within 10 business days in order for the pre-clearance to remain timely. Once received by the contributor, a receipt for the contribution must be provided to the Compliance department. Acceptable receipts would include cancelled checks, credit card statements, receipts from the political campaign/entity, etc.
18
1. | Indirect Contributions |
Employees are prohibited from using any indirect means to avoid Brandes political contribution policies. Indirect means would include, among other things, making contributions through family or friends.
2. | Solicitation of Contributions from Others |
Employees are prohibited from soliciting political contributions from others without written approval of Compliance. Solicitations may include explicit donation requests, as well as activities such as hosting fundraisers, arranging lunches for candidates, or circulating donor cards.
3. | Procedures for Review of Political Contributions |
No less than semi-annually, the GHOC and/or her designee will monitor political contributions by a random selection of CAs using the following websites to verify that political contributions have been disclosed and pre-cleared:
| Follow the Money <http://www.followthemoney.org> |
| Open Secrets <http://www.opensecrets.org> |
| Federal Election Commission <http://fec.gov> |
The review of these sites will be recorded and maintained by the Compliance Department in a spreadsheet.
D. | Pre-Approval of New Investments from Public Funds |
Prior to Brandes executing any new account application received from a new public fund client, approval must be obtained in writing from Compliance.
E. | Pre-Screen of New Hires |
Prior to an offer being extended to a potential new employee, Human Resources will inquire, through the use of a questionnaire, as to whether the candidate has any reportable political contributions that have occurred in the past two years. If the candidate answers in the affirmative, the candidate will be put in touch with the Compliance department and the Compliance department will determine whether any contributions made may create an issue if the candidate were to be hired. If the candidate answers in the negative, the questionnaire will be forwarded to the Compliance department, and a search of poltitical contribution database websites will be conducted to confirm there have been no reported contributions in the past two years on behalf of the candidate. Compliance will report any findings to Human Resources prior to the candidate being hired.
F. | Covered Associates List |
Compliance will maintain a comprehensive list of all employees and their residential addresses. Residential addresses are tracked for the purpose of determining voting districts. The comprehensive list will be subdivided into two separate lists one for Covered Associates (CAs) and one for Non-Covered Associates (NCAs). Each quarter, Compliance will contact Human Resources to inquire whether any promotions or other position changes have occurred with any employees which may result in a change in status from NCA to CA or vice versa.
19
G. | Volunteer Activity |
Employees may volunteer on their own time and at their own expense on behalf of candidates, but may not use any firm resources or seek reimbursement of any expenses associated with campaign-related activity, unless approved in writing by Compliance. They may not participate in any capacity in which their activity could involve fundraising, or on PACs or committees responsible for the allocation of contributions to political campaigns, unless approved in writing by Compliance.
H. | Pre-Approval of any Referral Fee Arrangements and Use of Third-Party Marketers |
The use of any third party marketing arrangement involving public funds, including the use of consultants, finders, solicitors, and placement agents must be pre-approved in writing by Compliance. No referral fees may be offered to persons within the company or elsewhere for introductions or referrals of public fund investors without written approval of Compliance.
20
VI. | INSIDER TRADING |
A. | Policy Statement of Insider Trading |
Section 204A of the Advisers Act requires all investment advisers to establish, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to prevent the misuse of material non-public information (MNPI) by the adviser or any person associated with the adviser.19 Every officer, partner and employee is responsible for knowing and abiding by the terms of this policy statement.
Brandes forbids any trading on behalf of house Accounts or clients accounts on material nonpublic information, or communicating material nonpublic information to others in violation of the law. This conduct is referred to as insider trading. Brandes policy applies to every officer, partner, and employee and extends to activities within as well as outside of their duties at Brandes. Any questions regarding Brandes policy and procedure should be referred to an attorney within Brandes Legal Department.
B. | Defining Insider Trading |
The term insider trading is not defined in the federal securities laws, but generally is used to refer to the use of material nonpublic information to trade in securities (whether or not one is an insider) or the communication of such material nonpublic information to others. Although United States law governs insider trading, this law applies to information about foreign companies as well as domestic companies. Thus, if an employee receives nonpublic material information about a foreign company, the employee is prohibited from trading for accounts based on that information and from communicating such information to others.
While the law concerning insider trading is not static, it is generally understood that the law prohibits:
| Trading by an insider, while in possession of material nonpublic information; |
| Trading by a non-insider, while in possession of material nonpublic information, where the information either was disclosed to the non-insider in violation of an insiders duty to keep it confidential or was misappropriated; and |
| Communicating material nonpublic information to others. |
| The elements of insider trading and the penalties for such unlawful conduct are discussed below. |
1. Who is an Insider?
The concept of insider is broad. It includes officers, directors, and employees of a company. In addition, a person can be a temporary insider if he or she enters into a special confidential relationship in the conduct of a companys affairs and as a result is given access to information solely for the companys purposes. A temporary insider can include, among others, a companys attorney, accountants, consultants, bank lending officers and the employees of such organizations. In addition, Brandes may become a temporary insider of a
19 | 15 U.S.C. 80b-4a |
21
company it advises or for which it performs other services. According to the Supreme Court, the company must expect the outsider to keep the disclosed nonpublic information confidential and the relationship must at least imply such a duty before the outsider will be considered an insider.
2. What is Material Information?
Trading on inside information is not a basis for liability unless the information is material. Material Information is defined generally as information which a reasonable investor would consider substantially important in making his or her investment decisions, or information that is reasonably certain to have a substantial effect on the price of a companys securities. Information that officers, directors and employees should consider material includes, but is not limited to: dividend changes, earnings estimates, changes in previously release estimates, significant merger or acquisition proposals or agreements, major litigation, liquidation problems and extraordinary management developments.
Material information does not have to relate to a companys business, for example; un- released news items, which might have a significant effect on prices, have been found to be material information.
Material information could arise from non-traditional sources (Alternative data). Alternative Data refers to many different types of information increasingly used in financial analysis, beyond traditional financial statements, company filings, and press releases. Examples of alternative data include information gleaned from satellite and drone imagery of crop fields and retailers parking lots, analyses of aggregate credit card transactions, social media and internet search data, geolocation data from consumers mobile phones, and email data obtained from apps and tools that consumers may utilize.
No simple bright line test exists to determine when information is material; assessments of materiality involve a highly fact-specified inquiry. For this reason, employees should direct any questions about whether information is material to the Legal Department, as specified in subsection D of this policy below.
3. What is Nonpublic Information?
Information is nonpublic until it has been effectively communicated to the market place. One must be able to point to some fact to show that the information is generally public. For example, information found in a report file with the SEC, or appearing in The Wall Street Journal, or other publications of general circulation, would be considered public.
C. | Bases for Liability |
1. Fiduciary Duty
In 1980, the Supreme Court found that there is no general duty to disclose before trading on material nonpublic information, but that such a duty arises only where there is a fiduciary relationship. That is, there must be a relationship between the parties to the transaction such that one party has a right to expect that the other party will disclose any material nonpublic information or refrain from trading. Non-insiders can acquire the fiduciary duties of insiders by entering into a confidential relationship with the company through which they gain
22
information (e.g. attorneys, accountants), or they can acquire a fiduciary duty to the companys shareholders as tippees if they are aware or should have been aware that they have been given confidential information by an insider who has violated his fiduciary duty to the companys shareholders.
However, in the tippee situation, a breach of duty occurs if the insider personally benefits, directly or indirectly, from the disclosure. The benefit does not have to be pecuniary, but can be a gift, reputational benefit that will translate into future earnings or even evident of a relationship that suggests a quid pro quo.
2. | Misappropriation |
Another basis for insider trading liability is trading which occurs on material nonpublic information that was stolen or misappropriated form any other person. It should be noted that misappropriation could be used to include a variety of individuals not previously thought to be encompassed under the fiduciary duty.
3. | Penalties for Insider Trading |
Penalties for trading on or communicating material nonpublic information are severe, both for individuals involved in such unlawful conduct and their employees. A person can be subject to some or all of the penalties below even if he or she does not personally benefit for the violation. Penalties include:
| Civil injunctions |
| Treble damages |
| Disgorgement of profits or loss avoided |
| Jail sentences |
| Fine for the person who committed the violation of up to three times the profit gained or losses avoided, whether or not the person actually benefited; and |
| Fines for the employer of other controlling person of $1,000,000 or three times the amount of the profit gained or loss avoided, whichever is greater. |
In addition, any violation of this policy statement can be expected to result in serious sanctions by Brandes, including termination.
D. | Identifying Inside Information |
Before recommending or executing any trade for yourself or others, including client accounts, employees must determine whether they have access to material nonpublic information. Brandes Employees should consult with a member of Brandes Legal Department or Brandes outside counsel before taking any action.
If an employee think that they might have access to material nonpublic information, an employee should take the following steps:
| Immediately notify the Legal Department that they might have access to MNPI. . A reprsentative from the Legal Department will contact the employee to request additional details about the MNPI. Employees should take care not to diseminate potential MNPI to more persons than necessary. |
23
| If it is determined that the information in question is, in fact, MNPI, the employee should request for Compliance to add the issuer to the MNPI Watchlist; |
| Do not purchase or sell the securities on behalf of yourself or others, including Employee-Related Accounts and clients accounts. |
| Do not communicate the information inside or outside of Brandes, other than to Brandes attorneys. |
After a representative from Brandes Legal Departrment has reviewed the issues, the Legal Department will determine whether the information is material and nonpublic and, if so, what action the firm and employee should take.
1. | Contacts with Public Companies |
Contacts with public companies represent an important part of Brandes research efforts. Brandes may make investment decisions on the basis of the firms conclusions formed through such contacts and analysis of publicly available information. Insider Trading issues arise, however, when, in the course of these contacts, a Brandes employee becomes aware of material nonpublic information. This could happen, for example, if a companys Chief Financial Officer prematurely discloses quarterly results to an analyst or an investor relations representative makes a selective disclosure of adverse news to a handful of investors. In such situations, Brandes must make a judgment as to its further conduct. To protect themselves, Brandes clients and the Firm, Brandes employees should contact immediately an attorney within Legal Department if the employee believes they may have received material nonpublic information.
2. | Tender Offers |
Tender offers represent a particular concern in the law of insider trading for two reasons. First, tender offer activity often produces extraordinary gyrations in the price of the target companys securities. Trading during this time period is more likely to attract regulatory attention (and produces a disproportionate percentage of insider trading cases). Second, the SEC has adopted a rule which expressly forbids trading and tipping while in possession of material nonpublic information regarding a tender offer received from the tender offerer, the target company or any acting on behalf of either. Brandes employees should exercise particular caution any time they become aware of nonpublic information relating to a tender offer.
E. | Supervisory Procedures |
The role of the Legal and Compliance Departments is critical to implementation and maintenance of Brandes policy and procedures against insider trading. Supervisory procedures can be divided into two classifications prevention of insider trading and detection of insider trading.
24
F. | Prevention of Insider Trading |
To prevent insider trading, Brandes Legal Department, with support of the Compliance program, should:
| Provide an educational program to familiarize officers, partners, and employees with Brandes policy and procedures; |
| Answer questions regarding Brandes policy and procedures; |
| Resolve issues of whether information by an officer, partner or employee of Brandes is material and nonpublic; |
| Implement measures to prevent dissemination of material nonpublic information, or restrict trading of securities involved, when it has been determined that an officer, partner or employee of Brandes has material nonpublic information; |
The Compliance Department shall provide monitoring and oversight of the firms compliance program and is also responsible for education and training of personnel regarding the compliance program. In addition, the Compliance department is responsible for the following:
| Regularly review and update Brandes policy and procedures; |
| Require that all employees seek pre-approval with respect to transactions involving Reportable Securities as described in the Code of Ethics; and, |
| Confirm that regular and continuous testing of employee personal trading and the policies and procedures of the Code of Ethics is conducted. |
Periodically, the GHOC and/or her designee will provide training to the members of the Research Department designed to educate them in respect to insider trading. Specifically, the training will cover the following topics:
| What is an insider? |
| What is considered material non-public information? |
| What are the penalties for insider trading? |
| How to identify potential insider trading risks |
| Steps to prevent insider trading |
| Consequences of insider trading |
The program will be reviewed and revised as regulatory requirements change. Additional duties of the Compliance Department, including specific personnel within the Research Department are discussed further herein.
1. | Special Reports to Counsel |
Promptly upon learning of a potential violation of this policy statement, a member of Brandes Legal Department, should prepare a written report to Brandes outside counsel providing full details, which may include:
| The name of particular securities involved, if any; |
25
| The date the Legal Department learned of the potential violation and began investigating; |
| The accounts and individuals involved; |
| Actions taken as a result of the investigation, if any; and |
| Recommendations for further action. |
G. | Detection of Insider Trading |
To detect insider trading, the GHOC or their designee, should:
| Review the trading activity reports filed by each officer, partner and employee; |
| Review the trading activity of accounts managed by Brandes; and |
| Conduct email reviews of Brandes employees |
26
VII. | CODE OF ETHICS COMMITTEE AND SANCTIONS |
A. | Applicability of the Code |
From time to time, certain employees and Employee-Related accounts may be exempt from the Code or certain provisions thereof. In consultation with the Code of Ethics Committee, the GHOC will determine on a case-by-case basis whether an employee or certain employee- related accounts should be exempt from the Code.
The GHOC will determine if a contractor, consultant, freelancer, temporary employee or other individual (Consultant) is subject to any or all provisions of the Code on a case-by- case basis, based on a variety of factors including, but not limited to:
| the amount of access to Brandes network, systems, and information; |
| the duration of the contract; and |
| the role and responsibilities of the Consultant. |
B. | Code of Ethics Committee |
A Code of Ethics Committee has been established to help ensure the proper functioning, monitoring and administration of this Code of Ethics. The Committee shall consist of, at a minimum, the GHOC, a member of the Executive Management Committee, and a senior member of the investment-related functions of the firm. The Committee shall draft, adopt and regularly review and update a Charter. Among other things, the Charter shall describe the schedule for regular meetings (typically quarterly), the circumstances in which the Committee will be convened for a special meeting and procedures for recording the Committees deliberations and decisions. The Committee generally will be charged with supervision and administration of personal trading rules and high-level sanctions for violations thereof. The Committee will meet periodically to receive reports from the GHOC and consider the regimen of activities relating to personal trading, such as testing protocols, employee education, and the adequacy of and possible amendments to the personal trading provisions of the Code of Ethics. The Code of Ethics Committee will report to the CEO. The Funds Chief Compliance Officer (CCO) will have ready access to the GHOC and the Code of Ethics Committee.
Personal Trading request of the GHOC shall be revied and approved by a member of the Code of Ethics Committee before the GHOC submits a personal trading request through BasisCode.
While the Committee shall meet on a periodic basis (not less than quarterly), if need be, the Committee may meet between formally scheduled meetings, either electronically or in person, to discuss resolutions of violations of the Code. At its regularly scheduled meetings, the Committee will review the implementation of the Code of Ethics, including, without limitation, a consideration of the following issues:
| Any current violations of the Code of Ethics; |
| Precedents, if any, for violations being considered; |
| Changes in applicable law or legal interpretations that would impact the Code of Ethics; |
27
| The results of any testing of the procedures; |
| Whether any additional testing or review is required; and/or |
| Any changes or proposed changes to the Code of Ethics. |
In consultation with the Code of Ethics Committee, the GHOC has developed enhanced back-testing procedures to monitor personal trading. In particular, the procedures provide more systematic assessments of historical patterns of employee trading activity in issuers and securities presented for discussion to Investment Committees and traded on behalf of clients.
C. | Sanctions |
The sanctions for violation of the Code of Ethics may include the following:
| A letter of censure; |
| Monetary sanctions; |
| Disgorgement of any ill-gotten profits; |
| Correction of transactions; |
| Temporary suspension or termination of personal trading; |
| Temporary suspension of employment; |
| Termination of employment; and/or, |
| Other sanctions deemed appropriate by the Code of Ethics Committee (or the Executive Committee, as the case may be). |
1. | Sanction Guidelines |
Brandes has developed the criteria listed below to guide senior decision-makers in determining appropriate sanctions for violations of the personal trading aspects of the Code of Ethics. While Brandes, with the advice of counsel, believes that mandatory sanctions or overly-rigid guidelines would be impractical and would eliminate needed flexibility and the application of sound judgment, it believes that it would be useful to utilize these factors to promote fair and consistent results, even though facts and circumstances are often difficult to compare. Among any others that may emerge in the context of actual situations, these considerations would include:
| Whether the violation caused any harm to clients; |
| The likely perception of clients, including mutual fund boards, that a particular sanction is a credible and proportionate response to the gravity of the specific violation in light of all of the foregoing considerations; |
| Whether the violation was intentional or not (i.e., nonvolitional, inadvertent, lack of spousal awareness, etc.); |
| The nature of the violation (i.e., deficient paperwork vs. actual unauthorized trading); |
| The pattern of violations, if any; |
| The employees general behavioral and compliance track record; |
| The magnitude of violations in relation to overall trading activity; |
28
| Compliance personnel and senior management subject to more severe sanctions for certain types of violations; |
| Employee attitude (i.e., expressions of remorse or contrition vs. adamancy or indignation); |
2. | Sanction Decision-Making Process |
a. The GHOC will determine if sanctions should include a verbal warning, written reprimand, the correction of transactions involving securities on the Watchlist20, or any of the foregoing together with supervised education. All violations will require notification to the violators supervisor.
b. More severe sanctions (e.g., fining, suspension of trading privileges, bonus implications, title implications, termination, etc.) will be based on the GHOCs recommendation, with the concurrence of the CEO. In the event that the GHOC and the CEO cannot agree on the appropriate sanction, the matter will be referred to the Executive Management Group (EMGA) for a determination.
c. If an infraction has been committed by the GHOC or the CEO, the matter will be referred to the EMGA for a determination, without the participation of the violating party. All violations and sanctions involving personal trading within the ambit of Rule 17j-1 will be reported to the Fund CCO.
20 | In the case of a Watchlist Violation, in addition to other sanctions that may be appropriate depending on the nature of the violations, the employee will be asked to bust the violating trade, with the employee assuming any loss that may result and giving any gains that may result to a charity to be specified by the GHOC. |
29
VIII. | RECORDKEEPING |
The Compliance Department will maintain copies of the following records for a period of five years, the first two in an easily accessible place, in accordance with the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and Brandes Record Retention Policy.
Specifically, Rule 204-2 requires that we retain or have access to via a third party vendor:
| Copies of all policies and procedures relating to Code of Ethics; |
| Records of any violation of Code of Ethics, and of any action taken as a result of the violation; |
| A record of all written acknowledgments as required by 204A-1(a)(5) for each person who is currently, or within the past five years was, a supervised person of Brandes; |
| A record of each report made by an access person as required by 204A-1(b), including any information provided under paragraph (b)(3)(iii) of that section in lieu of such reports; |
| A record of the names of persons who are currently, or within the past five years were, access persons of Brandes; |
| A record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision, to approve the acquisition of securities by access persons under 204A-1(c); |
| A memorandum describing any legal or disciplinary event listed in Item 9 of Part 2A or Item 3 of Part 2B (Disciplinary Information) and presumed to be material, if the event involved the investment adviser or any of its supervised persons and is not disclosed in the brochure or brochure supplement described in paragraph (a)(14)(i) of Rule 204-2. The memorandum must explain Brandes determination that the presumption of materiality is overcome, and must discuss the factors described in Item 9 of Part 2A of Form ADV or Item 3 of Part 2B of Form ADV; |
| Books and records that pertain to 206(4)-5 containing a list or other record of the names, titles and business and residence addresses of all covered associates of Brandes; |
| A record of government entity clients; |
| Records relating to the contributions and payments referred to in paragraph (a)(18)(i)(C) of Rule 204-2 must be listed in chronological order and indicate - (A) The name and title of each contributor; (B) The name and title (including any city/county/State or other political subdivision) of each recipient of a contribution or payment; (C) The amount and date of each contribution or payment; and (D) Whether any such contribution was the subject of the exception for certain returned contributions pursuant to 206(4)-5(b)(2). |
The Compliance Department will integrate these requirements into desktop procedures.
30
IX. | COMPLIANCE MONITORING & REPORTING |
| This policy shall be administered by the GHOC or their designee. |
| The GHOC or their designee will meet with each new employee to review this policy. |
| The GHOC or their designee shall provide training regarding this policy to existing employees as required. |
| The GHOC or their designee will review all confirms for Reportable Securities to identify non-compliance with the requirements of this policy. |
| The GHOC or their designee, on an annual basis, will review the personal trading pre- clearance rules in BasisCode to ensure that the rules are reflective of the firms policies and that the rules are effectively flagging appropriate trades. |
| The GHOC shall report the results of the above testing to the Code of Ethics Committee at its regularly scheduled meetings. The GHOC or their designee shall submit, at least annually, a report on compliance with the Code of Ethics to the Executive Management Group. |
31
Appendix A
Employees are required to hold their Employee-Related brokerage accounts at a firm approved by the GHOC to provide Brandes with electronic feeds unless an exception to the requirement has been provided in writing. A current list of approved firms can be obtained from the Compliance Department.
Newly hired employees must move their Employee-Related brokerage accounts to an approved firm and make arrangements to close any such accounts at non-approved firms, within 30 days of an employees effective date of hire, unless otherwise exempted in writing by the GHOC.
An Employee may not manage more than ten (10) Employee-Related Accounts, except for accounts in the employees own name, the name of the employees Spouse, and/or children living in the employees home, without prior approval from the GHOC before managing the accounts.
Account Type | Holds Reportable Securities |
Allowable Brokers | Pre-clear Transactions |
Require Statements | ||||
Brokerage Account |
Can or Does Hold Reportable Securities | Brokers we have established feeds from | Yes | No will be by feed | ||||
Brokerage Account exception granted to feed requirement |
Can or Does Hold Reportable Securities | Exception required to hold account at a non-feed broker | Yes | Yes required before each quarterly attestation is completed | ||||
Approved Managed Account |
Can or Does Hold Reportable Securities | Brokers we have established feeds from | No | No but we will establish the feed for the account | ||||
Approved Managed Account |
Can or Does Hold Reportable Securities | Not at a feed broker | No | No | ||||
Documented Exempt Account |
Cannot hold Reportable Securities | Brokers we have established feeds from | No | No but we will establish the feed for the account | ||||
Documented Exempt Account |
Cannot hold Reportable Securities | Not at a feed broker | No | No | ||||
Other share certificate/share register |
Yes | Not at a broker | No regular transactions must pre-clear if sold | No will require BasisCode attestation regarding the holding | ||||
Other employer savings accounts, etc |
*Review case by case | Not at a feed broker | *Review case by case | *Review case by case |
* | Review Case by case to determine if the account holds reportable securities, automatic investment plans, etc. |
32